Home

Here - Dell

1. ssssssssse 187 Configuring Remote System Logging Using RACADM sssssssssseeeeeeeee nens 188 11 Monitoring and Managing Power eene 189 Monitoring POWE asnotas uniaan tcd tmt Iuda cc Fa tee te meon oue meon e tere ine tins Monitoring Power Using Web Interface Monitoring Power Using RACADM issssssssssssssssseeeeeeeennere ener ener nnn n rns ennt nnne nens nnns Setting Warning Threshold for Power Consumption eene 190 Setting Warning Threshold for Power Consumption Using Web Interface 190 Executing Power Control Oper tions s c nen ien ttp pe eph epar t pec teet Ir dct Executing Power Control Operations Using Web Interface ceeceeseresetreesteeeteeeneeeneees Executing Power Control Operations Using RACADM ssssssssssseseeee eene Power Cappii9 5e at Mov C br cdm seme tech d talents E E eed DTP Power Capping in Blade Servers sssssssssssssssssssssese senten ener nennen nens Viewing and Configuring Power Cap Policy Configurirnig Power Supply Optioris cr et e Vaile eife ete eir e eet ee eu Configuring Power Supply Options Using Web Interface Configuring Power Supply Options Using RACADM sssssss meme Configuring Power Supply Options Using iDRAC Settings Utility Enabling or Disabling Power Button ssssssssssssseeeeene nennen rennen nnne niter nnne nennen 12 Inventory Monitoring and Configuring Network Devices
2. 195 Inventory and Monitoring Network Devices eee nnne 195 Monitoring Network Devices Using Web Interface eene 195 Monitoring Network Devices Using RACADM sssssssssseeeeeemeeneeneene rennes 195 Inventory and Monitoring FC HBA Devices sssssssssssssssseeeeeeeenneneneneee ennt nnns 196 Monitoring FC HBA Devices Using Web Interface 196 Monitoring FC HBA Devices Using RACADM issssssssssseeseneeeeeenene eene eni 196 Dynamic Configuration of Virtual Addresses Initiator and Storage Target Settings 196 Supported Cards for I O Identity Optimization Supported BIOS Version for I O Identity Optimization Supported NIC Firmware Versions for I O Identity Optimization Enabling or Disabling l O Identity Optimization sssssssseeeeees Configuring Persistence Policy Settings eem nemen 13 Managing Storage Devices eee esee esee eee ntn ennt 2035 Understanding RAID Concepts enne nnne erre n nnn en nter enirn nna 204 Whats RAID 2 fori cod tui tee EH Re DE eon aea lit t qe teste thes eet e ee E fs pr fe 205 Organizing Data Storage For Availability And Performance Choosing RAID Levels Comparing RAID Level Performance Supported Controllers Supported RAID Controllers Supported Non RAID Controllers Supported Enclosures Summary of Supported Features for Storage Devices Inventory and Monitoring Storage Devices Monitoring Stora
3. For each iDRAC to be trusted by the management station that iIDRAC s SSL certificate must be placed in the management station s certificate store Once the SSL certificate is installed on the management stations supported browsers can access iDRAC without certificate warnings You can also upload a custom signing certificate to sign the SSL certificate rather than relying on the default signing certificate for this function By importing one custom signing certificate into all management stations all the iDRACs using the custom signing certificate are trusted If a custom signing certificate is uploaded when a custom SSL certificate is already in use then the custom SSL certificate is disabled and a one time auto generated SSL certificate signed with the custom signing certificate is used You can download the custom signing certificate without the private key You can also delete an existing custom signing certificate After deleting the custom signing certificate iDRAC resets and auto generates a new self signed SSL certificate If a self signed certificate is regenerated then the trust must be re established between that iDRAC and the management workstation Auto generated SSL certificates are self signed and have an expiration date of seven years and one day and a start date of one day in the past for different time zone settings on management stations and the iDRAC The iDRAC Web server SSL certificate supports the asterisk characte
4. In addition to virtual disks a foreign configuration may consist of a physical disk that was assigned as a hot spare on one controller and then moved to another controller The Import Foreign Configuration task imports the new physical disk as a hot spare If the physical disk was set as a dedicated hot spare on the previous controller but the virtual disk to which the hot spare was assigned is no longer present in the foreign configuration then the physical disk is imported as a global hot spare If any foreign configurations locked using Local Key manager LKM are Detected then import foreign configuration operation is not possible in iDRAC in this release You must unlock the drives through CTRL R and then continue to import foreign configuration from iDRAC The Import Foreign Configuration task is only displayed when the controller has detected a foreign configuration You can also identify whether a physical disk contains a foreign configuration virtual disk or hot spare by checking the physical disk state If the physical disk state is Foreign then the physical disk contains all or some portion of a virtual disk or has a hot spare assignment NOTE The task of importing foreign configuration imports all virtual disks residing on physical disks that have been added to the controller If more than one foreign virtual disk is present all the configurations are imported PERCO controller provides support for auto import of foreign configu
5. This returns a value such as 47 This means that when you use the following command it applies a fan speed offset of Medium 4776 PWM over baseline fan speed racadm set system thermalsettings FanSpeedOffset 2 To view the existing setting racadm get system thermalsettings FanS peedOffset To set the fan speed offset to High value as defined in FanSpeedHighOffsetVal racadm set system thermalsettings FanS peedOffset 1 To display the highest value that can be set using MinimumFanSpeed option racadm get system thermalsettings MFSM aximumLimit Object MFSMinimumL imit MinimumFanS peed ThermalProf ile Description Read Minimum limit for MFS e Allows configuring the Minimum Fan speed that is required for the system to operate e t defines the baseline floor value for fan speed and system allows fans to go lower than this defined fan speed value e This value is PWM value for fan speed Allows to specify the Thermal Base Algorithm Allows to set the system profile as required for thermal behavior associated to the profile Usage Values from O to MFSMaximumLimi t Default is 255 means None Values from MFSMinimumLimi tto MFSMaximumLimi t When get command reports 255 it means user configured offset is not applied Values O Auto 1 Maximum performance 2 Minimum Power Modifying Thermal Settings Using iDRAC Settings Utility To mod
6. Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes for Blades Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes N A Yes Yes Yes iDRAC8 Enterprise Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 27 Feature iDRAC8 Basic iDRAC8 Express iDRAC8 Express iDRAC8 Enterprise for Blades Crash screen capture No Yes Yes Yes Crash video capture No No No Yes Boot capture No No No Yes Manual reset for iDRAC Yes Yes Yes Yes Virtual NMI Yes Yes Yes Yes OS watchdog Yes Yes Yes Yes Embedded Health Report Yes Yes Yes Yes System Event Log Yes Yes Yes Yes Lifecycle Log Yes Yes Yes Yes Work notes Yes Yes Yes Yes Remote Syslog No No No Yes License management Yes Yes Yes Yes 1 Not available with blade servers 2 500 series and lower rack and tower servers require a hardware card to enable this feature this hardware is offered at additional cost 3 Requires vFlash SD card media Interfaces and Protocols to Access iDRAC The following table lists the interfaces to access iDRAC K NOTE Using more than one interface at the same time may generate unexpected results Table 2 Interfaces and Protocols to Access iDRAC Interface or Description Protocol iDRAC Settings Use the iDRAC Settings utility to perform pre OS operations It has
7. You can launch the virtual console using the iDRAC Web Interface or a URL K NOTE Do not launch a Virtual Console session from a Web browser on the managed system Before launching the Virtual Console make sure that e You have administrator privileges e Web browser is configured to use Java or ActiveX plug ins e Minimum network bandwidth of one MB sec is available K NOTE If the embedded video controller is disabled in BIOS and if you launch the Virtual Console the Virtual Console Viewer is blank 254 While launching Virtual Console using 32 bit or 64 bit IE browsers the required plug in Java or ActiveX is available in the respective browser The Internet Options settings are common for both the browsers While launching the Virtual Console using Java plug in occasionally you may see a Java compilation error To resolve this go to Java control panel General Network Settings and select Direct Connection If the Virtual Console is configured to use ActiveX plug in it may not launch the first time This is because of the slow network connection and the temporary credentials that Virtual Console uses to connect timeout is two minutes The ActiveX client plug in download time may exceed this time After the plug in is successfully downloaded you can launch the Virtual Console normally When you launch Virtual Console for the first time using IE8 with ActiveX plug in a Certificate Error Navigation Blocked message
8. e Set the primary power supply unit e Enable or disable power factor correction For more information about the options see the iDRAC Settings Utility Online Help 3 Click Back click Finish and then click Yes The power supply options are configured Enabling or Disabling Power Button To enable or disable the power button on the managed system 1 IniDRAC Settings utility go to Front Panel Security The iDRAC Settings Front Panel Security page is displayed 2 Select Enabled to enable the power button Else select Disabled 3 Click Back click Finish and then click Yes The settings are saved 194 12 Inventory Monitoring and Configuring Network Devices You can inventory monitor and configure the following network devices e Network Interface Cards NICs e Converged Network Adapters CNAs LAN On Motherboards LOMs e Network Daughter Cards NDCs e Mezzanine cards only for blade servers Related Links Inventory and Monitoring FC HBA Devices Dynamic Configuration of Virtual Addresses Initiator and Storage Target Settings Inventory and Monitoring Network Devices You can remotely monitor the health and view the inventory of the network devices in the managed system For each device you can view the following information of the ports and supported partitions e Link Status e Properties Settings and Capabilities Receive and Transmit Statistics Related Links Inventory Monitor
9. 4 Click Next The Generic LDAP Configuration and Management Step 2 of 3 page is displayed 5 Enable generic LDAP authentication and specify the location information about generic LDAP servers and user accounts K NOTE If certificate validation is enabled specify the LDAP Server s FQDN and make sure that DNS is configured correctly under Overview iDRAC Settings Network NOTE In this release nested group is not supported The firmware searches for the direct member of the group to match the user DN Also only single domain is supported Cross domain is not supported 6 Click Next The Generic LDAP Configuration and Management Step 3a of 3 page is displayed 162 7 Click Role Group The Generic LDAP Configuration and Management Step 3b of 3 page is displayed 8 Specify the group distinguished name the privileges associated with the group and click Apply NOTE If you are using Novell eDirectory and if you have used these characters st hash double quotes semi colon gt greater than comma or lesser than for the Group DN name they must be escaped The role group settings are saved The Generic LDAP Configuration and Management Step 3a of 3 page displays the role group settings 9 If you want to configure additional role groups repeat steps 7 and 8 10 Click Finish The generic LDAP directory service is configured Configuring Generic LDAP Directory Service Using RACADM To configure the
10. 5 Using config command racadm config g cfgLanNetworking o cfgDNSServersFromDHCP 1 e Using set command racadm set iDRAC IPv4 DNSFromDHCP 1 If DHCP is disabled in iDRAC or you want to manually input your DNS IP address enter the following RACADM commands e Using config command racadm config g cfgLanNetworking o cfgDNSServersFromDHCP 0 racadm config g cfgLanNetworking o cfgDNSServerl primary DNS IP address racadm config g cfgLanNetworking o cfgDNSServer2 secondary DNS IP address Using set command racadm set iDRAC IPv4 DNSFromDHCP 0 racadm set iDRAC IPv4 DNSFromDHCP DNS1 primary DNS IP address gt racadm set iDRAC IPv4 DNSFromDHCP DNS2 secondary DNS IP address gt If you want to configure a list of user domains so that you only need to enter the user name during log in to iDRAC Web interface enter the following command e Using config command racadm config g cfgUserDomain o cfgUserDomainName fully qualified domain name or IP Address of the domain controller i index e Using set command racadm set iDRAC UserDomain index Name fully qualified domain name or IP Address of the domain controller You can configure up to 40 user domains with index numbers between 1 and 40 Press Enter to complete the Active Directory configuration with Extended Schema Testing Active Directory Settings You can test the Active Directory settings to verify whether your configuration is
11. If a filename is not specified in DHCP option 60 use the system service tag to uniquely identify the XML config file for the system For example servicetag config xml 3 Model number gt config xml If the option 60 filename is not specified and the lt ServiceTag gt config xml file is not found then use the system Model number as the basis for the XML config file name to use For example R520 config xml 4 config xml If the option 60 filename service tag based and model number based files are not available use the default config xml file Related Links Auto Config Sequence DHCP Options Enabling Auto Config Using iDRAC Web Interface Enabling Auto Config Using RACADM Auto Config Sequence 1 Create or modify the XML file that configures the attributes of Dell servers 2 Place the XML file in a share location that is accessible by the DHCP server and all the Dell servers that are assigned IP address from the DHCP server 3 Specify the XML file location in vendor option 43 field of DHCP server 4 The iDRAC as part of acquiring IP address advertises vendor class identifier iDRAC Option 60 5 The DHCP server matches the vendor class to the vendor option in the dhcpd conf file and sends the XML file location and XML file name to the iDRAC 6 TheiDRAC processes the XML file and configures all the attributes listed in the file DHCP Options DHCPv4 allows a large number of globally defined parameter
12. If the smart card user is present in Active Directory an Active Directory password is not required Related Links Enabling or Disabling Smart Card Login Configuring iDRAC Smart Card Login for Active Directory Users Logging into iDRAC Using Single Sign on When Single Sign On SSO is enabled you can log in to iDRAC without entering your domain user authentication credentials such as user name and password Related Links Configuring iDRAC SSO Login for Active Directory Users Logging into iDRAC SSO Using iDRAC Web Interface Before logging into iDRAC using Single Sign on make sure that 37 e You have logged into your system using a valid Active Directory user account Single Sign On option is enabled during Active Directory configuration To login to iDRAC using Web interface 1 Loginto your management station using a valid Active Directory account 2 Ina Web browser type https FQDN address NOTE If the default HTTPS port number port 443 has been changed type https FQDN address port number where FQDN address is the iDRAC FQDN iDRACdnsname domain name and port number is the HTTPS port number K NOTE If you use IP address instead of FQDN SSO fails iDRAC logs you in with appropriate Microsoft Active Directory privileges using your credentials that were cached in the operating system when you logged in using a valid Active Directory account Logging into iDRAC SSO Using CMC Web Inter
13. NOTE The Bit Mask values are used only when setting Standard Schema with the RACADM Single Domain Versus Multiple Domain Scenarios If all the login users and role groups including the nested groups are in the same domain then only the domain controllers addresses must be configured on iDRAC In this single domain scenario any group type is supported If all the login users and role groups or any of the nested groups are from multiple domains then Global Catalog server addresses must be configured on iDRAC In this multiple domain scenario all the role groups and nested groups if any must be a Universal Group type Configuring Standard Schema Active Directory To configure iDRAC for a Active Directory login access 1 Onan Active Directory server domain controller open the Active Directory Users and Computers Snap in 2 Create a group or select an existing group Add the Active Directory user as a member of the Active Directory group to access iDRAC 3 Configure the group name domain name and the role privileges on iDRAC using the iDRAC Web interface or RACADM Related Links Configuring Active Directory With Standard Schema Using iDRAC Web Interface Configuring Active Directory With Standard Schema Using RACADM Configuring Active Directory With Standard Schema Using iDRAC Web Interface K NOTE For information about the various fields see the iDRAC Online Help 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overvi
14. This configuration enables iDRAC to send Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP queries to Active Directory Structural Class dellProduct dellSchemaVersion dellRacType 1 2 840 113556 1 8000 1280 1 7 1 2 Represents the Dell Association Object The Association Object provides the connection between the users and the devices Structural Class Group dellProductMembers dellPrivilegeMember 153 Table 18 dellRAC4Privileges Class OID Description Class Type SuperClasses Attributes Table 19 dellPrivileges Class OID Description Class Type SuperClasses Attributes Table 20 dellProduct Class OID Description Class Type SuperClasses Attributes 154 1 2 840 113556 1 8000 1280 1 1 1 3 Defines the privileges Authorization Rights for iDRAC Auxiliary Class None delllsLoginUser delllsCardConfigAdmin delllsUserConfigAdmin delllsLogClearAdmin delllsServerResetUser delllsConsoleRedirectUser delllsVirtualMediaUser delllsTestAlertUser delllsDebugCommandAdmin 1 2 840 113556 1 8000 1280 1 1 1 4 Used as a container Class for the Dell Privileges Authorization Rights Structural Class User dellRACAPrivileges 1 2 840 113556 1 8000 1280 1 1 1 5 The main class from which all Dell products are derived Structural Class Computer dellAssociationMembers Table 21 List of Attributes Added to the Active Directory Schema Attribute Name Description dellP
15. To use the Active Directory authentication feature of iDRAC make sure that you have e Deployed an Active Directory infrastructure See the Microsoft website for more information e Integrated PKI into the Active Directory infrastructure iDRAC uses the standard Public Key Infrastructure PKI mechanism to authenticate securely into the Active Directory See the Microsoft website for more information e Enabled the Secure Socket Layer SSL on all domain controllers that iDRAC connects to for authenticating to all the domain controllers Related Links Enabling SSL on Domain Controller Enabling SSL on Domain Controller When iDRAC authenticates users with an Active Directory domain controller it starts an SSL session with the domain controller At this time the domain controller must publish a certificate signed by the 142 Certificate Authority CA the root certificate of which is also uploaded into iDRAC For iDRAC to authenticate to any domain controller whether it is the root or the child domain controller that domain controller must have an SSL enabled certificate signed by the domain s CA If you are using Microsoft Enterprise Root CA to automatically assign all your domain controllers to an SSL certificate you must 1 Install the SSL certificate on each domain controller 2 Export the Domain Controller Root CA Certificate to iDRAC 3 Import iDRAC Firmware SSL Certificate Related Links Installing SSL Certifi
16. To view the status of the HTTP to HTTPs redirection racadm get iDRAC Webserver HttpsRedirection Using VNC Client to Manage Remote Server You can use a standard open VNC client to manage the remote server using both desktop and mobile devices such as Dell Wyse PocketCloud When servers in data centers stop functioning the iDRAC or the Operating system sends an alert to the console on the management station The console sends an email or SMS to a mobile device with required information and launches VNC viewer application on the management station This VNC viewer can connect to OS Hypervisor on the server and provide access to keyboard video and mouse of the host server to perform the necessary remediation Before launching the VNC client you must enable the VNC server and configure the VNC server settings in iDRAC such as password VNC port number SSL encryption and the time out value You can configure these settings using iDRAC Web interface or RACADM K NOTE VNC feature is licensed and is available in the iDRAC Enterprise license You can choose from many VNC applications or Desktop clients such as the ones from RealVNC or Dell Wyse PocketCloud Only one VNC client session can be active at a time If a VNC session is active you can only launch the Virtual Media using Launch Virtual Console and not the Virtual Console Viewer If video encryption is disabled the VNC client starts RFB handshake directly and a SSL handsh
17. get storage enclosure l backplanerequestedmod 241 The output is BackplaneRequestedMode SplitMode 9 Runthe following command to cold reboot the server serveraction powercycle 10 After the system completes POST and CSIOR type the following command to verify the backplanerequestedmod get storage enclosure l backplanerequestedmod The output is BackplaneRequestedMode Non 11 Run the following to verify is the backplane mode is set to split mode get storage enclosure 1 backplanecurrentmode The output is BackplaneCurrentMode SplitMode 12 Run the following command and verify that only 0 11 drives are displayed storage get pdisks For more information about the racadm command see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Viewing Universal Slots Some of the 13th generation PowerEdge server backplanes supports both SAS SATA and PCle SSD drives in the same slot These slots are wired to the primary storage controller PERC and a PCle extender card These slots are called universal slots Backplane firmware provides information on the slots that support this feature The backplane supports SAS SATA disks or PCle SSDs Typically the four higher number slots are universal For example in a universal backplane supporting 24 slots slots 0 19 support only SAS SATA disks while slots 20 23 support either SAS SATA or PCle SSD The roll up health status for
18. t All existing contents are removed and the card is reformatted with the new vFlash system information Getting the Last Status Using RACADM To get the status of the last initialize command sent to the vFlash SD card 1 Openatelnet SSH or Serial console to the system and log in Enter the command racadm vFlashsd status The status of commands sent to the SD card is displayed 3 To getthe last status of all the vflash partitions use the command racadm vflashpartition Status a 4 Togetthe last status of a particular partition use command racadm vflashpartition status i index K NOTE If iDRAC is reset the status of the last partition operation is lost Managing vFlash Partitions You can perform the following using the iDRAC Web interface or RACADM NOTE An administrator can perform all operations on the vFlash partitions Else you must have Access Virtual Media privilege to create delete format attach detach or copy the contents for the partition e Creating an Empty Partition e Creating a Partition Using an Image File e Formatting a Partition e Viewing Available Partitions e Modifying a Partition 275 e Attaching or Detaching Partitions e Deleting Existing Partitions Downloading Partition Contents Booting to a Partition K NOTE If you click any option on the vFlash pages when an application such as WS MAN iDRAC Settings utility or RACADM is using vFlas
19. 217 Feature Name PERC 9 Controles 9 Controllers PERC 8 Controllers PCle SSD Fes po E H730 H730 ud H810 H710P H710 H310 Configure Real Real Real Real Not Not Not Not Not Backplane mode time time time time applica applicabl applica applica applica ble e ble ble ble Blink or unblink Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real component LEDs time time time time time time time time time Inventory and Monitoring Storage Devices You can remotely monitor the health and view the inventory of the following Comprehensive Embedded Management CEM enabled storage devices in the managed system using iDRAC Web interface e RAID controllers non RAID controllers and PCle extenders e Enclosures that includes Enclosure Management Modules EMMs power supply fan probe and temperature probe e Physical disks e Virtual disks e Batteries However RACADM and WS MAN display information for most of the storage devices in the system iDRAC inventories and monitors the PERC 8 series of RAID controllers that include H310 H710 H710P and H810 The controllers that do not support Comprehensive Embedded Management are Internal Tape Adapters ITAs SAS 6 Gbps HBA and SAS 12 Gbps HBA The recent storage events and topology of storage devices are also displayed Alerts and SNMP traps are generated for storage events The events are logged in the Lifecycle Log Monitoring Storage Device Using Web Interface
20. Capability Only those values supported by the controller appear in the drop down menus for these properties e In the Capacity field enter the size of the virtual disk The maximum size is displayed and then updated as disks are selected f The Span Count field is displayed based on the selected physical disks step 3 You cannot set this value It is automatically calculated after selecting disks for multi raid level If you have selected RAID 10 and if the controller supports uneven RAID 10 then the span count value is not displayed The controller automatically sets the appropriate value 3 In the Select Physical Disks section select the number of physical disks For more information about the fields see the iDRAC Online Help 4 From the Apply Operation Mode drop down menu select when you want to apply the settings 5 Click Create Virtual Disk Based on the selected Apply Operation Mode the settings are applied Creating Virtual Disks Using RACADM Use racadm storage createvd command For more information see the iDRAC RACADM Command Line Reference Guide available at dell com esmmanuals Editing Virtual Disk Cache Policies You can change the read write or disk cache policy of a virtual disk K NOTE Some of the controllers do not support all read or write policies Therefore when a policy is applied an error message is displayed The read policies indicate whether the controller must read sequential sectors of
21. Click Custom level In the Security Settings window do the following Select Enable for Automatic prompting for ActiveX controls e Select Prompt for Download signed ActiveX controls e Select Enable or Prompt for Run ActiveX controls and plugins Select Enable or Prompt for Script ActiveX controls marked safe for scripting 7 Click OK to close the Security Settings window 8 Click OK to close the Internet Options window K NOTE The varying versions of Internet Explorer share the same Internet Options Therefore after you add the server to the list of trusted sites for one browser the other browser uses the same setting e Before installing the ActiveX control Internet Explorer may display a security warning To complete the ActiveX control installation procedure accept the ActiveX control when Internet Explorer prompts you with a security warning Related Links Clearing Browser Cache Additional Settings for Windows Vista or Newer Microsoft Operating Systems 251 Additional Settings for Windows Vista or Newer Microsoft Operating Systems The Internet Explorer browsers in Windows Vista or newer operating systems have an additional security feature called Protected Mode To launch and run ActiveX applications in Internet Explorer browsers with Protected Mode 1 Run IE as an administrator 2 Goto Tools Internet Options Security Trusted Sites 3 Make sure that the Enable Protected Mode option is not selec
22. Delete and Replace Deletes and replaces the RAID level virtual disk controller attributes and hard disk configuration information in the system with the data from the backup image file Click Import The import server profile operation is initiated Importing Server Profile Using RACADM To import the server profile using RACADM use systemconfig restore command For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Restore Operation Sequence The restore operation sequence is 9x ML OY UL eo NOTES Host system shuts down Backup file information is used to restore the Lifecycle Controller Host system turns on Firmware and configuration restore process for the devices is completed Host system shuts down iDRAC firmware and configuration restore process is completed iDRAC restarts Restored host system turns on to resume normal operation 79 Monitoring IDRAC Using Other Systems Management Tools You can discover and monitor iDRAC using Dell Management Console or Dell OpenManage Essentials You can also use Dell Remote Access Configuration Tool DRACT to discover iDRACs update firmware and set up Active Directory For more information see the respective user s guides 80 4 Configuring iDRAC iDRAC enables you to configure iDRAC properties set up users and set up alerts to perform remote management tasks Before you configure iDRAC
23. Managed system capacities SMASH collection Managed system consoles SMASH collection Service Processor Service Processor time service Service processor capabilities SMASH collection CLP service capabilities Power state management service capabilities on the system Account management service capabilities Local Role Based Management capabilities Power utilization management capabilities Authentication capabilities 285 Target admin admin admin admin admin admin admin admin admin admin L sys L sys L sys L sys L sys L sys L sys L sys L sys identityl admin identity2 admin identity3 admin identity4 admin admin admin admin admin admin1 privil admin admin admin admin 286 L sys L sys L sys L sys L sys L sys legel l sys l sys l sys l sys l sysetml l sysetml l sysetml l sysetml cemL teml clpsettingl cem ceml ceml cem cem cem cem cemL cem cem cem ceml cem cem cem cem cem spl spl spl spl spl spl spl spl spl spl spl spl spl spl spl spl spl spl spl spl se se cl cl cl ttingsl ttings1 psvcl psvcl clpendpt psvcl tcpendpt jobql pwrmgtsvcl 1 jobq1 job accounti 16 accounti 1 accountil 1 accountil
24. The default and maximum size of the history buffer is 8192 characters You can set this number to a smaller value using the command racadm config g cfgSerial o cfgSerialHistorySize number 4 Quitthe SOL session to close an active SOL session Related Links Using Telnet Virtual Console Configuring Backspace Key For Your Telnet Session Disconnecting SOL Session in iDRAC Command Line Console Using Telnet Virtual Console Some Telnet clients on the Microsoft operating systems may not display the BIOS setup screen correctly when BIOS Virtual Console is set for VT100 VT220 emulation If this issue occurs change the BIOS console to ANSI mode to update the display To perform this procedure in the BIOS setup menu select Virtual Console Remote Terminal Type ANSI When you configure the client VT100 emulation window set the window or application that is displaying the redirected Virtual Console to 25 rows x 80 columns to make sure correct text display Else some text screens may be garbled To use Telnet virtual console 1 Enable Telnet in Windows Component Services 2 Connect to the iDRAC using the command telnet lt IP address port number gt where IP address is the IP address for the iDRAC and port number is the Telnet port number if you are using a new port 128 Configuring Backspace Key For Your Telnet Session Depending on the Telnet client using the Backspace key may produce unexpected
25. To view the storage device information using Web interface Goto Overview Storage Summary to view the summary of the storage components and the recently logged events This page is automatically refreshed every 50 seconds e Goto Overview Storage Topology to view the hierarchical physical containment view of the key storage components Goto Overview Storage Physical Disks Properties to view physical disk information The Physical Disks Properties page is displayed e Goto Overview Storage Virtual Disks Properties to view virtual disks information The Virtual Disks Properties page is displayed e Goto Overview Storage Controllers Properties to view the RAID controller information The Controllers Properties page is displayed Goto Overview Storage Enclosures Properties to view the enclosure information The Enclosures Properties page is displayed You can also use filters to view specific device information 218 For more information on the displayed properties and to use the filter options see iDRAC Online Help Monitoring Storage Device Using RACADM To view the storage device information use the raid or storage subcommand For more information see the iDRAC RACADM Command Line Reference Guideavailable at dell com support manuals Monitoring Backplane Using iDRAC Settings Utility In the iDRAC Settings utility go to System Summary The iDRAC Settings System Summary page is
26. add a new line to configure agetty on the COM2 serial port co 2345 respawn sbin agetty h L 57600 ttyS1 ansi The following example shows a sample file with the new line inittab This file describes how the INIT process should set up the system in a certain run level Author Miquel van Smoorenburg Modified for RHS Linux by Marc Ewing and Donnie Barnes Default runlevel The runlevels used by RHS are halt Do NOT set initdefault to this Single user mode Multiuser without NFS The same as 3 if you do not have networking Full multiuser mode unused X11 reboot Do NOT set initdefault to this 3 initdefault ystem initialization i sysinit etc rc d rc sysinit wait etc rc d rc wait etc rc d rc wait etc rc d rc wait etc rc d rc wait etc rc d rc wait etc rc d rc wait etc rc d rc hings to run in every runlevel ud once sbin update ud once sbin update Trap CTRL ALT DELETE ca ctrlaltdel sbin shutdown t3 r now When our UPS tells us power has failed assume we have a few minutes of power left Schedule a shutdown for 2 minutes from now This does of course assume you have power installed and your UPS is connected and working correctly p HUn QOU BAUNA n i t OY 01 4 WNHE C H OY O01 4 Co 2 E C OY 0145 C0 o E C Crochet et etic ets j 132 pf powerfail sbin shutdown f h 2 Power Failure System Shutting Down If power
27. and WWN MAC addresses K NOTE CMC provides access to iDRAC through the M1000E Chassis LCD panel and local console connections For more information see Chassis Management Controller User s Guide available at dell com support manuals View network interfaces available on host operating systems View inventory and monitor information and configure basic iDRAC settings using iDRAC Quick Sync feature and a mobile device Deployment e Manage vFlash SD card partitions e Configure front panel display settings Launch Lifecycle Controller which allows you to configure and update BIOS and supported network and storage adapters e Manage iDRAC network settings e Configure and use virtual console and virtual media e Deploy operating systems using remote file share virtual media and VMCLI Enable auto discovery Perform server configuration using the export or import XML profile feature through RACADM and WS MAN For more information see the Lifecycle Controller Remote Services Quick Start Guide e Configure persistence policy for virtual addresses initiator and storage targets e Remotely configure storage devices attached to the system at run time e Perform the following operations for storage devices Physical disks Assign or unassign physical disk as a global hot spare 17 Virtual disks Create virtual disks Edit virtual disks cache policies Check virtual disk consistency Initialize virtu
28. and click Export 11 In the Certificate Export Wizard click Next and select No do not export the private key 12 Click Next and select Base 64 encoded X 509 cer as the format 13 Click Next and save the certificate to a directory on your system 14 Upload the certificate you saved in step 13 to iDRAC 145 Importing iDRAC Firmware SSL Certificate iDRAC SSL certificate is the identical certificate used for iDRAC Web server AIL iDRAC controllers are shipped with a default self signed certificate If the Active Directory Server is set to authenticate the client during an SSL session initialization phase you need to upload iDRAC Server certificate to the Active Directory Domain controller This additional step is not required if the Active Directory does not perform a client authentication during an SSL session s initialization phase K NOTE If your system is running Windows 2000 the following steps may vary K NOTE If iDRAC firmware SSL certificate is CA signed and the certificate of that CA is already in the domain controller s Trusted Root Certificate Authority list do not perform the steps in this section To import iDRAC firmware SSL certificate to all domain controller trusted certificate lists 1 Download iDRAC SSL certificate using the following RACADM command racadm sslcertdownload t 0x1 f lt RAC SSL certificate 2 On the domain controller open an MMC Console window and select Certificates Trusted R
29. by checking the physical disk state If the physical disk state is Foreign then the physical disk contains all or some portion of a virtual disk You can Clear or erase the virtual disk information from the newly attached physical disks The Clear Foreign Configuration operation permanently erases all data residing on the physical disks that are added to the controller If more than one foreign virtual disk is present all the configurations are erased You may prefer to import the virtual disk rather than destroy the data An initialization must be performed to remove foreign data If you have an incomplete foreign configuration which cannot be imported you can use the Clearing Foreign Configuration option to erase the foreign data on the physical disks Clearing Foreign Configuration Using Web Interface To clear the foreign configuration 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Storage Controllers Setup The Setup Controllers page is displayed 2 In the Foreign Configuration section from the Controller drop down menu select the controller for which you want to clear the foreign configuration 3 From the Apply Operation Mode drop down menu select when you want to clear the data 4 Click Clear Based on the selected operation mode the virtual disks residing on the physical disk is erased Clearing Foreign Configuration Using RACADM To clear foreign configuration use the following command racadm storage clearconfi
30. displayed The Backplane Inventory section displays the backplane information For information about the fields see the iDRAC Settings Utility Online Help Viewing Storage Device Topology You can view the hierarchical physical containment view of the key storage components that is a list of controllers enclosures connected to the controller and a link to the physical disk contained in each enclosure The physical disks attached directly to the controller are also displayed To view the storage device topology go to Overview Storage Topology The Topology page displays the hierarchical representation of the storage components in the system Click the links to view the respective component details Managing Physical Disks You can perform the following for physical disks View physical disk properties e Assign or unassign physical disk as a global hotspare e Convert to RAID capable disk supported only in RACADM and is a staged operation e Convert to non RAID disk supported only in RACADM and is a staged operation Blink or unblink the LED Related Links Inventory and Monitoring Storage Devices Assigning or Unassigning Physical Disk as Global Hot spare Assigning or Unassigning Physical Disk as Global Hot spare A global hot spare is an unused backup disk that is part of the disk group Hot spares remain in standby mode When a physical disk that is used in a virtual disk fails the assigned hot spare is activated
31. in Lifecycle Controller to update the device firmware For more information about Platform Update see Lifecycle Controller User s Guide available at dell com support manuals Updating Firmware Using iDRAC Web Interface You can update the device firmware using firmware images available on the local system from a repository on a network share CIFS or NFS or from FTP Updating Single Device Firmware Before updating the firmware using single device update method make sure that you have downloaded the firmware image to a location on the local system To update single device firmware using iDRAC Web interface 1 Goto Overview iDRAC Settings Update and Rollback The Firmware Update page is displayed 2 Onthe Update tab select Local as the File Location A Click Browse select the firmware image file for the required component and then click Upload 4 After the upload is complete the Update Details section displays each firmware file uploaded to iDRAC and its status If the firmware image file is valid and was successfully uploaded the Contents column displays a icon next to the firmware image file name Expand the name to view the Device Name Current and Available firmware version information 5 Select the required firmware file to be updated and do one of the following e For firmware images that do not require a host system reboot click Install For example iDRAC firmware file e For firmware images that requ
32. or locally administered user IDs and passwords Two factor authentication using the Smart Card logon feature The two factor authentication is based on the physical smart card and the smart card PIN Single Sign on and Public Key Authentication Role based authorization to configure specific privileges for each user SNMPv3 authentication for user accounts stored locally in the iDRAC It is recommended to use this but it is disabled by default User ID and password configuration Default login password modification Set user passwords and BIOS passwords using one way hash format for improved security SMCLP and Web interfaces that support 128 bit and 40 bit encryption for countries where 128 bit is not acceptable using the SSL 5 0 standard Session time out configuration in seconds Configurable IP ports for HTTP HTTPS SSH Telnet Virtual Console and Virtual Media K NOTE Telnet does not support SSL encryption and is disabled by default Secure Shell SSH that uses an encrypted transport layer for higher security Login failure limits per IP address with login blocking from that IP address when the limit is exceeded Limited IP address range for clients connecting to iDRAC Dedicated Gigabit Ethernet adapter on rack or tower servers with Enterprise license New In This Release Set user passwords and BIOS passwords using one way hash format for improved security Optimize system performance and power consumption
33. racadm config g cfgIpmiLan o cfgIpmiLanPrivilegeLimit level Using set command racadm set iDRAC IPMILan PrivLimit level where level is one of the following 2 User 3 Operator or 4 Administrator 3 Set the IPMI LAN channel encryption key if required e Using config command racadm config g cfgIpmiLan o cfgIpmiEncryptionKey lt key gt e Using set command racadm set iDRAC IPMILan EncryptionKey key where key is a 20 character encryption key in a valid hexadecimal format NOTE The iDRAC IPMI supports the RMCP protocol For more information see the IPMI 2 0 specifications at intel com Enabling or Disabling Remote RACADM You can enable or disable remote RACADM using the iDRAC Web interface or RACADM You can run up to five remote RACADM sessions in parallel Enabling or Disabling Remote RACADM Using Web Interface To enable or disable remote RACADM 1 IniDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings Network Services The Services page is displayed 2 Under Remote RACADM select Enabled Else select Disabled 3 Click Apply The remote RACADM is enabled or disabled based on the selection Enabling or Disabling Remote RACADM Using RACADM The RACADM remote capability is enabled by default If disabled type one of the following command 130 e Using config command racadm config g cfgRacTuning o cfgRacTuneRemoteRacadmEnable 1 Using set command racadm
34. use the license subcommand For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Licensable Features In iDRAC8 The following table provides the iDRACSB features that are enabled based on the license purchased Feature iDRAC8 Basic iDRAC8 Express iDRAC8 Express iDRAC8 Enterprise for Blades Interfaces Standards IPMI 2 0 Yes Yes Yes Yes DCMI 1 5 Yes Yes Yes Yes 23 Feature Web based GUI Racadm command line loca remote SMASH CLP SSH only Telnet SSH WSMAN Network Time Protocol Connectivity Shared NIC Dedicated NIC VLAN tagging IPv4 IPv6 DHCP Dynamic DNS OS pass through Front panel USB Security Role based authority Local users SSL encryption IP blocking Directory services AD LDAP Two factor authentication 24 iDRACS Basic Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No iDRAC8 Express iDRAC8 Express Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No for Blades Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes N A Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No iDRAC8 Enterprise Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
35. where dev sdx is the device name found in step 4 and mnt floppy is the mount point Why are the virtual drives attached the server removed after performing a remote firmware update using the iDRAC Web interface Firmware updates cause the iDRAC to reset drop the remote connection and unmount the virtual drives The drives reappear when iDRAC reset is complete Why are all the USB devices detached after connecting a USB device Virtual media devices and vFlash devices are connected as a composite USB device to the Host USB BUS and they share a common USB port Whenever any virtual media or vFlash USB device is connected to or disconnected from the host USB bus all the Virtual Media and vFlash devices are disconnected momentarily from the host USB bus and then they are re connected If the host operating system uses a virtual media device do not attach or detach one or more virtual media or vFlash devices It is recommended that you connect all the required USB devices first before using them What does the USB Reset do It resets the remote and local USB devices connected to the server How to maximize Virtual Media performance To maximize Virtual Media performance launch the Virtual Media with the Virtual Console disabled or do one of the following Change the performance slider to Maximum Speed Disable encryption for both Virtual Media and Virtual Console K NOTE In this case the data transfer between managed server a
36. 1 1 accountl 1 acctsvcl 6 6 6 6 acctsvc2 acctsvc3 ro 1 ro ro ro ro ro ro lesvcl lesvcl Rolel 16 lesvcl Rolel1 16 lesvc2 lesvc2 Role1 3 lesvc2 Role4 lesvc3 Definitions Service Processor settings collection CLP service settings data CLP service protoco CLP service protoco CLP service protoco CLP service protoco CLP service protoco service endpoint TCP endpoint job queue job Power state management service Local user account CLP identity account Local user identity account PMI identity LAN account PMI identity Serial account Local user account management service IPMI account management service CLP account management service Local role Local role privilege PMI RBA service PMI role CLP RBA Service Local Role Base Authorization RBA service PMI Serial Over LAN SOL role Target Definitions adminl systeml spl rolesvc3 Rolel1 3 CLP role adminl systeml spl rolesvc3 Rolel 3 CLP role privilege privilegel Related Links Running SMCLP Commands Usage Examples Navigating the MAP Address Space Objects that can be managed with SM CLP are represented by targets arranged in a hierarchical space called the Manageability Access Point MAP address space An address path specifies the path from the root of the address space to an object in the address space The root target is represented by a
37. 1 Turn on the managed system During POST press F2 and go to iDRAC Settings Remote Enablement he iDRAC Settings Remote Enablement page is displayed 3 Enable auto discovery enter the provisioning server IP address and click Back K NOTE Specifying the provisioning server IP is optional If it is not set it is discovered using DHCP or DNS settings step 7 4 Click Network The iDRAC Settings Network page is displayed 5 Enable NIC 6 Enable IPv4 K NOTE IPv6 is not supported for auto discovery 7 Enable DHCP and get the domain name DNS server address and DNS domain name from DHCP K NOTE Step 7 is optional if the provisioning server IP address step 3 is provided Configuring Servers and Server Components Using Auto Config The Auto Config feature allows you to configure and provision all the components in a server example iDRAC PERC and RAID in a single operation by automatically importing an XML configuration file All the configurable parameters are specified in the XML file The DHCP server that assigns the IP address also provides the XML file details to configure the iDRAC You can create the XML file based on the service tag of the servers or create a generic XML file that you can use to configure all iDRACs serviced by the DHCP server This XML file is stored in a shared location CIFS or NFS that is accessible by the DHCP server and iDRAC s of the server being configured The DHCP server use
38. Auto discovery The auto discovery feature allows newly installed servers to automatically discover the remote management console that hosts the provisioning server The provisioning server provides custom administrative user credentials to iDRAC so that the unprovisioned server can be discovered and managed from the management console For more information about auto discovery see the Lifecycle Controller Remote Services User s Guide available at dell com support manuals Auto discovery works with a static IP DHCP DNS server or the default DNS host name discovers the provisioning server If DNS is specified the provisioning server IP is retrieved from DNS and the DHCP settings are not required If the provisioning server is specified discovery is skipped so neither DHCP nor DNS is required 46 You can enable auto discovery using iDRAC Settings Utility or using Lifecycle Controller For information on using Lifecycle Controller see Lifecycle Controller User s Guide available at dell com support manuals If auto discovery feature is not enabled on the factory shipped system the default administrator account user name as root and password as calvin is enabled Before enabling auto discovery make sure to disable this administrator account If the auto discovery in Lifecycle Controller is enabled all the iDRAC user accounts are disabled until the provisioning server is discovered To enable auto discovery using iDRAC Settings utility
39. Card login for Active Directory users make sure that you have completed the required prerequisites To configure iDRAC for smart card login 1 IniDRAC Web interface while configuring Active Directory to set up an user account based on standard schema or extended schema on the Active Directory Configuration and Management Step 1 of 4 page Enable certificate validation e Upload a trusted CA signed certificate e Upload the keytab file 2 Enable smart card login For information about the options see the iDRAC Online Help Related Links Enabling or Disabling Smart Card Login Obtaining Certificates Generating Kerberos Keytab File Configuring Active Directory With Standard Schema Using iDRAC Web Interface Configuring Active Directory With Standard Schema Using RACADM Configuring Active Directory With Extended Schema Using iDRAC Web Interface Configuring Active Directory With Extended Schema Using RACADM Enabling or Disabling Smart Card Login Before enabling or disabling smart card login for iDRAC make sure that e You have configure iDRAC permissions e iDRAC local user configuration or Active Directory user configuration with the appropriate certificates is complete K NOTE If smart card login is enabled then SSH Telnet IPMI Over LAN Serial Over LAN and remote RACADM are disabled Again if you disable smart card login the interfaces are not enabled automatically Related Links Obtaining Ce
40. Console Viewer provides various controls such as mouse synchronization virtual console scaling chat options keyboard macros power actions next boot devices and access to Virtual Media For information to use these features see the iDRAC Online Help 256 K NOTE If the remote server is powered off the message No Signal is displayed The Virtual Console Viewer title bar displays the DNS name or the IP address of the iDRAC you are connected to from the management station If IDRAC does not have a DNS name then the IP address is displayed The format is e For rack and tower servers lt DNS name IPv6 address IPv4 address gt lt Model gt User lt username gt lt fps gt e For blade servers lt DNS name IPv6 address IPv4 address gt Model Slot number User username fps Sometimes the Virtual Console Viewer may display low quality video This is due to slow network connectivity that leads to loss of one or two video frames when you start the Virtual Console session To transmit all the video frames and improve the subsequent video quality do any of the following e Inthe System Summary page under Virtual Console Preview section click Refresh e Inthe Virtual Console Viewer under Performance tab set the slider to Maximum Video Quality Synchronizing Mouse Pointers When you connect to a managed system through the Virtual Console the mouse acceleration speed on the managed system may not syn
41. Cumulative Security Update for Internet Explorer You can download it from the Microsoft Support website at support microsoft com To clear the logs click Clear Log K NOTE Clear Log only appears if you have Clear Logs permission After the SEL is cleared an entry is logged in the Lifecycle Controller log The log entry includes the user name and the IP address from where the SEL was cleared Viewing System Event Log Using RACADM To view the SEL racadm getsel lt options gt 184 If no arguments are specified the entire log is displayed To display the number of SEL entries racadm getsel i To clear the SEL entries racadm clrsel For more information see iIDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Viewing System Event Log Using iDRAC Settings Utility You can view the total number of records in the System Event Log SEL using the iDRAC Settings Utility and clear the logs To do this 1 Inthe iDRAC Settings Utililty go to System Event Log The iDRAC Settings System Event Log displays the Total Number of Records 2 Toclear the records select Yes Else select No 3 To view the system events click Display System Event Log 4 Click Back click Finish and then click Yes Viewing Lifecycle Log Lifecycle Controller logs provide the history of changes related to components installed on a managed system It provides logs about events related to Sto
42. FC HBA device information using Web interface go to Overview Hardware Fibre Channel The FC page is displayed For more information about the displayed properties see jDRAC Online Help The page name also displays the slot number where the FC HBA device is available and the type of FC HBA device Monitoring FC HBA Devices Using RACADM To view the FC HBA device information using racadm use the hwinventory subcommand For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Dynamic Configuration of Virtual Addresses Initiator and Storage Target Settings You can dynamically view and configure the virtual address initiator and storage target settings and apply a persistence policy It allows the application to apply the settings based on power state changes that is operating system restart warm reset cold reset or AC cycle and also based on persistence policy setting for that power state This provides more flexibility in deployments that need rapid re configuration of system workloads to another system The virtual addresses are e Virtual MAC Address e Virtual iSCSI MAC Address e Virtual FIP MAC Address e Virtual WWN e Virtual WWPN NOTE When you clear the persistence policy all the virtual addresses are reset to the default permanent address set at the factory Using the IO Identity feature you can 196 e View and configure the virtual a
43. Floppy or USB flash device with the bootable media or image using the Virtual Media options Virtual Media is in Attached state for the virtual drives to appear in the boot sequence To enable the boot once option and boot the managed system from the Virtual Media UT e A In the iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server Attached Media Under Virtual Media select the Enable Boot Once and click Apply Turn on the managed system and press F2 during boot Change the boot sequence to boot from the remote Virtual Media device Reboot the server The managed system boots once from the Virtual Media Related Links Mapping Virtual Drive Configuring Virtual Media 268 16 Installing and Using VMCLI Utility The Virtual Media Command Line Interface VMCLI utility is an interface that provides virtual media features from the management station to iDRAC on the managed system Using this utility you can access virtual media features including image files and physical drives to deploy an operating system on multiple remote systems in a network K NOTE You can run the VMCLI utility only on the management station that is installed with 32 bit operating system The VMCLI utility supports the following features e Manage removable devices or images that are accessible through virtual media e Automatically terminate the session when the iDRAC firmware Boot Once option is enabled Secure communications to iDRAC usin
44. For information about the options see the jDRAC Online Help Configuring iDRAC to Use SOL Using RACADM To configure IPMI Serial over LAN SOL 1 Enable IPMI Serial over LAN e Using config command racadm config g cfgIpmiSol o cfgIpmiSolEnable 1 e Using set command racadm set iDRAC IPMISol Enable 1 2 Update the IPMI SOL minimum privilege level 124 e Using config command racadm config g cfgIpmiSol o cfgIpmiSolMinPrivilege level e Using set command racadm set iDRAC IPMISol MinPrivilege 1 where level is 2 User 5 Operator 4 Administrator K NOTE The IPMI SOL minimum privilege level determines the minimum privilege to activate IPMI SOL For more information see the IPMI 2 0 specification Update the IPMI SOL baud rate e Using config command racadm config g cfgIpmiSol o cfgIpmiSolBaudRate baud rate Using set command racadm set iDRAC IPMISol BaudRate baud rate where baud rate is 9600 19200 57600 or 115200 bps NOTE To redirect the serial console over LAN make sure that the SOL baud rate is identical to the managed system s baud rate Enable SOL for each user e Using config command racadm config g cfgUserAdmin o cfgUserAdminSolEnable i id 2 e Using set command racadm set iDRAC Users id SolEnable 2 where id is the user s unique ID NOTE To redirect the serial console over LAN make sure that the SOL baud rate is identical to the managed syst
45. If you have assigned a physical disk as a global hot spare in Add to Pending Operation mode the pending operation is created but a job is not created Then if you try to unassign the same disk as global hot spare the assign global hot spare pending operation is cleared If you have unassigned a physical disk as a global hot spare in Add to Pending Operation mode the pending operation is created but a job is not created Then if you try to assign the same disk as a global hot spare the unassign global hot spare pending operation is cleared Assigning or Unassigning Global Hot spare Using Web Interface To assign or unassign a global hotspare for a physical disk drive 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Storage Physical Disks The Setup page is displayed 2 From the Controller drop down menu select the controller to view the associated physical disks 3 To assign as a global hotspare from the drop down menus in the Action Assign to All column selectGlobal Hotspare for one or more physical disks 4 Tounassign a hotspare from the drop down menus in the Action Assign to All column select Unassign Hotspare for one or more physical disks 5 From the Apply Operation Mode drop down menu select when you want to apply the settings 6 Click Apply Based on the selected operation mode the settings are applied Related Links Choosing Operation Mode Using Web Interface Assigning or Unassigning Global Hot sp
46. LDAP directory service e Use the objects in the cfgLdap and cfgLdapRoleGroup groups with the config command e Use the objects in the iDRAC LDAP and iDRAC LDAPRole groups with the set command For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Testing LDAP Directory Service Settings You can test the LDAP directory service settings to verify whether your configuration is correct or to diagnose the problem with a failed LDAP log in Testing LDAP Directory Service Settings Using iDRAC Web Interface To test the LDAP directory service settings 1 IniDRAC Web Interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings User Authentication Directory Services Generic LDAP Directory Service The Generic LDAP Configuration and Management page displays the current generic LDAP settings 2 Click Test Settings 3 Enter the user name and password of a directory user that is chosen to test the LDAP settings The format depends on the Attribute of User Login is used and the user name entered must match the value of the chosen attribute K NOTE When testing LDAP settings with Enable Certificate Validation checked iDRAC requires that the LDAP server be identified by the FQDN and not an IP address If the LDAP server is identified by an IP address certificate validation fails because iDRAC is not able to communicate with the LDAP server NOTE When generic LDAP is enabled iDRA
47. Logging into iDRAC 81 Modifying Network Settings Configuring Services Configuring Front Panel Display Setting Up Managed System Location Configuring Time Zone and NTP Setting Up iDRAC Communication Configuring User Accounts and Privileges Monitoring and Managing Power Enabling Last Crash Screen Configuring and Using Virtual Console Managing Virtual Media Managing vFlash SD Card Setting First Boot Device Enabling or Disabling OS to iDRAC Pass through Configuring iDRAC to Send Alerts Viewing IDRAC Information You can view the basic properties of iDRAC Viewing iDRAC Information Using Web Interface In the iDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings Properties to view the following information related to iDRAC For information about the properties see iDRAC Online Help e Hardware and firmware version Last firmware update e RAC time e PMI version e User interface title bar information etwork settings e Pv4 Settings e Pv6 Settings Viewing iDRAC Information Using RACADM To view iDRAC information using RACADM see getsysinfo or get subcommand details provided in the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Modifying Network Settings After configuring the iDRAC network settings using the iDRAC Settings utility you can also modify the settings through the iDRAC Web interface RACADM Li
48. Message is sent that requires that you select OK remotely You must either select OK on the local system or restart the remotely managed server reinstall and then turn off the Virtual Console in BIOS This message is generated by Microsoft to alert the user that Virtual Console is enabled To make sure that this message does not appear always turn off Virtual Console in the iDRAC Settings utility before remotely installing an operating system Why does the Num Lock indicator on the management station not reflect the status of the Num Lock on the remote server When accessed through the iDRAC the Num Lock indicator on the management station does not necessarily coincide with the state of the Num Lock on the remote server The state of the Num Lock is dependent on the setting on the remote server when the remote session is connected regardless of the state of the Num Lock on the management station Why do multiple Session Viewer windows appear when a Virtual Console session is established from the local host You are configuring a Virtual Console session from the local system This is not supported If a Virtual Console session is in progress and a local user accesses the managed server does the first user receive a warning message No If a local user accesses the system both have control of the system How much bandwidth is required to run a Virtual Console session It is recommended to have a 5 MBPS connection for good performance
49. NTPConfigGroup group with the set command For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Setting First Boot Device You can set the first boot device for the next boot only or for all subsequent reboots Based on this selection you can set the first boot device for the system The system boots from the selected device on the next and subsequent reboots and remains as the first boot device in the BIOS boot order until it is changed again either from the iDRAC Web interface or from the BIOS boot sequence You can set the first boot device to one of the following Normal Boot e PXE e BIOS Setup e Local Floppy Primary Removable Media Local CD DVD e Hard Drive Virtual Floppy Virtual CD DVD ISO Local SD Card e vFlash Lifecycle Controller 91 e BIOS Boot Manager K NOTE e BIOS Setup F2 Lifecycle Controller F10 BIOS Boot Manager F11 only support boot once enabled e Virtual Console does not support permanent boot configuration It is always boot once e The first boot device setting in iDRAC Web Interface overrides the System BIOS boot settings Setting First Boot Device Using Web Interface To set the first boot device using iDRAC Web interface 1 Goto Overview Server Setup First Boot Device The First Boot Device page is displayed 2 Select the required first boot device from the drop down list and click Apply Th
50. None home message is not displayed on the server LCD front panel Enable Virtual Console indication optional If enabled the Live Front Panel Feed section and the LCD panel on the server displays the Virtual console session active message when there is an active Virtual Console session Click Apply The server LCD front panel displays the configured home message Configuring LCD Setting Using RACADM To configure the server LCD front panel display use the objects in the System LCD group For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Configuring LCD Setting Using iDRAC Settings Utility To configure the server LCD front panel display 1 In the iDRAC Settings utility go to Front Panel Security The iDRAC Settings Front Panel Security page is displayed Enable or disable the power button Specify the following e Access to the front panel LCD message string e System power units ambient temperature units and error display Enable or disable the virtual console indication For information about the options see the jDRAC Settings Utility Online Help Click Back click Finish and then click Yes Configuring System ID LED Setting To identify a server enable or disable System ID LED blinking on the managed system Configuring System ID LED Setting Using Web Interface To configure the System ID LED display 1 90 In iDRAC Web interf
51. Obtained from racadm getconfig f filename cfg command or racadm get f lt filename gt cfg and then edited For information about the getconfig and get commands see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals The cfg file is first parsed to verify that valid group and object names are present and the basic syntax rules are being followed Errors are flagged with the line number that detected the error and a message explains the problem The entire file is parsed for correctness and all errors are displayed Write commands are not transmitted to iDRAC if an error is found in the cfg file The user must correct all errors before using the file to configure iDRAC Use the c option in the con ig subcommand which verifies the syntax and does not perform a write operation to iDRAC Use the following guidelines when you create a cfg file e If the parser encounters an indexed group the index of the group is used as the anchor Any modifications to the objects within the indexed group is also associated with the index value For example If you have used the getconfig command cfgUserAdmin cfgUserAdminIndex 11 cfgUserAdminUserName cfgUserAdminPassword Write Only cfgUserAdminEnable 0 cfgUserAdminPrivilege 0x00000000 cfgUserAdminIpmiLanPrivilege 15 cfgUserAdminIpmiSerialPrivilege 15 cfgUserAdminSolEnable 0 If you have used the get command
52. Overview iDRAC Settings Update and Rollback The Firmware Update page is displayed 2 Onthe Update tab select TFTP as the File Location 3 Inthe TFTP Server Settings section enter the TFTP details For information about the fields see the iDRAC Online Help 4 Click Check for Update 5 After the upload is complete the Update Details section displays a comparison report showing the current firmware versions and the firmware versions available in the repository NOTE Any update in the repository that is not applicable to the system or the installed hardware or is not supported is not included in the comparison report 6 Select the required updates and do one of the following e For firmware images that do not require a host system reboot click Install For example d7 firmware file e For firmware images that require a host system reboot click Install and Reboot or Install Next Reboot e To cancel the firmware update click Cancel When you click Install Install and Reboot or Install Next Reboot the message Updating Job Queue is displayed 7 Click Job Queue to display the Job Queue page where you can view and manage the staged firmware updates or click OK to refresh the current page and view the status of the firmware update Related Links Downloading Device Firmware Updating Device Firmware Viewing and Managing Staged Updates Downloading Device Firmware Scheduling Automatic Firmware Updates Updati
53. Physical Disk page is displayed 2 From the Controller drop down menu select the controller to view the associated PCle SSDs 3 From the drop down menus select Secure Erase for one or more PCle SSDs If you have selected Secure Erase and you want to view the other options in the drop down menu then select Action and then click the drop down menu to view the other options 2358 4 From the Apply Operation Mode drop down menu select one of the following options At Next Reboot Select this option to apply the actions during the next system reboot This is the default option for PERC 8 controllers e At Scheduled Time Select this option to apply the actions at a scheduled day and time Start Time and End Time Click the calendar icons and select the days From the drop down menus select the time The action is applied between the start time and end time From the drop down menu select the type of reboot No Reboot Manually Reboot System Graceful Shutdown Force Shutdown Power Cycle System cold boot NOTE For PERC 8 or earlier controllers Graceful Shutdown is the default option For PERC 9 controllers No Reboot Manually Reboot System is the default option 5 Click Apply If the job is not created a message indicating that the job creation was not successful is displayed Also the message ID and the recommended response action is displayed If the job is created successfully a message indicating
54. RFS connection the connection is established and the remote image is available to the host operating system e If the Virtual Media client is active and you attempt to establish an RFS connection the following error message is displayed Virtual Media is detached or redirected for the selected virtual drive The connection status for RFS is available in iDRAC log Once connected an RFS mounted virtual drive does not disconnect even if you log out from iDRAC The RFS connection is closed if iDRAC is reset or the network connection is dropped The Web interface and command line options are also available in CMC and iDRAC to close the RFS connection The RFS connection from CMC always overrides an existing RFS mount in iDRAC K NOTE iDRAC vFlash feature and RFS are not related 307 If you update the iDRAC firmware from version 1 50 50 to 1 50 50 firmware while there is an active RFS connection and the Virtual Media Attach Mode is set to Attach or Auto Attach the iDRAC attempts to re establish the RFS connection after the firmware upgrade is completed and the iDRAC reboots If you update the iDRAC firmware from version 1 50 50 to 1 50 50 firmware while there is an active RFS connection and the Virtual Media Attach Mode is set to Detach the iDRAC does not attempt to re establish the RFS connection after the firmware upgrade is completed and the iDRAC reboots Configuring Remote File Share Using Web Interface To enable remote file
55. Remove PCle SSD PCle SSDs support orderly hot swap allowing you to add or remove a device without halting or rebooting the system in which the devices are installed To prevent data loss it is mandatory that you use the Prepare to Remove operation before physically removing a device K NOTE e Orderly hot swap is only supported when PCle SSDs are installed in a supported system running a supported operating system To make sure that you have the correct configuration for your PCle SSD see the system specific Owner s Manual e The Prepare to Remove task is not supported for PCle SSDs on VMware vSphere ESXi systems e The Prepare to Remove task can only be staged and real time is not supported The Prepare to Remove operation stops any background activity and any ongoing I O activity so that device can be removed safely It causes the status LEDs on the device to blink You can safely remove the device from the system under the following conditions after you initiate the Prepare to Remove operation e The PCle SSD is blinking the safe to remove LED pattern The PCle SSD is no longer accessible by the system Before preparing the PCle SSD for removal make sure that e iDRAC Service Module is installed Lifecycle Controller is enabled e You have Server Control and Login privileges Preparing to Remove PCle SSD Using Web Interface To prepare the PCle SSD for removal 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Stor
56. Several parameters and object IDs are displayed with their current values The objects of importance are e If you have used getconfig command cfgUserAdminIndex XX cfgUserAdminUserName e If you have used get command iDRAC Users UserName If the cfgUserAdminUserName object has no value that index number which is indicated by the cfgUserAdminIndex object is available for use If a name is displayed after the that index is taken by that user name 139 When you manually enable or disable a user with the racadm config subcommand you must specify the index with the i option Observe that the cfgUserAdminIndex object displayed in the previous example contains a character It indicates that it is a read only object Also if you use the racadm config f racadm cfg command to specify any number of groups objects to write the index cannot be specified This behavior allows more flexibility in configuring multiple iDRAC with the same settings To enable SNMP v3 authentication for a user use SNMPv3AuthenticationType SNMPv3Enable SNMPv3PrivacyType objects For more information see the RACADM Command Line Interface Guide available at dell com esmmanuals If you are using the configuration XML file then use the AuthenticationProtocol ProtocolEnable and PrivacyProtocol attributes to enable SNMPv3 authentication Adding iDRAC User Using RACADM To add a new user to the RAC configuration perform the following 1 Set the us
57. Shell SSH Requires a client such as PuTTY on Windows SSH is available by default in most of the Linux systems and hence does not require a client Telnet must be enabled since it is disabled by default IPMITool uses IPMI command or shell prompt requires Dell customized installer in Windows or Linux available from Systems Management Documentation and Tools DVD or support dell com Related Links Setting Up iDRAC IP Using iDRAC Settings Utility Setting Up iDRAC IP Using CMC Web Interface Enabling Auto discovery Configuring Servers and Server Components Using Auto Config Setting Up iDRAC IP Using iDRAC Settings Utility To set up the iDRAC IP address 1 Turn on the managed system Press F2 during Power on Self test POST n the System Setup Main Menu page click iDRAC Settings he iDRAC Settings page is displayed Click Network The Network page is displayed Specify the following settings e Network Settings e Common Settings Pv4 Settings e Pv6 Settings e PMI Settings e VLAN Settings Click Back click Finish and then click Yes The network information is saved and the system reboots Related Links Network Settings Common Settings 43 IPv4 Settings IPv6 Settings IPMI Settings VLAN Settings Network Settings To configure the Network Settings K NOTE For information about the options see the iDRAC Settings Utility Online Help 1 2 44 Und
58. Smart Card s PIN A password in not required 36 3 Enter the Smart Card PIN for local Smart Card users You are logged into the iDRAC K NOTE If you are a local user for whom Enable CRL check for Smart Card Logon is enabled iDRAC attempts to download the CRL and checks the CRL for the user s certificate The login fails if the certificate is listed as revoked in the CRL or if the CRL cannot be downloaded for some reason Related Links Enabling or Disabling Smart Card Login Configuring iDRAC Smart Card Login for Local Users Logging Into iDRAC as an Active Directory User Using Smart Card Before you log in as a Active Directory user using Smart Card make sure to e Upload a Trusted Certificate Authority CA certificate CA signed Active Directory certificate to iDRAC e Configure the DNS server Enable Active Directory login Enable Smart Card login To log in to iDRAC as an Active Directory user using smart card 1 Loginto iDRAC using the link https IP address The iDRAC Login page is displayed prompting you to insert the Smart Card NOTE If the default HTTPS port number port 443 is changed type https IP address port number where IP address is the iDRAC IP address and port number is the HTTPS port number 2 Insert the Smart Card and click Login The PIN pop up is displayed 3 Enter the PIN and click Submit You are logged in to iDRAC with your Active Directory credentials K NOTE
59. The possibility of a disk failure increases with an increase in the number of disks Since the differences in I O performance and redundancy one RAID level may be more appropriate than another based on the applications in the operating environment and the nature of the data being stored When choosing a RAID level the following performance and cost considerations apply Availability or fault tolerance Availability or fault tolerance refers to the ability of a system to maintain operations and provide access to data even when one of its components has failed In RAID volumes availability or fault tolerance is achieved by maintaining redundant data Redundant data includes mirrors duplicate data and parity information reconstructing data using an algorithm e Performance Read and write performance can be increased or decreased depending on the RAID level you choose Some RAID levels may be more appropriate for particular applications e Cost efficiency Maintaining the redundant data or parity information associated with RAID volumes requires additional disk space In situations where the data is temporary easily reproduced or non essential the increased cost of data redundancy may not be justified e Mean Time Between Failure MTBF Using additional disks to maintain data redundancy also increases the chance of disk failure at any given moment Although this option cannot be avoided in situations where redundant data is
60. The show level option executes show over additional levels beneath the specified target To see all targets and properties in the address space use the 1 all option Using the output Option The output option specifies one of four formats for the output of SM CLP verbs text clpcsv keyword and clpxml The default format is text and is the most readable output The clpcsv format is a comma separated values format suitable for loading into a spreadsheet program The keyword format outputs information as a list of keyword value pairs one per line The clpxml format is an XML document containing a response XML element The DMTF has specified the clpcsv and clpxml formats and their specifications can be found on the DMTF website at dmtf org The following example shows how to output the contents of the SEL in XML show l all output format clpxml adminl systeml logs1 log1 Usage Examples This section provides use case scenarios for SMCLP Server Power Management SEL Management MAP Target Navigation Server Power Management The following examples show how to use SMCLP to perform power management operations on a managed system Type the following commands at the SMCLP command prompt To switch off the server stop systeml he following message is displayed systeml has been stopped successfully To switch on the server start systeml The following message is displayed systeml has been started
61. To create modify or delete security key to encrypt virtual drives racadm storage createsecuritykey Controller FQDD gt key Key id passwd lt passphrase gt racadm storage modifysecuritykey Controller FQDD gt key key id oldpasswd old passphrase gt newpasswd new passphrase gt racadm storage deletesecuritykey Controller FQDD gt Importing or Auto Importing Foreign Configuration A foreign configuration is data residing on physical disks that have been moved from one controller to another Virtual disks residing on physical disks that have been moved are considered to be a foreign configuration You can import foreign configurations so that virtual disks are not lost after moving Physical Disks A foreign configuration can be imported only if it contains a virtual disk that is in either Ready or Degraded state or a hotspare that is dedicated to a virtual disk which can be imported or is already present All of the virtual disk data must be present but if the virtual disk is using a redundant RAID level the additional redundant data is not required For example if the foreign configuration contains only one side of a mirror in a RAID 1 virtual disk then the virtual disk is in a Degraded state and can be imported If the foreign configuration contains only one physical disk that was originally configured as a RAID 5 using three physical disks then the RAID 5 virtual disk is in a Failed state and cannot be imported
62. To support certain channel adapters the backplane mode must be changed SGPIO mode The SGPIO mode is only supported for passive backplanes It is not supported for expander based backplanes or passive backplanes in downstream mode Backplane firmware provides information on capability current state and requested state After LC wipe operation or iDRAC reset to default the SGPIO mode is reset to disabled state It compares the iDRAC setting with the backplane setting If the backplane is set to SGPIO mode iDRAC changes its setting to match the backplane setting Server power cycle is required for any change in setting to take effect You must have Server Control privilege to modify this setting K NOTE You cannot set the SGPIO mode using iDRAC Web interface Setting SGPIO Mode Using RACADM To configure the SGPIO mode use the SGPIOMode object with the set sub command If it is set to disabled it is I2C mode If enabled it is set to SGPIO mode For more information see the iDRAC RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Choosing Operation Mode to Apply Settings While creating and managing virtual disks setting up physical disks controllers and enclosures or resetting controllers before you apply the various settings you must select the operation mode That is specify when you want to apply the settings Immediately During the next system reboot e Ata scheduled time Asa
63. Tools Manage Add ons and click Enable or Disable Add ons The Manage Add ons window is displayed Select All Add ons from the Show drop down menu Select the Video Viewer add on and click the More Information link Select Remove from the More Information window AN RW Close the More Information and the Manage Add ons windows Clearing Earlier Java Versions To clear older versions of Java viewer in Windows or Linux do the following 1 At the command prompt run j avaws viewer or javaws uninstall 252 The Java Cache viewer is displayed 2 Delete the items titled iDRAC Virtual Console Client Importing CA Certificates to Management Station When you launch Virtual Console or Virtual Media prompts are displayed to verify the certificates If you have custom Web server certificates you can avoid these prompts by importing the CA certificates to the Java or ActiveX trusted certificate store Related Links Importing CA certificate to Java Trusted Certificate Store Importing CA Certificate to ActiveX Trusted Certificate Store Importing CA certificate to Java Trusted Certificate Store To import the CA certificate to the Java trusted certificate store 1 Launch the Java Control Panel Click Security tab and then click Certificates The Certificates dialog box is displayed 3 From the Certificate type drop down menu select Trusted Certificates 4 Click Import browse select the CA certificate in Base64 encoded
64. Users Using RACADM K NOTE You must be logged in as user root to execute RACADM commands on a remote Linux system You can configure single or multiple iDRAC users using RACADM To configure multiple iDRAC users with identical configuration settings perform one of the following procedures Use the RACADM examples in this section as a guide to create a batch file of RACADM commands and then execute the batch file on each managed system e Create the iDRAC configuration file and execute the racadm config or racadm set subcommand on each managed system using the same configuration file If you are configuring a new iDRAC or if you have used the racadm racresetcfg command the only current user is root with the password calvin The racresetcfg subcommand resets the iDRAC to the default values K NOTE Users can be enabled and disabled over time As a result a user may have a different index number on each iDRAC To verify if a user exists type the following command at the command prompt e Using config command racadm getconfig u lt username gt OR Type the following command once for each index 1 16 e Using config command racadm getconfig g cfgUserAdmin i lt index gt Using get command racadm get iDRAC Users lt index gt UserName NOTE You can also type racadm getconfig f myfile cfg Orracadm get f lt myfile cfg gt and view or edit the myfile cfg file which includes all iDRAC configuration parameters
65. Utilization information of system resources is obtained by querying the data from a set of dedicated counters provided by the CPU and chipset These counters are called Resource Monitoring Counters or RMCs These counters are aggregated by the node manager to measure the cumulative utilization of each of these system resources that is read from the iDRAC using existing inter communication mechanisms to provide these vital data through out of band management interfaces Since Intel sensor representation of performance parameters and index values are for complete physical system performance data representation on the interfaces is for the complete physical system even if the system is virtualized and hosting multiple virtual hosts To display the performance parameters the supported sensors must be present in the server 111 The four system utilization parameters are e CPU Utilization There are individual Resource Monitoring counters RMCs for each CPU core which are aggregated to provide cumulative utilization of all the cores in the system This utilization is based on time spent in active state and time spent in inactive state Each sample of RMC is taken every six seconds e Memory Utilization There are individual counters RMCs to measure memory traffic occurring at each memory channel or memory controller instance These counters are aggregated to measure the cumulative memory traffic across all the memory channels on the system Th
66. VNC Server Using RACADM To configure the VNC server use the VNCserver object with the set command For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Setting Up VNC Viewer With SSL Encryption While configuring the VNC server settings in iDRAC if the SSL Encryption option was enabled then the SSL tunnel application must be used along with the VNC Viewer to establish the SSL encrypted connection with iDRAC VNC server K NOTE Most of the VNC clients do not have built in SSL encryption support To configure the SSL tunnel application 1 Configure SSL tunnel to accept connection on lt localhost gt lt localport number gt For example 127 0 0 1 5930 2 Configure SSL tunnel to connect to lt iDRAC IP address gt lt VNC server port Number gt For example 192 168 0 120 5901 3 Start the tunnel application To establish connection with the iDRAC VNC server over the SSL encrypted channel connect the VNC viewer to the localhost link local IP address and the local port number 127 0 0 1 local port number Setting Up VNC Viewer Without SSL Encryption In general all Remote Frame Buffer RFB compliant VNC Viewers connect to the VNC server using the iDRAC IP address and port number that is configured for the VNC server If the SSL encryption option is 88 disabled when configuring the VNC server settings in iDRAC then to connect to the VNC Viewer do
67. a password You can also send a single RACADM command as a command line argument to the SSH application The command line options behave similar to remote RACADM since the session ends after the command is completed For example Logging in ssh username domain or ssh username lt IP_ address where IP address is the IP address of the iDRAC Sending RACADM commands ssh username lt domain gt racadm getversion ssh username lt domain gt racadm getsel Related Links Using Public Key Authentication For SSH 39 Multiple iDRAC Sessions The following table provides the list of multiple iDRAC sessions that are possible using the various interfaces Table 5 Multiple iDRAC Sessions Interface Number of Sessions iDRAC Web Interface 6 Remote RACADM 4 Firmware RACADM SMCLP SSH 2 Telnet 2 Serial 1 Changing Default Login Password The warning message that allows you to change the default password is displayed if e You log in to iDRAC with Configure User privilege e Default password warning feature is enabled Credentials for any currently enabled account are root calvin A warning message is also displayed when you log in to iDRAC using SSH Telnet remote RACADM or the Web interface For Web interface SSH and Telnet a single warning message is displayed for each session For remote RACADM the warning message is displayed for each command Related Links Enabling or Disabling Default Password Warning M
68. a requirement it does have implications on the workload of the system support staff within your organization e Volume Volume refers to a single disk non RAID virtual disk You can create volumes using external utilities like the O ROM Ctrl r Storage Management does not support the creation of volumes However you can view volumes and use drives from these volumes for creation of new virtual disks or Online Capacity Expansion OCE of existing virtual disks provided free space is available Storage Management allows Rename and Delete operations on such volumes Choosing RAID Levels You can use RAID to control data storage on multiple disks Each RAID level or concatenation has different performance and data protection characteristics The following topics provide specific information on how each RAID level store data as well as their performance and protection characteristics 206 e RAID Level O Striping e RAID Level 1 Mirroring e RAID Level 5 Striping With Distributed Parity e RAID Level 6 Striping With Additional Distributed Parity e RAID Level 50 Striping Over RAID 5 Sets e RAID Level 60 Striping Over RAID 6 Sets e RAID Level 10 Striping Over Mirror Sets RAID Level 0 Striping RAID O uses data striping which is writing data in equal sized segments across the physical disks RAID O does not provide data redundancy RAID O characteristics e Groups n disks as one large v
69. a target Exits from the SMCLP shell session Displays the version attributes of a target Moves a binary image to a specified target address from a URL Table 31 SMCLP Targets Target admini admin admin admin admin admin admin admin admin admin admin admin admin admin admin admin admin hdwrl clpcapl admin pwrmgtcapl admin acctmgtcap admin rolemgtcap admin admin L system1 L system1 L system1 L system1 L system1 L system1 L system1 L system1 L system1 L system1 L system1 L system1 L system1 L system1 L system1 L system1 L system1 L system1 PwrutilmgtCapl elecapl l systeml l profilesl capabilitiesl capabilitiesl pwrcapl capabilitiesl elecapl logs1 logsl1 log1l logsl logl record settingsl capacitiesl consoles1l spl spl timesvcl spl capabilitiesl spl capabilitiesl spl capabilitiesl spl capabilitiesl spl capabilitiesl spl capabilities spl capabilitiesl Definitions admin domain Registered profiles in iDRAC Hardware Managed system target Managed system SMASH collection capabilities Managed system power utilization capabilities Managed system target capabilities Record Log collections target System Event Log SEL record entry An individual SEL record instance on the managed system Managed system SMASH collection settings
70. accounts is lost use iDRAC Settings Utility or local RACADM and perform reset iDRAC to default task If the iDRAC user account s password is set with the SHA256 password hash only and not the other hashes SHA1v3Key or MD5v3Key then authentication through SNMP v3 and IPMI is not available Hash Password Using RACADM Use the following objects with the set racadm sub command to set hash passwords e iDRAC Users SHA256Password e iDRAC Users SHA256PasswordSalt Use the following command to include the hash password in the exported server configuration profile racadm get f file name 1 NFS CIFS share u username p password t lt filetype gt includePH You must set the Salt attribute when the associated hash is set 51 K NOTE The attributes are not applicable to the INI configuration file Hash Password in Server Configuration Profile The new hash passwords can be optionally exported in the server configuration profile When importing server configuration profile you can uncomment the existing password attribute or the new password hash attribute s If both are uncommented an error is generated and the password is not set A commented attribute is not applied during an import Generating Hash Password Without SNMPv3 and IPMI Authentication To generate hash password without SNMPv3 and IPMI authentication 1 ForiDRAC user accounts you must salt the password using SHA256 When you salt the password
71. allowing the user to see the included comments To view the contents of an indexed group use the following command racadm getconfig g lt groupName gt i lt index 1 16 gt For indexed groups the object anchor must be the first object after the pair The following are examples of the current indexed groups cfgUserAdmin cfgUserAdminIndex 11 If you type racadm getconfig f myexample c g the command builds a cfg file for the current iDRAC configuration This configuration file can be used as an example and as a starting point for your unique cfg file 105 Modifying the iDRAC IP Address When you modify the iDRAC IP address in the configuration file remove all unnecessary variable value entries Only the actual variable group s label with and remains including the two variable value entries pertaining to the IP address change For example Object Group cfgLanNetworking cfgLanNetworking cfgNicIpAddress 10 35 10 110 cfgNicGateway 10 35 10 1 This file is updated as follows Object Group cfgLanNetworking cfgLanNetworking cfgNicIpAddress 10 35 9 143 comment the rest of this line is ignored cfgNicGateway 10 35 9 1 The command racadm config f myfile cfg parses the file and identifies any errors by line number A correct file updates the proper entries Additionally you can use the same getconfig command from the previous example to confirm the update Use
72. backplane use the BackplaneMode object with the set subcommand For example to set the BackplaneMode attribute to split mode 1 At the RACADM command prompt run the following command to view the current backplane mode get storage enclosure l backplanecurrentmode The output is BackplaneCurrentMode UnifiedMod Run the following command to view the requested mode get storage enclosure l backplanerequestedmod The output is BackplaneRequestedMode Non Run the following command to set the requested backplane mode to split mode set storage enclosure l backplanerequestedmode splitmode The successful message is displayed Run the following command to verify if the backplanerequestedmode attribute is set to split mode get storage enclosure l backplanerequestedmod The output is BackplaneRequestedMode None Pending SplitMode Run storage get controllers command and note down the controller instance ID Run the following command to create a job jobqueue create controller instance ID s TIME NOW realtime A job ID is returned Run the following command to query the job status jobqueue view i JID XXXXXXXX where JID xxxxxxxx is the job ID from step 6 The status is displayed as Pending Continue to query the job ID until you view the Completed status this process may take up to three minutes Run the following command to view the backplanerequestedmode attribute value
73. configurations Importing Foreign Configuration Using Web Interface To import foreign configuration 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Storage Controllers Setup The Setup Controllers page is displayed 2 In the Foreign Configuration section from the Controller drop down menu select the controller that you want to configure 3 From the Apply Operation Mode drop down menu select when you want to import 4 Click Import Foreign Configuration Based on the selected operation mode the configuration is imported To automatically import foreign configurations in the Configure Controller Properties section enable the Enhanced Auto Import Foreign Config option select the Apply Operation Mode and click Apply NOTE You must reboot the system after enabling Enhanced Auto Import Foreign Config option for the foreign configurations to be imported Importing Foreign Configuration Using RACADM To import foreign configuration use the following command racadm storage importconfig Controller FQDD For more information see the iDRAC RACADM Command Line Reference Guide available at dell com esmmanuals Clearing Foreign Configuration After moving a physical disk from one controller to another you may find that the physical disk contains all or some portion of a virtual disk foreign configuration You can identify whether a previously used 232 physical disk contains a foreign configuration virtual disk
74. correct or to diagnose the problem with a failed Active Directory log in Testing Active Directory Settings Using iDRAC Web Interface To test the Active Directory settings 1 In iDRAC Web Interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings User Authentication Directory Services Microsoft Active Directory The Active Directory summary page is displayed Click Test Settings Enter a test users name for example username domain com and password and click Start Test A detailed test results and the test log displays If there is a failure in any step examine the details in the test log to identify the problem and a possible solution K NOTE When testing Active Directory settings with Enable Certificate Validation checked iDRAC requires that the Active Directory server be identified by the FQDN and not an IP address If the Active Directory server is identified by an IP address certificate validation fails because iDRAC is not able to communicate with the Active Directory server 161 Testing Active Directory Settings Using RACADM To test the Active Directory settings use the test feature command For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Configuring Generic LDAP Users iDRAC provides a generic solution to support Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP based authentication This feature does not require any schema extension on your di
75. for Failover Network Under Auto Negotiation select On if iDRAC must automatically set the duplex mode and network speed This option is available only for dedicated mode If enabled iDRAC sets the network speed to 10 100 or 1000 Mbps based on the network speed Under Network Speed select either 10 Mbps or100 Mbps NOTE You cannot manually set the Network Speed to 1000 Mbps This option is available only if Auto Negotiation option is enabled Under Duplex Mode select Half Duplex or Full Duplex option K NOTE If you enable Auto Negotiation this option is grayed out Common Settings If network infrastructure has DNS server register iDRAC on the DNS These are the initial settings requirements for advanced features such as Directory services Active Directory or LDAP Single Sign On and smart card To register iDRAC 1 Enable Register DRAC on DNS 2 Enter the DNS DRAC Name 3 Select Auto Config Domain Name to automatically acquire domain name from DHCP Else provide the DNS Domain Name IPv4 Settings To configure the IPv4 settings 1 Select Enabled option under Enable IPv4 Select Enabled option under Enable DHCP so that DHCP can automatically assign the IP address gateway and subnet mask to iDRAC Else select Disabled and enter the values for e Static IP Address e Static Gateway e Static Subnet Mask 3 Optionally enable Use DHCP to obtain DNS server address so that the DHCP server can assign
76. for the physical disk drives or the PCle SSDs Similarly click Unblink to stop blinking the LEDs If you are on the Identify Virtual Disk page e Select or deselect all virtual disks Select the Select Deselect All option and click Blink to start blinking the LEDs for all the virtual disks Similarly click Unblink to stop blinking the LEDs Select or deselect individual virtual disks Select one or more virtual disks and click Blink to start blinking the LEDs for the virtual disks Similarly click Unblink to stop blinking the LEDs If the blink or unblink operation is not successful error messages are displayed Blinking or Unblinking Component LEDs Using RACADM To blink or unblink component LEDs use the following commands racadm storage blink PD FQDD VD FQDD or PCIe SSD FQDD gt racadm storage unblink PD FQDD VD FQDD or PCIe SSD FQDD gt For more information see the iDRAC RACADM Command Line Reference Guide available at dell com esmmanuals 248 14 Configuring and Using Virtual Console You can use the virtual console to manage a remote system using the keyboard video and mouse on your management station to control the corresponding devices on a managed server This is a licensed feature for rack and tower servers It is available by default in blade servers The key features are e Amaximum of six simultaneous Virtual Console sessions are supported All the sessions view the same managed server con
77. group and then create a new virtual disk e Ajob is currently running or scheduled on the selected controller You must wait for this job to complete or you can delete the job before attempting a new operation You can view and manage the status of the scheduled job in the Job Queue page e Physical disk is in non RAID mode You must convert to RAID mode using the racadm command or lt CTRL R gt K NOTE If you create a virtual disk in Add to Pending Operation mode and a job is not created and then if you delete the Virtual disk then the create pending operation for the virtual disk is cleared Considerations Before Creating Virtual Disks Before creating virtual disks consider the following e Virtual disk names not stored on controller The names of the virtual disks that you create are not stored on the controller This means that if you reboot using a different operating system the new operating system may rename the virtual disk using its own naming conventions e Disk grouping is a logical grouping of disks attached to a RAID controller on which one or more virtual disks are created such that all virtual disks in the disk group use all of the physical disks in the disk group The current implementation supports the blocking of mixed disk groups during the creation of logical devices e Physical disks are bound to disk groups Therefore there is no RAID level mixing on one disk group There are limitations on the number of ph
78. iDRAC pass through link between the iDRAC and the host operating system is established through the LOM or NDC e USB NIC The OS to iDRAC pass through link between the iDRAC and the host operating system is established through the internal USB bus To disable this feature select Disabled 3 Ifyou select LOM as the pass through configuration and if the server is connected using dedicated mode enter the IPv4 address of the operating system K NOTE If the server is connected in shared LOM mode then the OS IP Address field is disabled 4 If you select USB NIC as the pass through configuration enter the IP address of the USB NIC The default value is 169 254 0 1 It is recommended to use the default IP address However if this IP address conflicts with an IP address of other interfaces of the host system or the local network you must change it 96 Do not enter 169 254 0 5 and 169 254 0 4 IPs These IPs are reserved for the USB NIC port on the front panel when a A A cable is used 5 Click Apply to apply the settings 6 Click Test Network Configuration to check if the IP is accessible and the link is established between the iDRAC and the host operating system Enabling or Disabling OS to iDRAC Pass through Using RACADM To enable or disable OS to iDRAC Pass through using RACADM use the objects in the iDRAC OS BMC group For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com sup
79. idrac users 16 Enable Disabled IpmiLanPrivilege 15 IpmiSerialPrivilege 15 Passworde Write Only Privilege 0x0 SNMPv3AuthenticationType SHA SNMPv3Enable Disabled SNMPv3PrivacyType AES SolEnable Disabled UserName The indexes are read only and cannot be modified Objects of the indexed group are bound to the index under which they are listed and any valid configuration to the object value is applicable only to that particular index e A predefined set of indexes are available for each indexed group For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals 104 Use the racresetcfg subcommand to reset the iDRAC to the default setting and then run the racadm config f lt filename gt cfgorracadm set f lt filename gt cfg command Make sure that the cfg file includes all required objects users indexes and other parameters A CAUTION Use the racresetcfg subcommand to reset the database and the iDRAC NIC settings to the default settings and remove all users and user configurations While the root user is available other user settings are also reset to the default settings Parsing Rules All lines that start with are treated as comments A comment line must start in column one A character in any other column is treated as a character Some modem parameters may include characters in its string An escape character is not requi
80. increase system cooling for other purposes Minimum Fan Speed in PWM of Max Select this option to fine tune the fan speed Using this option you can set a higher baseline system fan speed or increase the system fan speed if other custom fan speed options are not resulting in the required higher fan speeds Default Sets minimum fan speed to default value as determined by the system cooling algorithm 55 Custom Enter the percentage value The allowable range for minimum fan speed PWM is dynamic based on the system configuration The first value is the idle speed and the second value is the configuration max which may or may not be 100 based on system configuration System fans can run higher than this speed as per thermal requirements of the system but not lower than the defined minimum speed For example setting Minimum Fan Speed at 35 limits the fan speed to never go lower than 5576 PWM NOTE 0 PWM does not indicate fan is off It is the lowest fan speed that the fan can achieve The settings are persistent which means that once they are set and applied they do not automatically change to the default setting during system reboot power cycling iDRAC or BIOS updates A few Dell servers may or may not support some or all of these custom user cooling options If the options are not supported they are not displayed or you cannot provide a custom value 3 Click Apply to apply the settings The foll
81. log entry The Message ID details are displayed 2 Enter the comments for the log entry in the Comment box The comments are displayed in the Comment box Viewing Lifecycle Log Using RACADM To view Lifecycle logs use the 1c1og command For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Exporting Lifecycle Controller Logs You can export the entire Lifecycle Controller log active and archived entries in a single zipped XML file to a network share or to the local system The zipped XML file extension is xml gz The file entries are ordered sequentially based on their sequence numbers ordered from the lowest sequence number to the highest Exporting Lifecycle Controller Logs Using Web Interface To export the Lifecycle Controller logs using the Web interface 1 Inthe Lifecycle Log page click Export 2 Select any of the following options Network Export the Lifecycle Controller logs to a shared location on the network 186 e Local Export the Lifecycle Controller logs to a location on the local system NOTE While specifying the network share settings it is recommended to avoid special characters for user name and password or percent encode the special characters For information about the fields see the iDRAC Online Help 3 Click Export to export the log to the specified location Exporting Lifecycle Controller Logs Using RACADM To expor
82. may appear in the viewer window one for the managed server and another for your management station To synchronize the cursors see Synchronizing Mouse Pointers Virtual Console launch from a Windows Vista management station may lead to Virtual Console restart messages To avoid this set the appropriate time out values in the following locations Control Panel Power Options Power Saver Advanced Settings Hard Disk Turnoff Hard Disk After time out 255 Control Panel Power Options High Performance Advanced Settings Hard Disk Turnoff Hard Disk After time out Launching Virtual Console Using URL To launch the Virtual Console using the URL 1 Open a supported Web browser and in the address box type the following URL in lower case https iDRAC_ip console 2 Based on the login configuration the corresponding Login page is displayed e If Single Sign On is disabled and Local Active Directory LDAP or Smart Card login is enabled the corresponding Login page is displayed e If Single Sign On is enabled the Virtual Console Viewer is launched and the Virtual Console page is displayed in the background K NOTE Internet Explorer supports Local Active Directory LDAP Smart Card SC and Single Sign On SSO logins Firefox supports Local AD and SSO logins on Windows based operating system and Local Active Directory and LDAP logins on Linux based operating systems K NOTE I
83. monitoring Yes HD monitoring Yes enclosure Out of Band Performance No Monitoring Update Remote agent free Yes update Embedded update tools Yes Sync with repository No scheduled updates Auto update No Deployment and Configuration Embedded OS Yes deployment tools 26 iDRAC8 Express iDRAC8 Express Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes for Blades Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes iDRAC8 Enterprise Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Feature Embedded configuration tools Auto Discovery Remote OS deployment Embedded driver pack Full configuration inventory Inventory export Remote configuration Zerotouch configuration System Retire Repurpose iDRACS Basic Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Diagnostics Service and Logging Embedded diagnostic tools Part Replacement Server Configuration Backup Server Configuration Restore Easy Restore system configuration Health LED LCD Quick Sync require NFC bezel iDRAC Direct front USB management port iDRAC Service Module iSM Embedded Tech Support Report Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes iDRAC8 Express iDRAC8 Express Yes
84. name of iDRAC Click Add Click Custom Level Ur ES ON DS OE In the Security Settings window select Prompt under Download unsigned ActiveX Controls Why is the Virtual Console Viewer window blank If you have Virtual Media privilege but not Virtual Console privilege you can start the viewer to access the virtual media feature but the managed server s console is not displayed Why doesn t the mouse synchronize in DOS when using Virtual Console The Dell BIOS is emulating the mouse driver as a PS 2 mouse By design the PS 2 mouse uses relative position for the mouse pointer which causes the lag in syncing iDRAC has a USB mouse driver that allows absolute position and closer tracking of the mouse pointer Even if iDRAC passes the USB absolute mouse position to the Dell BIOS the BIOS emulation converts it back to relative position and the behavior remains To fix this problem set the mouse mode to USC Diags in the Configuration screen After launching the Virtual Console the mouse cursor is active on the Virtual Console but not on the local system Why does this occur and how to resolve this This occurs if the Mouse Mode is set to USC Diags Press Alt M hot key to use the mouse on the local system Press Alt M again to use the mouse on the Virtual Console When iDRAC Web interface is launched from the CMC Web interface soon after Virtual Console is launched why does GUI session time out When launching the Virtual Console
85. of its Virtual Media menu item changes to indicate the device name For example if the CD DVD device is mapped to an image file named foo iso then the CD DVD menu item on the Virtual Media menu is named foo iso mapped to CD DVD A check mark for that menu item indicates that it is mapped Related Links Displaying Correct Virtual Drives For Mapping Adding Virtual Media Images Displaying Correct Virtual Drives For Mapping On a Linux based management station the Virtual Media Client window may display removable disks and floppy disks that are not part of the management station To make sure that the correct virtual drives are available to map you must enable the port setting for the connected SATA hard drive To do this 1 Reboot the operating system on the management station During POST press F2 to enter System Setup 2 Goto SATA settings The port details are displayed 3 Enable the ports that are actually present and connected to the hard drive 4 Accessthe Virtual Media Client window It displays the correct drives that can be mapped Related Links Mapping Virtual Drive Unmapping Virtual Drive To ummap the virtual drive 1 From the Virtual Media menu do any of the following e Click the device that you want to unmap Click Disconnect Virtual Media A message appears asking for confirmation 2 Click Yes The check mark for that menu item does not appear indicating that it is not mapped to the host serv
86. of the following options Adaptive Read Ahead 226 No Read Ahead Read Ahead e Edit Policy Write Cache Change the write cache policy to one of the following options Write Through Write Back Force Write Back e Edit Policy Disk Cache Change the disk cache policy to one of the following options Default Enabled Disabled Initialize Fast Updates the metadata on the physical disks so that all the disk space is available for future write operations The initialize can be completed quickly because existing information on the physical disks is not erased although future write operations overwrites any information that remains on the physical disks e Initialize Full All existing data and file systems are erased Check Consistency e Encrypt Virtual Disk Encrypts the virtual disk drive If the controller is encryption capable you can create change or delete the security keys Manage Dedicated Hotspares Assign or unassign a physical disk as a dedicated hotspare Only the valid dedicated hotspares are displayed If there are no valid dedicated hotspares then this section does not appear in the drop down menu For more information about these options see the iDRAC Online Help From the Apply Operation Mode drop down menu select when you want to apply the settings Click Apply Based on the selected operation mode the settings are applied Managing Virtual Disks Usi
87. offline A system reboot is required to restore redundancy between the two SD cards in the IDSDM After the redundancy is restored the status of both the SD cards in the IDSDM is online During the rebuilding operation to restore redundancy between two SD cards present in the IDSDM the IDSDM status is not displayed since the IDSDM sensors are powered off K NOTE If the host system is rebooted during IDSDM rebuild operation the iDRAC does not display the IDSDM information To resolve this rebuild IDSDM again or reset the iDRAC System Event Logs SEL for a write protected or corrupt SD card in the IDSDM module are not repeated until they are cleared by replacing the SD card with a writable or good SD card respectively Temperature Provides information about the system board inlet temperature and exhaust temperature only applies to rack servers The temperature probe indicates whether the status of the probe is within the pre set warning and critical threshold value Voltage Indicates the status and reading of the voltage sensors on various system components The following table provides how to view the sensor information using iDRAC Web interface and RACADM For information about the properties that are displayed on the Web interface see the jiDRAC Online Help for the respective pages Table 9 Sensor Information Using Web Interface and RACADM View Sensor Information For Using Web Interface Using RACADM Batteries Ov
88. on this page to asses system health For example you can check the health of the chassis fan e You can also configure the chassis locator LED and based on the color assess the system health e IfiDRAC Service Module is installed the operating system host information is displayed Related Links Viewing System Health Using iDRAC Service Module Generating Technical Support Report Setting Up Alerts and Configuring Email Alerts To set up alerts and configure email alerts Enable alerts Configure the email alert and check the ports Perform a reboot power off or power cycle the managed system Bump Send test alert Viewing and Exporting Lifecycle Log and System Event Log To view and export lifecycle log and system event log SEL 1 IniDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server Logs to view SEL and Overview Server Logs Lifecycle Log to view lifecycle log K NOTE The SEL is also recorded in the lifecycle log Using the filtering options to view the SEL 2 Export the SEL or lifecycle log in the XML format to an external location management station USB network share and so on Alternatively you can enable remote system logging so that all the logs written to the lifecycle log are also simultaneously written to the configured remote server s 3 Ifyou are using the iDRAC Service Module export the Lifecycle log to OS log For more information see Using iDRAC Service Module Interfaces
89. operating systems supported for USB NIC are e Windows Server 2008 SP2 64 bit e Windows Server 2008 SP2 R2 64 bit 94 e Windows Server 2012 SP1 e SLES 10 SPA 64 bit e SLES 11 SP2 64 bit e RHEL 5 9 32 bit and 64 bit e RHEL 6 4 e vSphere v5 0 U2 ESXi e vSphere v5 1 U1 ESXi e vSphere v5 5 ESXi On servers with Windows 2008 SP2 64 bit operating system the iDRAC Virtual CD USB Device is not discovered automatically or enabled You must enable this manually For more information see steps recommended by Microsoft to manually update the Remote Network Driver Interface Specification RNDIS driver for this device For Linux operating systems configure the USB NIC as DHCP on the host operating system before enabling USB NIC If the host operating system is SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 then after enabling the USB NIC in iDRAC you must manually enable DHCP client on the host operating system For information to enable DHCP see the documents for SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 operating systems For vSphere you must install the VIB file before enabling USB NIC For the following operating systems if you install the Avahi and nss mdns packages then you can use https idrac local to launch the iDRAC from the host operating system If these packages are not installed use https 169 254 0 1 to launch the iDRAC Operating Firewall Avahi Package nss mdns Package System Status RHEL 5 9 Disable Install as a separate p
90. operation it causes less degradation to the disk A fast initialization on a virtual disk overwrites the first and last 8 MB of the virtual disk clearing any boot records or partition information The operation takes only 2 3 seconds to complete and is recommended when you are recreating virtual disks A background initialization starts five minutes after the Fast Initialization is completed Full or Slow Initialization The full initialization also called slow initialize operation initializes all physical disks included in the virtual disk It updates the metadata on the physical disks and erases all existing data and file systems You can perform a full initialization after creating the virtual disk In comparison with the fast initialize operation you may want to use the full initialize if you have trouble with a physical disk or suspect that it has bad disk blocks The full initialize operation remaps bad blocks and writes zeroes to all disk blocks If full initialization of a virtual disk is performed background initialization is not required During full initialization the host is not able to access the virtual disk If the system reboots during a full initialization the operation terminates and a background initialization process starts on the virtual disk It is always recommended to do a full initialization on drives that previously contained data Full initialization can take up to 1 2 minutes per GB The speed of initialization de
91. option Network Security While accessing the iDRAC Web interface a security warning appears stating that the SSL certificate issued by the Certificate Authority CA is not trusted iDRAC includes a default iDRAC server certificate to ensure network security while accessing through the Web based interface and remote RACADM This certificate is not issued by a trusted CA To resolve this 323 upload a iDRAC server certificate issued by a trusted CA for example Microsoft Certificate Authority Thawte or Verisign Why the DNS server not registering iDRAC Some DNS servers register iDRAC names that contain only up to 31 characters When accessing the iDRAC Web based interface a security warning is displayed stating that the SSL certificate host name does not match the iDRAC host name iDRAC includes a default iDRAC server certificate to ensure network security while accessing through the Web based interface and remote RACADM When this certificate is used the Web browser displays a security warning because the default certificate that is issued to iDRAC does not match the iDRAC host name for example the IP address To resolve this upload an iDRAC server certificate issued to the IP address or the iDRAC host name When generating the CSR used for issuing the certificate make sure that the common name CN of the CSR matches the iDRAC IP address if certificate issued to IP or the registered DNS iDRAC name if certificate is issu
92. playback the Boot Capture and Crash Capture videos To view the Boot Capture screen click Overview Server Troubleshooting Video Capture The Video Capture screen displays the video recordings For more information see the iDRAC Online Help Configuring Video Capture Settings To configure the video capture settings 1 In the iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server Troubleshooting Video Capture The Video Capture page is displayed 2 From the Video Capture Settings drop down menu select any of the following options e Disable Boot capture is disabled e Capture until buffer full Boot sequence is captured until the buffer size has reached e Capture until end of POST Boot sequence is captured until end of POST 3 Click Apply to apply the settings 314 Viewing Logs You can view System Event Logs SELs and Lifecycle logs For more information see Viewing System Event Log and Viewing Lifecycle Log Viewing Last System Crash Screen The last crash screen feature captures a screenshot of the most recent system crash saves and displays it in iDRAC This is a licensed feature To view the last crash screen 1 Make sure that the last system crash screen feature is enabled In iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server Troubleshooting Last Crash Screen The Last Crash Screen page displays the last saved crash screen from the managed system Click Clear to delete the la
93. privileges and click Apply Click Finish The Active Directory settings for standard schema is configured Configuring Active Directory With Standard Schema Using RACADM To configure iDRAC Active Directory with Standard Schema using the RACADM 1 Using config command At the racadm command prompt run the following commands racadm config g cfgActiveDirectory o cfgADEnable 1 racadm config g cfgActiveDirectory o cfgADType 2 racadm config g cfgStandardSchema i index common name of the role group racadm config g cfgStandardSchema i index fully qualified domain name gt racadm config g cfgStandardSchema i index cfgSSADRoleGroupPrivilege Bit Mask Value for permissions racadm config g qualified domain racadm config g qualified domain racadm config g qualified domain racadm config g qualified domain racadm config g qualified domain racadm config g qualified domain Using set command tive or I tive or I tive or I tive cfgAc name cfgAc name cfgAc name cfgAc name or I cfgActive name or I cfgActive name or I Enter the location of Active Directory global catalog server s and specify privilege groups used to Click a Role Group to configure the control authorization policy for users under the standard The Active Directory Configuration and Management Step 4b of 4 page is displayed The settings are applied and the Active
94. reads Values from 0 100 the fan speed offset value in PWM for Max Fan Speed Offset setting This value depends on the system Use FanSpeedOffset to set this value using index value 5 Getting this variable reads Values from 0 100 the fan speed offset value in PWM for Medium Fan Speed Offset setting This value depends on the system Use FanSpeedOffset Object to set this value using index value 2 Using this object with get command displays the existing Fan Speed Offset value Using this object with set command allows setting the required fan speed offset value The index value decides the offset that is applied and the FanSpeedLowOffsetVa I FanSpeedMaxOffsetVa 1 FanSpeedHighOffsetV al and FanSpeedMediumOffse tVal objects defined earlier are the values at which the offsets are applied MFSMaximumL Read Maximum limit for MFS imit 58 Usage Values are O Low Fan Speed 1 High Fan Speed 2 Medium Fan Speed 5 Max Fan Speed 255 None Values from 1 100 Example racadm get system thermalsettings FanSpeedMaxOffsetVal This returns a value such as 100 This means that when you use the following command it applies a fan speed offset of Max meaning full speed 10076 PWM In most cases this offset results in fan speeds increasing to full speed racadm set system thermalsettings FanSpeedOffset 3 racadm get system thermalsettings FanSpeedMediumOffsetVal
95. replaced the motherboard and need to reinstall the iDRAC Enterprise license locally with no network connectivity and activate the dedicated NIC This utility installs a 30 day trial iDRAC Enterprise license and allows you to reset the iDRAC to change from shared NIC to dedicated NIC 22 For more information about this utility and to download this tool click here License Component State or Condition and Available Operations The following table provides the list of license operations available based on the license state or condition Table 1 License Operations Based on State and Condition License Import Export Delete Replace Learn More Component state or condition Non No No No No Yes administrator login Active license Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Expired license No Yes Yes Yes Yes License No Yes Yes No Yes installed but component missing K NOTE In the iDRAC Web interface on the Licenses page expand the device to view the Replace option in the drop down menu Managing Licenses Using iDRAC Web Interface To manage the licenses using the iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server Licenses The Licensing page displays the licenses that are associated to devices or the licenses that are installed but the device is not present in the system For more information on importing exporting deleting or replacing a license see the iDRAC Online Help Managing Licenses Using RACADM To manage licenses using RACADM
96. results For example the session may echo h However most Microsoft and Linux Telnet clients can be configured to use the Backspace key To configure a Linux Telnet session to use the Backspace key open a command prompt and type stty erase h Atthe prompt type telnet To configure Microsoft Telnet clients to use the lt Backspace gt key 1 Open a command prompt window if required If you are not running a Telnet session type telnet If you are running a Telnet session press Ctrl 3 Atthe prompt type set bsasdel The message Backspace will be sent as delete is displayed Disconnecting SOL Session in iDRAC Command Line Console The commands to disconnect a SOL session are based on the utility You can exit the utility only when a SOL session is completely terminated To disconnect a SOL session terminate the SOL session from the iDRAC command line console To quit SOL redirection press Enter Esc and then t The SOL session closes e To quit a SOL session from Telnet on Linux press and hold lt Ctrl gt A Telnet prompt is displayed Enter quit to exit Telnet e Ifa SOL session is not terminated completely in the utility other SOL sessions may not be available To resolve this terminate the command line console in the Web interface under Overview iDRAC Settings Sessions Communicating With iDRAC Using IPMI Over LAN You must configure IPMI over LAN for iDRAC to enab
97. sharing 1 508 In iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server Attached Media The Attached Media page is displayed Under Attached Media select Attach or Auto Attach Under Remote File Share specify the image file path domain name user name and password For information about the fields see the iDRAC Online Help Example for image file path e CIFS IP to connect for CIFS file system gt lt file path gt lt image name gt e NFS IP to connect for NFS file system gt lt file path gt lt image name K NOTE Both or V characters can be used for the file path CIFS supports both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses but NFS supports only IPv4 address If you are using NFS share make sure that you provide the exact file path and image name as it is case sensitive NOTE While specifying the network share settings it is recommended to avoid special characters for user name and password or percent encode the special characters Click Apply and then click Connect After the connection is established the Connection Status displays Connected NOTE Even if you have configured remote file sharing the Web interface does not display user credential information due to security reasons For Linux distributions this feature may require a manual mount command when operating at runlevel init 5 The syntax for the command is mount dev OS specific device user defined mount point where user defined mo
98. signing certificate using iDRAC Web interface or RACADM Downloading Custom Signing Certificate To download the custom signing certificate using iDRAC Web interface 1 Goto Overview iDRAC Settings Network SSL The SSL page is displayed 2 Under Custom SSL Certificate Signing Certificate select Download Custom SSL Certificate Signing Certificate and click Next A pop up message is displayed that allows you to save the custom signing certificate to a location of your choice Downloading Custom SSL Certificate Signing Certificate Using RACADM To download the custom SSL certificate signing certificate use the sslcertdownload subcommand For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Deleting Custom SSL Certificate Signing Certificate You can also delete an existing custom signing certificate using iDRAC Web interface or RACADM Deleting Custom Signing Certificate Using iDRAC Web Interface To delete the custom signing certificate using iDRAC Web interface 1 Goto Overview iDRAC Settings Network SSL The SSL page is displayed 2 Under Custom SSL Certificate Signing Certificate select Delete Custom SSL Certificate Signing Certificate and click Next 102 3 A pop up message is displayed asking you to reset iDRAC immediately or at a later time Click Reset iDRAC or Reset iDRAC Later as required After iDRAC resets a new self signe
99. systems s serial port The serial port usually attaches to a shell that emulates an ANSI or VT100 VT220 terminal The serial console is automatically redirected to the SSH or Telnet console Related Links Using SOL From Putty On Windows Using SOL From OpenSSH or Telnet On Linux Using SOL From Putty On Windows To start IPMI SOL from PuTTY on a Windows management station NOTE If required you can change the default SSH or Telnet time out at Overview iDRAC Settings Network Services 1 Runthe command to connect to iDRAC putty exe ssh telnet login name gt lt iDRAC ip address gt port number K NOTE The port number is optional It is required only when the port number is reassigned 2 Run the command console com2 or connect to start SOL and boot the managed system A SOL session from the management station to the managed system using the SSH or Telnet protocol is opened To access the iDRAC command line console follow the ESC key sequence Putty and SOL connection behavior e While accessing the managed system through putty during POST if the The Function keys and keypad option on putty is set to VT100 F2 passes but F12 cannot pass ESC n F12 passes but F2 cannot pass e In Windows if the Emergency Management System EMS console is opened immediately after a host reboot the Special Admin Console SAC terminal may get corrupted Quit the SOL session close the terminal open anot
100. the Static Preferred DNS Server and Static Alternate DNS Server Else enter the IP addresses for Static Preferred DNS Server and Static Alternate DNS Server IPv6 Settings Alternately based on the infrastructure setup you can use IPv6 address protocol To configure the IPv6 settings 1 Select Enabled option under Enable IPv6 2 For the DHCPv6 server to automatically assign the IP address gateway and subnet mask to iDRAC select Enabled option under Enable Auto configuration If enabled the static values are disabled Else proceed to the next step to configure using the static IP address n the Static IP Address 1 box enter the static IPv6 address n the Static Prefix Length box enter a value between 0 and 128 n the Static Gateway box enter the gateway address f you are using DHCP enable DHCPv6 to obtain DNS Server addresses to obtain Primary and Secondary DNS server addresses from DHCPv6 server Else select Disabled and do the following Au RW e Inthe Static Preferred DNS Server box enter the static DNS server IPv6 address e Inthe Static Alternate DNS Server box enter the static alternate DNS server IPMI Settings To enable the IPMI Settings 1 Under Enable IPMI Over LAN select Enabled Under Channel Privilege Limit select Administrator Operator or User 3 In the Encryption Key box enter the encryption key in the format O to 40 hexadecimal characters without any blanks characters The default value i
101. the Computer folder option and click OK To access Virtual Media using Virtual Console 1 In the iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server Virtual Console The Virtual Console page is displayed 2 Click Launch Virtual Console he Virtual Console Viewer is launched NOTE On Linux Java is the default plug in type for accessing the Virtual Console On Windows open the jnlp file to launch the Virtual Console using Java 3 Click Virtual Media Connect Virtual Media The Virtual Media session is established and the Virtual Media menu displays the list of devices available for mapping NOTE The Virtual Console Viewer window must remain active while you access the Virtual Media Related Links Configuring Web Browsers to Use Virtual Console Configuring Virtual Media Disabling Warning Messages While Launching Virtual Console Or Virtual Media Using Java or ActiveX Plug in Launching Virtual Media Without Using Virtual Console Before you launch Virtual Media when the Virtual Console is disabled make sure that e Virtual Media is in Attach state e System is configured to unhide empty drives To do this in Windows Explorer navigate to Folder Options clear the Hide empty drives in the Computer folder option and click OK To launch Virtual Media when Virtual Console is disabled 1 Inthe iDRAC Web Interface go to Overview Server Virtual Console The Virtual Console page is displayed 2 Click La
102. the mobile device close to the server that is less than two centimeters away and read pertinent information about the server and perform iDRAC configuration settings Using OpenManage Mobile you can e View inventory information e View monitoring information Configure the basic iDRAC network settings For more information about OpenManage Mobile see the OpenManage Mobile User s Guide at dell com support manuals Related Links Configuring iDRAC Quick Sync Using Mobile Device to View iDRAC Information 502 Configuring iDRAC Quick Sync Using iDRAC Web interface or RACADM you can configure iDRAC Quick Sync feature to allow access to the mobile device e Read write access Allows you to configure the basic iDRAC settings e Read only access Allows you to view inventory and monitoring information Disabled access Does not allow you to view information and configure settings e Enables you to specify a time after which the Quick Sync mode is turned off You must have Server Control privilege to configure the settings A server reboot is not required for the settings to take effect An entry is logged to the Lifecycle Controller log when the configuration is modified Configuring iDRAC Quick Sync Settings Using Web Interface To configure iDRAC Quick Sync 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Hardware Front Panel In the iDRAC Quick Sync section from the Access drop down menu select one of th
103. the virtual disk searching for data Adaptive Read Ahead The controller initiates read ahead only if the two most recent read requests accessed sequential sectors of the disk If subsequent read requests access random sectors of the disk the controller reverts to no read ahead policy The controller continues to evaluate whether read requests are accessing sequential sectors of the disk and initiates read ahead if necessary e Read Ahead The controller reads sequential sectors of the virtual disk when seeking data Read ahead policy may improve system performance if the data is written to the sequential sectors of the virtual disk e No Read Ahead Selecting no read ahead policy indicates that the controller should not use read ahead policy The write policies specify if the controller sends a write request completion signal as soon as the data is in the cache or after it has been written to the disk Write Through The controller sends a write request completion signal only after the data is written to the disk Write through caching provides better data security than write back caching since the system assumes the data is available only after it has been safely written to the disk e Write Back The controller sends a write request completion signal as soon as the data is in the controller cache but has not yet been written to disk Write back caching may provide improved 225 performance since subsequent read request
104. this file to download company wide changes or to configure new systems over the network K NOTE Anchor is an internal term and do not use it in the file Disabling Access to Modify iDRAC Configuration Settings on Host System You can disable access to modify the iDRAC configuration settings through Local RACADM or iDRAC Settings utility However you can view these configuration settings To do this 1 IniDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings Network Services 2 Select one or both of the following 106 e Disable the iDRAC Local Configuration using iDRAC Settings Disables access to modify the configuration settings in iDRAC Settings utility e Disable the iDRAC Local Configuration using RACADM Disables access to modify the configuration settings in Local RACADM 3 Click Apply NOTE If access is disabled you cannot use Server Administrator or IPMITool to perform iDRAC configurations However you can use IPMI Over LAN 107 Viewing IDRAC and Managed System Information You can view iDRAC and managed system s health and properties hardware and firmware inventory sensor health storage devices network devices and view and terminate user sessions For blade servers you can also view the flex address information Related Links Viewing Managed System Health and Properties Viewing System Inventory Viewing Sensor Information Monitoring Performance Index of CPU Memory and I O
105. this location click Browse and navigate to a location Click Create Image The image creation process starts If the image file location is within the source folder a warning message is displayed indicating that the image creation cannot proceed as the image file location within the source folder causes an infinite loop If the image file location is not within the source folder then the image creation proceeds After the image is created a success message is displayed Click Finish The image is created When a folder is added as an image a img file is created on the Desktop of the management station from which this feature is used If this img file is moved or deleted then the corresponding entry for this folder in the Virtual Media menu does not work Therefore it is recommended not to move or delete the img file while the image is being used However the img file can be removed after the relevant entry is first deselected and then removed using Remove Image to remove the entry Viewing Virtual Device Details To view the virtual device details in the Virtual Console Viewer click Tools Stats In the Stats window the Virtual Media section displays the mapped virtual devices and the read write activity for each device 265 If Virtual Media is connected this information is displayed If Virtual Media is not connected the Virtual Media is not connected message is displayed If the Virtual Media is launched without
106. to Update IDRAC Firmware Use the following interfaces to update the iDRAC firmware e iDRAC Web interface e RACADM CLI iDRAC and CMC Dell Update Package DUP e CMC Web interface 342 e Lifecycle Controller Remote Services e Lifecycle Controller e Dell Remote Access Configuration Tool DRACT Performing Graceful Shutdown To perform graceful shutdown in iDRAC Web interface go to one of the following locations e Overview Server Power Thermal Power Configuration Power Control The Power Control page is displayed Select Graceful Shutdown and click Apply Overview Server Power Thermal Power Monitoring From the Power Control drop down menu select Graceful Shutdown and click Apply For more information see the iDRAC Online Help Creating New Administrator User Account You can modify the default local administrator user account or create a new administrator user account To modify the local administrator user account see Modifying Local Administrator Account Settings To create a new administrator account see the following sections e Configuring Local Users e Configuring Active Directory Users e Configuring Generic LDAP Users Launching Server s Remote Console and Mounting a USB Drive To launch the remote console and mount a USB drive 1 Connect a USB flash drive with the required image to the management station Use one the following methods to launch virtual console th
107. to replace the failed physical disk without interrupting the system or requiring your intervention When a hot spare is activated it rebuilds the data for all redundant virtual disks that were using the failed physical disk You can change the hot spare assignment by unassigning a disk and choosing another disk as needed You can also assign more than one physical disk as a global hot spare Global hot spares must be assigned and unassigned manually They are not assigned to specific virtual disks If you want to assign a hot spare to a virtual disk it replaces any physical disk that fails in the virtual disk then see Assigning or Unassigning Dedicated Hot Spares 219 When deleting virtual disks all assigned global hot spares may be automatically unassigned when the last virtual disk associated with the controller is deleted If you reset the configuration the virtual disks are deleted and all the hot spares are unassigned You must be familiar with the size requirements and other considerations associated with hot spares Before assigning a physical disk as a global hot spare Make sure that Lifecycle Controller is enabled e If there are no disk drives available in ready state insert additional disk drives and make sure the drives are in ready state e If no virtual disks are present create at least one virtual disk e f physical disks are in non RAID mode convert them to RAID mode using racadm command or lt CTRL R gt
108. turn off the local video on the server after requesting to turn off the local video It gives a local user an opportunity to take any action before the video is switched off Is there a time delay when turning on the local video No after a local video turn ON request is received by iDRAC the video is turned on instantly 328 Can the local user also turn off or turn on the video When the local console is disabled the local user cannot turn off or turn on the video Does switching off the local video also switch off the local keyboard and mouse No Does turning off the local console turn off the video on the remote console session No turning the local video on or off is independent of the remote console session What privileges are required for an iDRAC user to turn on or turn off the local server video Any user with iDRAC configuration privileges can turn on or turn off the local console How to get the current status of the local server video The status is displayed on the Virtual Console page Use the RACADM command racadm getconfig g cfgRacTuning to display the status in the object cfgRacTuneLocalServerVideo Or use the following RACADM command from a Telnet SSH or a remote session racadm r iDrac IP u username p password getconfig g cfgRacTuning The status is also seen on the Virtual Console OSCAR display When the local console is enabled a green status is displayed next to the server name When dis
109. using the DCIM account class to illustrate the capability that WMI information feature provides in iDRAC Service Module For the details of the supported classes and profiles see the WSMAN profiles documentation available at Dell Tech Center CIM Interface Enumerate instances of a class Get a specific instance of a class Get associated instances of an instance Get references of an instance 294 WinRM winrm e wmi root cimv2 dcim dcim account winrm g wmi root cimv2 dcim DCIM Account CreationClassName DCIM Account Name iDRAC Embedd ed 1 Users 2 SystemCreationcl assName DCIM SPCom puterSystem SystemName system mc winrm e wmi root cimv2 dcim dialect associatio n filter object DCI nt CreationClassName DCIM Account Name iDRAC ed 1 Users 1 SystemCreationcl assName DCIM SPCom puterSystem SystemName system mc Accou Embedd winrm e wmi root cimv2 dcim dialect associatio n associations filter object DCIM Accou nt E CreationClassName DCIM Account Name iDRAC Embedd ed 1 Users 1 SystemCreationcl assName DCIM SPCom puterSystem SystemName system mc WMIC wmic namespace root cimv2 dcim PATH dcim_account wmic namespace root cimv2 dcim PATH dcim account where Name iDRAC Embedd ed 1l Users 16 wmic namespace root cimv2 dcim PATH dcim_account where Name iDRAC Embedd ed l Users 2 ASSOC Not applica
110. using the Virtual Console then the Virtual Media section is displayed as a dialog box It provides information about the mapped devices Resetting USB To reset the USB device 1 Ma In the Virtual Console viewer click Tools Stats The Stats window is displayed Under Virtual Media click USB Reset A message is displayed warning the user that resetting the USB connection can affect all the input to the target device including Virtual Media keyboard and mouse Click Yes The USB is reset NOTE iDRAC Virtual Media does not terminate even after you log out of iDRAC Web interface session pping Virtual Drive To map the virtual drive Ea 266 NOTE While using ActiveX based Virtual Media you must have administrative privileges to map an operating system DVD or a USB flash drive that is connected to the management station To map the drives launch IE as an administrator or add the iDRAC IP address to the list of trusted sites To establish a Virtual Media session from the Virtual Media menu click Connect Virtual Media For each device available for mapping from the host server a menu item appears under the Virtual Media menu The menu item is named according to the device type such as e Map CD DVD e Map Removable Disk e Map Floppy Disk NOTE The Map Floppy Disk menu item appears on the list if the Floppy Emulation option is enabled on the Attached Media page When Floppy Emulation is enabled Map Removab
111. vFlash functionality is disabled SD card properties are not displayed 3 Click Apply The vFlash functionality is enabled or disabled based on the selection 273 Enabling or Disabling vFlash Functionality Using RACADM To enable or disable the vFlash functionality using RACADM use one of the following Using config command To enable vFlash racadm config g cfgvFlashsd o cfgvflashSDEnable 1 To disable vFlash racadm config g cfgvFlashsd o cfgvflashSDEnable 0 e Using set command To enable vFlash racadm set iDRAC vflashsd Enable 1 To disable vFlash racadm set iDRAC vflashsd Enable 0 K NOTE The RACADM command functions only if a vFlash SD card is present If a card is not present the following message is displayed ERROR SD Card not present Enabling or Disabling vFlash Functionality Using iDRAC Settings Utility To enable or disable the vFlash functionality 1 In the iDRAC Settings utility go to Media and USB Port Settings The iDRAC Settings Media and USB Port Settings page is displayed 2 In the vFlash Media section select Enabled to enable vFlash functionality or select Disabled to disable the vFlash functionality 3 Click Back click Finish and then click Yes The vFlash functionality is enabled or disabled based on the selection Initializing vFlash SD Card The initialize operation reformats the SD card and configures the initial vFlash system information on the ca
112. was restored before the shutdown kicked in cancel it pr 12345 powerokwait sbin shutdown c Power Restored Shutdown Cancelled Run gettys in standard runlevels co 2345 respawn sbin agetty h L 57600 ttyS1 ansi 2345 respawn sbin mingetty ttyl 2345 respawn sbin mingetty tty2 2345 respawn sbin mingetty tty3 2345 respawn sbin mingetty tty4 2345 respawn sbin mingetty tty5 2345 respawn sbin mingetty tty6 OO Co NO ES Run xdm in runlevel 5 xdm is now a separate servic x 5 respawn etc X11 prefdm nodaemon In the file etc securetty add a new line with the name of the serial tty for COM2 ttyS1 The following example shows a sample file with the new line K NOTE Use the Break Key Sequence B to execute the Linux Magic SysRq key commands on serial console using IPMI Tool vc 1 vc 2 vc 3 vc 4 vc 5 vc 6 TET vc 8 vc 9 vc 10 vc 11 tyl ty2 ty3 ty4 ty5 ty6 ty7 ty8 ty9 tylO tyll tyS1 CT CY Ch Cr CV CT C5 CT CV CV CV CT Supported SSH Cryptography Schemes To communicate with iDRAC using SSH protocol it supports multiple cryptography schemes listed in the following table 155 Table 11 SSH Cryptography Schemes Scheme Type Scheme Asymmetric Cryptography Diffie Hellman DSA DSS 512 1024 random bits per NIST specification Symmetric Cryptography e AES256 CBC e RIJNDAEL256 CBC e AES192 CBC e RIJNDAEL192 CBC e AES128 CBC e RIJNDAEL128 CBC e BLOWFISH 128 CBC e 3DES 192 CBC e AR
113. you must restart the system for the settings to take effect To disable I O Identity Optimization use the command racadm set idrac ioidopt IOIDOptEnable Disabled To view the I O Identity Optimization setting use the command racadm get iDRAC IOIDOpt Configuring Persistence Policy Settings Using IO identity you can configure policies specifying the system reset and power cycle behaviors that determine the persistence or clearance of the virtual address initiator and storage target settings Each individual persistence policy attribute applies to all ports and partitions of all applicable devices in the system The device behavior changes between auxillary powered devices and non auxillary powered devices You can configure the following persistence policies e Virtual Address Auxiliary powered devices e Virtual Address Non Auxiliary powered devices e Initiator e Storage target Before applying the persistence policy make sure to e Inventory the network hardware at least once that is enabled Collect System Inventory On Restart Enable I O Identity Optimization Events are logged to the Lifecycle Controller log when e 1 O Identity Optimization is enabled or disabled e Persistence policy is changed e Virtual address initiator and target values are set based on the policy A single log entry is logged for the configured devices and the values that are set for those devices when the policy is applied Event ac
114. 1 4 1 1466 115 121 1 7 1 2 840 115556 1 8000 1280 1 1 2 7 TRUE Boolean LDAPTYPE BOOLEAN 1 5 6 1 4 1 1466 115 121 1 7 1 2 840 115556 1 8000 1280 1 1 2 8 TRUE Boolean LDAPTYPE BOOLEAN 1 3 6 1 4 1 1466 115 121 1 7 1 2 840 115556 1 8000 1280 1 1 2 9 TRUE Boolean LDAPTYPE BOOLEAN 1 5 6 1 4 1 1466 115 121 1 7 155 Attribute Name Description Assigned OID Syntax Object Single Valued Identifier TRUE if the user has Virtual Media rights on the device dellisTestAlertUser 1 2 840 113556 1 8000 1280 1 1 2 1 TRUE 0 TRUE if the user has Test Alert User rights on the device Boolean LDAPTYPE BOOLEAN 1 3 6 1 4 1 1466 115 121 1 7 dellisDbebugCommandAdmin 1 2 840 113556 1 8000 1280 1 1 2 1 TRUE TRUE if the user has Debug i Command Admin rights on Boolean LDAPTYPE BOOLEAN the device 1 5 6 1 4 1 1466 115 121 1 7 dellSchemaVersion 1 2 840 115556 1 8000 1280 1 1 2 1 TRUE 2 The Current Schema Version is used to update the schema Case Ignore String LDAPTYPE CASEIGNORESTRING 1 2 840 115556 1 4 905 dellRacType 1 2 840 113556 1 8000 1280 1 1 2 1 TRUE 3 This attribute is the Current RAC Type for the Case Ignore String delliDRACDevice object and LDAPTYPE_CASEIGNORESTRING the backward link to the 1 2 840 113556 1 4 905 dellAssociationObjectMembers forward link dellAssociationMembers 1 2 840 115556 1 8000 1280 1 1 2 1 FALSE 4 List of dellAssociationObjectMembers Distinguished Name that bel
115. 115 Viewing FlexAddress Mezzanine Card Fabric Connections 116 Viewing or Terminating iDRAC Sessions nennen 116 Terminating iDRAC Sessions Using Web Interface sssssssssssseeeee eee 116 Terminating iDRAC Sessions Using RACADM cccccccccscecssesseesseessecssecsseceecseecseesseeeseeceesseensees 117 6 Setting Up IDRAC Communication essent 118 Communicating With iDRAC Through Serial Connection Using DB9 Cable 119 Configuring BIOS For Serial Connection sssssssssssssssseeeeeeeennenee nnn 120 Enabling RAC Serial Conriectior aiios oet De LUN ERU He ERR EROR RV E AE ETE RAN 120 Enabling IPMI Serial Connection Basic and Terminal Modes ssss 120 Switching Between RAC Serial and Serial Console While Using DB9 Cable ssuusss 122 Switching From Serial Console to RAC Serial emen Switching From RAC Serial to Serial Console sssssssssssssssssseeeeeeeeeeneennn Communicating With iDRAC Using IPMI SOL sssssssseee eee eem enne Configuring BIOS For Serial Conecto eenaa iiiad renia ieiet Configuring aDRAC to Use SO E ass act oce reete a f on tec de i i Enabling S pported Protocol 4 4 s M See dede MA Communicating With iDRAC Using IPMI Over LAN ssssssesneenem eene ennemis Configuring IPMI Over LAN Using Web Interface sssssssssssssseeee eene Configuring IPMI Over LAN Using iDRAC Settings Utility Configuring IPMI Ov
116. 623 The RMCP provides improved authentication data integrity checks encryption and the ability to carry multiple types of payloads while using IPMI 2 0 For more information see http ipmitool sourceforge net manpage html The RMCP uses an 40 character hexadecimal string characters 0 9 a f and A F encryption key for authentication The default value is a string of 40 zeros An RMCP connection to iDRAC must be encrypted using the encryption Key Key Generator KG Key You can configure the encryption key using the iDRAC Web interface or iDRAC Settings utility To start SOL session using IPMItool from a management station K NOTE If required you can change the default SOL time out at Overview iDRAC Settings Network Services 1 Install IPMITool from the Dell Systems Management Tools and Documentation DVD For installation instructions see the Software Quick Installation Guide 2 Atthe command prompt Windows or Linux run the command to start SOL from iDRAC ipmitool H lt iDRAC ip address gt I lanplus U login name P login password sol activate This connects the management station to the managed system s serial port 3 To quit a SOL session from IPMItool press lt gt and lt gt one after the other The SOL session closes NOTE If a SOL session does not terminate reset iDRAC and allow up to two minutes to complete booting SOL Using SSH or Telnet Protocol Secure Shell SSH and
117. A CAUTION You should only perform troubleshooting and simple repairs as authorized in your product documentation or as directed by online or telephone service and support team Damage due to servicing that is not authorized by Dell is not covered by your warranty Read and follow the safety instructions that came with the product Viewing System Health iDRAC and CMC for blade servers Web interfaces display the status for the following e Batteries e Fans Intrusion Power Supplies e Removable Flash Media e Temperatures e Voltages e CPU In iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server System Summary Server Health section To view CPU health go to Overview Hardware CPU The system health indicators are a ndicates a normal status A ndicates a warning status OQ ndicates a failure status Indicates an unknown status Click any component name in the Server Health section to view details about the component Generating Technical Support Report If you have to work with Tech Support on an issue with a server but the security policies restrict direct internet connection then you can provide Tech Support with necessary data to facilitate troubleshooting of the problem without having to install software or download tools from Dell and without having access to the Internet from the server operating system or iDRAC You can send the report from an alternate system and be certain that t
118. A 1 MBPS connection is required for minimal performance What are the minimum system requirements for the management station to run Virtual Console The management station requires an Intel Pentium Ill 500 MHz processor with at least 256 MB of RAM Why doe Virtual Console Viewer window sometimes displays No Signal message You may see this message because the iDRAC Virtual Console plug in is not receiving the remote server desktop video Generally this behavior may occur when the remote server is turned off Occasionally the message may be displayed due to a remote server desktop video reception malfunction Why does Virtual Console Viewer window sometimes display an Out of Range message You may see this message because a parameter necessary to capture video is beyond the range for which the iDRAC can capture the video Parameters such as display resolution or refresh rate too high will cause and out of range condition Normally physical limitations such as video memory size or bandwidth sets the maximum range of parameters 330 When starting a Virtual Console session from iDRAC Web interface why is an ActiveX security popup displayed iDRAC may not be in the trusted site list To prevent the security popup from appearing every time you begin a Virtual Console session add iDRAC to the trusted site list in the client browser Click Tools Internet Options Security Trusted sites Click Sites and enter the IP address or the DNS
119. AC Remotely To remotely access iDRAC Web interface from a management station make sure that the management station is in the same network as iDRAC For example 52 e Blade servers The management station must be on the same network as CMC For more information on isolating CMC network from the managed system s network see Chassis Management Controller User s Guide available at dell com support manuals e Rack and tower servers Set the iDRAC NIC to Dedicated or LOM1 and make sure that the management station is on the same network as iDRAC To access the managed system s console from a management station use Virtual Console through iDRAC Web interface Related Links Launching Virtual Console Network Settings Setting Up Managed System If you need to run local RACADM or enable Last Crash Screen capture install the following from the Dell Systems Management Tools and Documentation DVD e Local RACADM Server Administrator For more information about Server Administrator see Dell OpenManage Server Administrator User s Guide available at dell com support manuals Related Links Modifying Local Administrator Account Settings Modifying Local Administrator Account Settings After setting the iDRAC IP address you can modify the local administrator account settings that is user 2 using the iDRAC Settings utility To do this 1 Inthe iDRAC Settings utility go to User Configuration The iDRAC Settings User Con
120. ACADM ssssssseeneeeeeneee 248 14 Configuring and Using Virtual Console eese 249 Supported Screen Resolutions and Refresh Rates eme Configuring Web Browsers to Use Virtual Console Configuring Web Browser to Use Java Plug in Configuring IE to Use ActiveX Plug in memes Importing CA Certificates to Management Station 253 Configuring Virtual CONSO leri aer ct ier co oe ea Ph d reda das 253 Configuring Virtual Console Using Web Interface 254 Configuring Virtual Console Using RACADM sssssssssseneeeeeeeeee eene 254 Previewing Virtual Consoles iiio Re ene EUR Ee PY ER VU lien ERE EE UR LEM ER LA eee eae 254 Launching Virtual Console c Racal e e oe Phe inde e en etat fle ob cbe 254 Launching Virtual Console Using Web Interface sssssssssseeemeeen 255 Launching Virtual Console Using URL nnne tnnt 256 Disabling Warning Messages While Launching Virtual Console Or Virtual Media Using Java Or ActiveX PlU iN amentu oiu ete eet edge e e iret deett Using Virtual Console Viewer Synchronizing Mouse Pointers Passing All Keystrokes Through Virtual Console 258 15 Managing Virtual Media eceeeeneeec seien ennt nnne 261 Supported Drives and Devices nnne 262 Configuring Virtual Media ei eee cene i E ATUM I eed ice ares 262 Configuring Virtual Media Using iDRAC Web Interface 262 Configuring Virtual Media Using RACA
121. Association Object e Add objects to an Association Object Related Links Adding Objects to Association Object Creating iDRAC Device Object Creating Privilege Object Creating Association Object Creating iDRAC Device Object To create iDRAC device object 1 Inthe MMC Console Root window right click a container Select New Dell Remote Management Object Advanced The New Object window is displayed 3 Enter a name for the new object The name must be identical to iDRAC name that you enter while configuring Active Directory properties using iDRAC Web interface 4 Select iDRAC Device Object and click OK Creating Privilege Object To create prvivlege object K NOTE You must create a privilege object in the same domain as the related association object 1 In the Console Root MMC window right click a container 2 Select New Dell Remote Management Object Advanced The New Object window is displayed Enter a name for the new object Select Privilege Object and click OK Right click the privilege object that you created and select Properties An pw Click the Remote Management Privileges tab and assign the privileges for the user or group Creating Association Object To create association object 157 K NOTE iDRAC association object is derived from the group and its scope is set to Domain Local 1 In the Console Root MMC window right click a container 2 Select New Dell Remote Manag
122. B ports are dedicated to the server With the 13th generation of servers one of the front panel USB port is used by iDRAC for management purposes such as pre provisioning and troubleshooting The port has an icon to indicate that it is a management port All 13 generation servers with LCD panel support this feature This port is not available in a few of the 200 500 model variations that are ordered without the LCD panel In such cases you may prefer to use these ports for the server operating system When the USB port is used by iDRAC e The USB network interface enables use of existing out of band remote management tools from a portable device such as laptop by using a USB type A A cable connected to iDRAC The iDRAC is assigned the IP address 169 254 0 5 and the laptop is assigned the IP 169 254 0 4 e You can store a server configuration profile in the USB device and update the server configuration from the USB device K NOTE This feature is supported on e USB devices having FAT file system and has single partition e All Dell Windows 8 and Windows RT tablets including the XPS 10 and The Venue Pro 8 For those devices that have USB mini port such as the XPS 10 and the Venue Pro 8 you must use the On The Go OTG dongle and a Type A A cable together for it to work Related Links Configuring iDRAC Using Server Configuration Profile on USB Device Accessing iDRAC Interface over Direct USB Connection Accessing iDRAC Interfa
123. Backups To view the current backup schedule racadm systemconfig getbackupscheduler To disable automatic backup use the command racadm set LifeCycleController lcattributes autobackup Disabled To clear the backup schedule racadm systemconfig clearbackupscheduler For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Importing Server Profile You can use the back up image file to import restore the configuration and firmware for the same server without rebooting the server In 15th generation servers this feature automates the entire motherboard replacement process After replacing the motherboard and reinstalling the memory HDDs and other hardware a special boot screen is displayed that provides an option to restore all saved configuration service tag and license settings and diagnostic programs The iDRAC on the new motherboard reads this information and restores the saved configuration Import feature is not licensed K NOTE For the restore operation the system service tag and the service tag in the backup file must be identical The restore operation applies to all system components that are same and present in the same location example in the same slot as captured in the backup file If components are different or not in the same location they are not modified and restore failures is logged to the Lifecycle Log Before performing an impor
124. C 9 Controles 9 Controllers PERC 8 Controllers PCle SSD CENE H730 roe H710P H710 H310 Real Real m Staged Staged Staged Staged Not time time time applica ble Real Real Real Staged Staged Staged Staged Not time time time applica ble Real Real Real Staged Staged Staged Staged Not time time time applica ble Real Real Real Staged Staged Staged Staged Not time time time applica ble Real Real Real Staged Staged Staged Staged Not time time time applica ble Real Real Real Staged Staged Staged Staged Not time time time applica ble Real Real Real Staged Staged Staged Staged Not time time time applica ble Real Real Real Staged Staged Staged Staged Not time time time applica ble Real Real Real Staged Staged Staged Staged Not time time time applica ble Inventory and ot remotely monitor ste MN iG ee Ham applica ti the health of PCle ble ble e ble ble SSD devices Prepare the PCle Not Not Not Not ot SSD to be removed otc applica applica applicabl applica applica ti ble ble e ble ble Securely erase the No Not Not Not Not ot data AR applica applica applicabl applica applica e ble ble e ble ble Check Consistency Rate Rebuild Rate BGI Rate Reconstruct Rate Import foreign configuration Auto import foreign configuration Clear foreign configuration Reset controller configuration Create or change security keys
125. C first tries to login the user as a directory user If it fails local user lookup is enabled The test results and the test log are displayed Testing LDAP Directory Service Settings Using RACADM To test the LDAP directory service settings use the test feature command For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals 163 164 8 Configuring iDRAC for Single Sign On or Smart Card Login This section provides information to configure iDRAC for Smart Card login for local users and Active Directory users and Single Sign On SSO login for Active Directory users SSO and smart card login are licensed features iDRAC supports Kerberos based Active Directory authentication to support Smart Card and SSO logins For information on Kerberos see the Microsoft website Related Links Configuring iDRAC SSO Login for Active Directory Users Configuring iDRAC Smart Card Login for Local Users Configuring iDRAC Smart Card Login for Active Directory Users Prerequisites for Active Directory Single Sign On or Smart Card Login The pre requisites to Active Directory based SSO or Smart Card logins are e Synchronize iDRAC time with the Active Directory domain controller time If not kerberos authentication on iDRAC fails You can use the Time zone and NTP feature to synchronize the time To do this see Configuring Time zone and NTP Register iDRAC as a c
126. CFOUR 128 Message Integrity e HMAC SHA1 160 e HMAC SHA1 96 e HMAC MD5 128 e HMAC MD5 96 Authentication Password PKA Authentication Public private key pairs Using Public Key Authentication For SSH iDRAC supports the Public Key Authentication PKA over SSH This is a licensed feature When the PKA over SSH is set up and used correctly you need not enter the user name or password while logging into iDRAC This is useful for setting up automated scripts that perform various functions The uploaded keys must be in RFC 4716 or openssh format Else you must convert the keys into that format In any scenario a pair of private and public key must be generated on the management station The public key is uploaded to iDRAC local user and private key is used by the SSH client to establish the trust relationship between the management station and iDRAC You can generate the public or private key pair using e PuTTY Key Generator application for clients running Windows e ssh keygen CLI for clients running Linux A CAUTION This privilege is normally reserved for users who are members of the Administrator user group on iDRAC However users in the Custom user group can be assigned this privilege A user with this privilege can modify any user s configuration This includes creation or deletion of any user SSH Key management for users and so on For these reasons assign this privilege carefully A CAUTION The capability to upload view an
127. Check virtual disk Real Real Real Real Staged Staged Staged consistency time time time time Cancel check Real Real Real Real consistency time time time time ju jut pon ble e ble Initialize virtual Real Real Real Real disks time time time time Cancelinitialization Real Real Real Real Not Not Not time time time time applica TT applica ble ble Encrypt virtual disks Real Real Real Real Staged time time time time Assign or unassign Real Real Real Real Staged dedicated hot spare time time time time Delete virtual disks Real Real Real Real Staged time time time time Set Patrol Read Real Real Real Real Staged Mode time time time time Patrol Read Real Real Real Real Staged Staged Staged Unconfigured Areas time time time time only in onlyin only in only only only in only in Web Web Web in in Web Web interfac interface interfac interfa interfa e e interf interf ce ce ace ace Check Consistency Mode Copyback Mode Load Balance Mode 216 H310 Staged Not applica ble Not applica ble Staged only in Web interfac e applica ble Not applica ble Not applica ble Not applica ble Not applica ble Not applica ble Not applica ble Not applica ble Not applica ble Not applica ble Not applica ble Not applica ble Feature Name PER
128. Communication On With Console Redirection e Serial Port Address COMO NOTE You can set the serial communication field to On with serial redirection via com1 if serial device2 in the serial port address field is also set to coml1 e External serial connector Serial device 2 e Failsafe Baud Rate 115200 e Remote Terminal Type VT100 VT220 e Redirection After Boot Enabled 5 Click Back and then click Finish Click Yes to save the changes o 7 Press Esc to exit System Setup NOTE BIOS sends the screen serial data in 25 x 80 format The SSH window that is used to invoke the console com2 command must be set to 25 x 80 Then the redirected screen appears correctly Configuring iDRAC to Use SOL You can specify the SOL settings in iDRAC using Web interface RACADM or iDRAC Settings utility Configuring iDRAC to Use SOL Using iDRAC Web Interface To configure IPMI Serial over LAN SOL 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings Network Serial Over LAN The Serial over LAN page is displayed 2 Enable SOL specify the values and click Apply The IPMI SOL settings are configured 3 Tosetthe character accumulate interval and the character send threshold select Advanced Settings The Serial Over LAN Advanced Settings page is displayed 4 Specify the values for the attributes and click Apply The IPMI SOL advanced settings are configured These values help to improve the performance
129. Configuration Using RACADM To reset the controller configuration use the following command racadm storage resetconfig Controller FQDD gt For more information see the iDRAC RACADM Command Line Reference Guide available at dell com esmmanuals 12Gbps SAS HBA Adapter Operations The non RAID controllers are the HBAs that do not have few RAID capabilities They do not support virtual disks iDRAC interface supports only 12 Gbps SAS HBA controller in this release You can perform the following for non RAID controllers e View controller physical disks and enclosure properties as applicable for the non RAID controller Also view EMM fan power supply unit and temperature probe properties associated with the enclosure The properties are displayed based on the type of controller e View software and hardware inventory information e Update firmware for enclosures behind the 12 GBps SAS HBA controller staged e Monitor the polling or polling frequency for physical disk SMART trip status when there is change detected Monitor the physical disks hot plug or hot removal status e Blink or unblink LEDs K NOTE e You must perform Collect System Inventory On Reboot CSIOR operation before inventorying or monitoring the non RAID controllers e Reboot the system after performing a firmware update Real time monitoring for SMART enabled drives and SES enclosure sensors is only done for the 12 GBps SAS HBA controllers Relate
130. Console e oic ne Aber prete ee e BAM Maine e reed anata ands 312 Scheduling Remote Automated Diagnostics sssssssssssssessseeeeee eene 312 Scheduling Remote Automated Diagnostics Using RACADM sssssseeeee 3515 Viewing Post Codes iit Rede e elec aie te dee e t e P ed edet 314 Viewing Boot and Crash Capture Videos eene 314 Configuring Video Capture SettingS cccceccceccceceeeeseeeeereceeeeaeseaeseaecaecaeseeesseetseesiresaeesaeeeaeeas 314 Viewing Log Si tiesto EE 15 Viewing Last System Crash SCree nn ccccecccecceecseecesececeeecseecseecaeesaeeeaeeeaeceaeceaeseaeseeeseeseeseeseeeeeeestesas 15 Viewing Front Panel Status torte E e eee end ena pa FEE RR P MEER enu te Ru 15 Viewing System Front Panel LCD Status ssssssssssssseeeee emere rennes 15 Viewing System Front Panel LED Status ccccecceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeceeeaeecaeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeneeeneeens 316 Hardware Trouble Indicato Sarisinim teehee eee cete one eben eet e ene tote ud 516 Viewing Systern Health ni ute ederet ert ele teda ec ae Cp ri s 317 Generating Technical Support Report s oie ec die ee ure eaten eria ec bee e teehee vandals 317 Generating Technical Support Report Automatically sss 318 Generating Technical Support Report Manually sssssse emn 319 Checking Server Status Screen for Error Messages sssssssssse emen 321 Restarting DRAC d pe OP RO EE HERR e i derent 321 Resetting iDRAC U
131. DC 1 GB 5 19 Mezz 1 GB 5 810 Mezz 10 GB 5720 bNDC 1 GB i350 Mezz 1Gb x5204i1550 rNDC 10Gb 1Gb 1350 bNDC 1Gb x540 PCle 10Gb x520 PCle 10Gb i350 PCle 1Gb x540 i350 rNDC 10Gb 1Gb i350 rNDC 1Gb x520 bNDC 10Gb QME2662 Mezz FC16 QLE2660 PCIe FC16 197 Manufacturer Type e QLE2662 PCle FC16 Emulex e LPM16002 Mezz FC16 e LPe16000 PCIe FC16 e LPe16002 PCle FC16 e LPM16002 Mezz FC16 e OCm14104 UX D rNDC 10Gb e OCm14102 U2 D bNDC 10Gb e OCm14102 U35 D Mezz 10Gb e Ce14102 UX D PCle 10Gb K NOTE I O Identity Optimization is not supported on the following cards e Intel xb20 Mezz 10 GB e Mellanox cards Supported BIOS Version for I O Identity Optimization In 13th generation Dell PowerEdge servers the required BIOS version is available by default Supported NIC Firmware Versions for I O Identity Optimization In 13th generation Dell PowerEdge servers the required NIC firmware is available by default Enabling or Disabling I O Identity Optimization Normally after the system boots the devices are configured and then after a reboot the devices are initialized You can enable the I O Identity Optimization feature to achieve boot optimization If it is enabled it sets the virtual address initiator and storage target attributes after the device is reset and before it is initialized thus eliminating a second BIOS restart The device configuration and boot operation occur in a single system start and is optimized for boo
132. DM e ecccccecceeeeeceeeeeeeeseeaeeaeesececeeeceecaeeaeseeneeesteseeaes 263 Configuring Virtual Media Using iDRAC Settings Utility 2635 Attached Media State and System Response 2635 Accessing Virtual Medias un E Rep exe eie dede onte NA 2635 Launching Virtual Media Using Virtual Console sssssssssssssseeeeeenneene 264 Launching Virtual Media Without Using Virtual Console sss 264 Adding Virtual Media Mages oett let s e e e e t eee p fn peus 265 Viewing Virtual Device Details eene nnns 265 Resetting USB uana cote D OT Nd ed MER cade Abas 266 Mapping Virt al DriVe s om tod ee eoe tefta C E whens 266 Unrnapping Virtual Drive oce eee c e e Aa ee e n Hee 267 Setting Boot Order Through BIOS ics e m o tede a ede P e a eats 267 Enabling Boot Once for Virtual Media enne nens 268 16 Installing and Using VMCLI Utility eene 269 Installing V MGLEL zo sn Mente a edle el OS b ro ea Le piece cl LG 269 R nnirig VMCEIUECIIE s cttm eter RR ER eb dee a ep 269 VIM GIES VAX s s ere ee aad P ER EAR TRECE SALA E SR Re PERS 270 VMCLI Commands to Access Virtual Media ssssssssssssssssenemeeeeenenenne entes 270 VMCLI Operating System Shell Options sssssssseseneneeeeenennenne nennen eene 271 17 Managing vFlash SD Card terne Rote terrent aehnocpe sib xo inia nide 272 Contiguring vFlaski SD Catrd u ss stt tt c pa be ste A HERD S ad 272 Viewing vFlash
133. DRAC IP address is the iDRAC IPv4 or IPv6 address and port number is the HTTPS port number The Login page is displayed 3 Fora local user Inthe Username and Password fields enter your iDRAC user name and password e From the Domain drop down menu select This iDRAC 4 Foran Active Directory user in the Username and Password fields enter the Active Directory user name and password If you have specified the domain name as a part of the username select This iDRAC from the drop down menu The format of the user name can be domain M username lt domain gt lt username gt or user 9 domain For example dell com john_doe or JOHN DOEQGDELL COM 55 f the domain is not specified in the user name select the Active Directory domain from the Domain drop down menu 5 Foran LDAP user in the Username and Password fields enter your LDAP user name and password Domain name is not required for LDAP login By default This iDRAC is selected in the drop down menu 6 Click Submit You are logged into iDRAC with the required user privileges f you log in with Configure Users privileges and the default account credentials and if the default password warning feature is enabled the Default Password Warning page is displayed allowing you to easily change the password Related Links Configuring User Accounts and Privileges Changing Default Login Password Configuring Supported Web Browsers Logging into iD
134. DRAC to factory default values using the iDRAC Settings utility 1 Goto Reset iDRAC configurations to defaults The iDRAC Settings Reset iDRAC configurations to defaults page is displayed 2 Click Yes iDRAC reset starts 3 Click Back and navigate to the same Reset iDRAC configurations to defaults page to view the success message 322 24 Frequently Asked Questions This section lists the frequently asked questions for the following e System Event Log e Network Security Active Directory Single Sign On e Smart Card Login e Virtual Console e Virtual Media e vFlash SD Card e SNMP Authentication Storage Devices e iDRAC Service Module e RACADM e Miscellaneous System Event Log While using iDRAC Web interface through Internet Explorer why does SEL not save using the Save As option This is due to a browser setting To resolve this 1 In Internet Explorer go to Tools Internet Options Security and select the zone you are attempting to download in For example if the iDRAC device is on the local intranet select Local Intranet and click Custom level 2 Inthe Security Settings window under Downloads make sure that the following options are enabled e Automatic prompting for file downloads if this option is available File download A CAUTION To make sure that the computer used to access iDRAC is safe under Miscellaneous do not enable the Launching applications and unsafe files
135. Directory Configuration and Management Step 4a of 4 page o cfgSSADRoleGroupName o cfgSSADRoleGroupDomain 0 specific RoleGroup Directory o cfgADDomainControllerl fully P address of the domain controller gt Directory o cfgADDomainController2 fully P address of the domain controller gt Directory o cfgADDomainController3 fully P address of the domain controller gt Directory o cfgADGlobalCatalogl fully P address of the domain controller gt Directory 0o cfgADGlobalCatalog2 fully P address of the domain controller gt Directory o cfgADGlobalCatalog3 fully P address of the domain controller gt k Value for specific RoleGroup racadm set iDRAC ActiveDirectory Enable 1 racadm set iDRAC ActiveDirectory Schema 2 racadm set iDRAC ADGroup Name common name of the role group racadm set iDRAC ADGroup Domain fully qualified domain name racadm set iDRAC ADGroup Privilege Bit Mas permissions racadm set iDRAC ActiveDirectory DomainControllerl fully qualified domain name or IP address of the domain controller racadm set iDRAC ActiveDirectory DomainController2 fully qualified domain name or IP address of the domain controller racadm set iDRAC ActiveDirectory DomainController3 fully qualified domain name or IP address of the domain controller racadm set iDRAC ActiveDirectory GlobalCatalogl fully qualified domain name or IP address of the domain controller racadm set iDRAC Active
136. Directory GlobalCatalog2 fully qualified domain name or IP address of the domain controller racadm set iDRAC ActiveDirectory GlobalCatalog3 fully qualified domain name or IP address of the domain controller 147 148 For Bit Mask values for specific Role Group permissions see Default Role Group Privileges Enter the FQDN of the domain controller not the FQDN of the domain For example enter servername dell com instead of dell com At least one of the three addresses is required to be configured iDRAC attempts to connect to each of the configured addresses one by one until it makes a successful connection With Standard Schema these are the addresses of the domain controllers where the user accounts and the role groups are located he Global Catalog server is only required for standard schema when the user accounts and role groups are in different domains In multiple domain case only the Universal Group can be used The FQDN or IP address that you specify in this field should match the Subject or Subject Alternative Name field of your domain controller certificate if you have certificate validation enabled If you want to disable the certificate validation during SSL handshake enter the following RACADM command e Using config command racadm config g cfgActiveDirectory o cfgADCertValidationEnable 0 Using set command racadm set iDRAC ActiveDirectory CertValidationEnable 0 In this case no Certificate Au
137. H or Telnet interface Open a SSH or Telnet interface and log in to iDRAC as an administrator The SMCLP prompt admin gt is displayed 283 SMCLP prompts e yxix blade servers use S e yxlxrack and tower servers use admin gt e yx2x blade rack and tower servers use admin gt where y is a alpha numeric character such as M for blade servers R for rack servers and T for tower servers and x is a number This indicates the generation of Dell PowerEdge servers K NOTE Scripts using can use these for yx1x systems but starting with yx2x systems one script with admin gt can be used for blade rack and tower servers IDRAC SMCLP Syntax The iDRAC SMCLP uses the concept of verbs and targets to provide systems management capabilities through the CLI The verb indicates the operation to perform and the target determines the entity or object that runs the operation The SMCLP command line syntax verb lt options gt lt target gt lt properties gt The following table provides the verbs and its definitions Table 30 SMCLP Verbs Verb cd set help reset show start stop exit version load The following table provides a list of targets 284 Definition Navigates through the MAP using the shell Sets a property to a specific value Displays help for a specific target Resets the target Displays the target properties verbs and subtargets Turns on a target Shuts down
138. IP Address 192 168 0 1 Subnet Mask 255522554 255 0 Gateway 192 168 0 1 Using LCD On the Main Menu highlight the Server and press the check button and select the required server and press the check button How to find the CMC IP address related to the blade server From iDRAC Web interface Click Overview iDRAC Settings CMC The CMC Summary page displays the CMC IP address From the Virtual Console Select the Dell CMC console in the OSCAR to log in to CMC through a local serial connection CMC RACADM commands can be issued from this connection See the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide for a complete list of CMC RACADM subcommands racadm getniccfg m chassis NIC Enabled 1 DHCP Enabled 1 Static IP Address 192 168 0 120 Static Subnet Mask 25 Ori O Oka 2 990 Static Gateway 192 168 0 1 Current IP Address 1053545 155 T151 Current Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Current Gateway 10 35 155 1 Speed Autonegotiat Duplex Autonegotiat K NOTE You can also perform this using remote RACADM How to find iDRAC IP address for rack and tower server From iDRAC Web Interface Go to Overview Server Properties Summary The System Summary page displays the iDRAC IP address From Local RACADM Use the command racadm getsysinfo From LCD On the physical server use the LCD panel navigation buttons to view the iDRAC IP address Go to Setup View View iDRAC IP IPv4 o
139. Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller 8 iDRAC8 Version 2 00 00 00 User s Guide Notes Cautions and Warnings K NOTE A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer AN CAUTION A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem A WARNING A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage personal injury or death Copyright 2014 Dell Inc All rights reserved This product is protected by U S and international copyright and intellectual property laws Dell and the Dell logo are trademarks of Dell Inc in the United States and or other jurisdictions All other marks and names mentioned herein may be trademarks of their respective companies 2014 09 Rev AOO Contents Mel C 16 Benefits of Using iDRAC With Lifecycle Controller eem 16 Key Features date edet en nite eer trece em decr rer re ede eco ee ee eed eie n eden ee o Newn chis Release ie etn bv Shu Rede ente pd ds HowTo Use This Users GUlde s rini S RP RR PUR RR ERU HR CREE ERR Ue te Supported Web BroWSGtS Le Rote e re a e tie be cet nt ev a ug p tener Managing LICENSES iu DEBE tatu RD RE EIE Ba EROR maa P Med c epe t eua Types of Eicenses c e ee ee hehe ide eee opt uade rase e ates Acquiririg LIeerses i succ reete n feb bte ecco bep eee piuttosto license Operatioris e sei err p t eoe Aem ent Set rats cen ete ete ende Licerisable Fea
140. LED 1 In the iDRAC Web interface go to any of the following pages as per your requirement e Overview Storage Identify Displays the Identify Component LEDs page where you can blink or unblink the physical disks virtual disks and PCle SSDs e Overview Storage Physical Disks Identify Displays the Identify Physical Disks page where you can blink or unblink the physical disks and PCle SSDs 247 Overview Storage Virtual Disks Identify Displays the Identify Virtual Disks page where you can blink or unblink the virtual disks If you are on the Identify Component LED page Select or deselect all component LEDs Select the Select Deselect All option and click Blink to start blinking the component LEDs Similarly click Unblink to stop blinking the component LEDs Select or deselect individual component LEDs Select one or more component s and click Blink to start blinking the selected component LED s Similarly click Unblink to stop blinking the component LEDs If you are on the Identify Physical Disks page Select or deselect all physical disk drives or PCle SSDs Select the Select Deselect All option and click Blink to start blinking all the physical disk drives and the PCle SSDs Similarly click Unblink to stop blinking the LEDs Select or deselect individual physical disk drives or PCle SSDs Select one or more physical disk drives and click Blink to start blinking the LEDs
141. Links Deploying Operating System Using VMCLI Deploying Operating System Using Remote File Share Deploying Operating System Using Virtual Media Deploying Operating System Using VMCLI Before you deploy the operating system using the vmdeploy script make sure that e VMCLI utility is installed on the management station e Configure User and Access Virtual Media privileges for iDRAC are enabled for the user e IPMItool is installed on the management station K NOTE IPMItool does not work if IPv6 is configured either on the managed system or the management station e iDRAC is configured on the target remote systems e System is able to boot from the image file e PMI Over LAN is enabled in iDRAC e Network share contains drivers and operating system bootable image file in an industry standard format such as img or iso K NOTE While creating the image file follow standard network based installation procedures and mark the deployment image as read only to make sure that each target system boots and executes the same deployment procedure e Virtual Media status is in attach state e vmdeploy script is installed on the management station Review this sample vmdeploy script included with VMCLI The script describes how to deploy the operating system to remote systems in the network It internally uses VMCLI and IPMItool NOTE The vmdeploy script is dependent on some support files in the directory during installation To
142. M ta bte head bed eia 338 25 Use Case SCefrlarlOS einn iin ento rap rupit x eod Eus QVE RES EXE CRX E rao E e YS kYoU Ea oaia Troubleshooting An Inaccessible Managed System Obtaining System Information and Assess System Health Setting Up Alerts and Configuring Email Alerts Viewing and Exporting Lifecycle Log and System Event Log Interfaces to Update iDRAC Firmware Performing Graceful Shutdown Creating New Administrator User Account emen meme renes Launching Server s Remote Console and Mounting a USB Drive ssssssssssssesee Installing Bare Metal OS Using Attached Virtual Media and Remote File Share Managing Rack Density Installing New Electronic License sssssssssssssseeenem eee ren nnn nnne rrr nnn nnn Applying I O Identity Configuration Settings for Multiple Network Cards in Single Host System Reboot 1 Overview The Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller IDRAC is designed to make server administrators more productive and improve the overall availability of Dell servers iDRAC alerts administrators to server issues helps them perform remote server management and reduces the need for physical access to the server iDRAC with Lifecycle controller technology is part of a larger datacenter solution that helps keep business critical applications and workloads available at all times The technology allows administrators to deploy monitor manage configure update troubleshoot and remediate D
143. MB battery settings are available only if the system has a ROMB with a battery Fan available only for rack and tower servers Provides information about the system fans fan redundancy and fans list that display fan speed and threshold values CPU Indicates the health and state of the CPUs in the managed system It also reports processor automatic throttling and predictive failure Memory Indicates the health and state of the Dual In line Memory Modules DIMMs present in the managed system Intrusion Provides information about the chassis Power Supplies available only for rack and tower servers Provides information about the power supplies and the power supply redundancy status NOTE If there is only one power supply in the system the power supply redundancy is set to Disabled Removable Flash Media Provides information about the Internal SD Modules vFlash and Internal Dual SD Module IDSDM When IDSDM redundancy is enabled the following IDSDM sensor status is displayed IDSDM Redundancy Status IDSDM SD1 IDSDM SD2 When redundancy is disabled only IDSDM SD1 is displayed If IDSDM redundancy is initially disabled when the system is powered on or after an iDRAC reset the IDSDM SD1 sensor status is displayed only after a card is inserted If IDSDM redundancy is enabled with two SD cards present in the IDSDM and the status of one SD card is online while the status of the other card is
144. Modules Checking the System for Fresh Air Compliance Viewing Historical Temperature Data Inventory and Monitoring Storage Devices Inventory and Monitoring Network Devices Inventory and Monitoring FC HBA Devices Viewing FlexAddress Mezzanine Card Fabric Connections Viewing or Terminating iDRAC Sessions Viewing Managed System Health and Properties When you log in to iDRAC Web interface the System Summary page allows you to view the managed system s health basic iDRAC information preview the virtual console add and view work notes and quickly launch tasks such as power on or off power cycle view logs update and rollback firmware switch on or switch off the front panel LED and reset iDRAC To access the System Summary page go to Overview Server Properties Summary The System Summary page is displayed For more information see the iDRAC Online Help You can also view the basic system summary information using the iDRAC Settings utility To do this in iDRAC Settings utility go to System Summary The iDRAC Settings System Summary page is displayed For more information see the iDRAC Settings Utility Online Help Viewing System Inventory You can view information about the hardware and firmware components installed on the managed system To do this in iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server Properties System Inventory For information about the displayed properties see the iDRAC On
145. NMP Trap or IPMI Trap Settings Filtering Alerts Configuring Remote System Logging Configuring WS Eventing Setting Event Alerts Using Web Interface To set an event alert using the Web interface 1 Make sure that you have configured the e mail alert IPMI alert SNMP trap settings and or remote system log settings 2 Goto Overview Server Alerts The Alerts page is displayed 3 Under Alerts Results select one or all of the following alerts for the required events Email Alert e SNMP Trap e PMI Alert e Remote System Log e OSLog e WS Eventing 4 Click Apply The setting is saved 5 Under Alerts section select the Enable option to send alerts to configured destinations 6 Optionally you can send a test event In the Message ID to Test Event field enter the message ID to test if the alert is generated and click Test For the list of message IDs see the Event Messages Guide available at dell com support manuals Setting Event Alerts Using RACADM To set an event alert use the eventfilters command For more information see the jDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals 174 Setting Alert Recurrence Event You can configure iDRAC to generate additional events at specific intervals if the system continues to operate at a temperature which is greater than the inlet temperature threshold limit The default interval is 30 days The valid range is O to 366 day
146. Online Help 4 Click Back click Finish and then click Yes The power cap values are configured Configuring Power Supply Options You can configure the power supply options such as redundancy policy hot spare and power factor correction Hot spare is a power supply feature that configures redundant Power Supply Units PSUs to turn off depending on the server load This allows the remaining PSUs to operate at a higher load and efficiency This requires PSUs that support this feature so that it quickly powers ON when needed In a two PSU system either PSU1 or PSU2 can be configured as the primary PSU In a four PSU system you must set the pair of PSUs 1 1 or 2 2 as the primary PSU After Hot Spare is enabled PSUs can become active or go to sleep based on load If Hot Spare is enabled asymmetric electrical current sharing between the two PSUs is enabled One PSU is awake and provides the majority of the current the other PSU is in sleep mode and provides a small amount of the current This is often called 1 O with two PSUs and hot spare enabled If all PSU 1s are on Circuit A and all PSU 2s are on Circuit B then with hot spare enabled default hot spare factory configuration Circuit B has much less load and triggers the warnings If hot spare is disabled the electrical current sharing is 50 50 between the two PSUS the Circuit A and Circuit B normally has the same load Power factor is the ratio of real power consumed to the appa
147. Operations page Use the racadm command to clear the pending operations for PCle SSDs Viewing and Applying Pending Operations Using RACADM Use jobqueue subcommand to apply pending operations For more information see the iDRAC RACADM Command Line Reference Guide available at dell com esmmanuals 245 Storage Devices Apply Operation Scenarios Case 1 Selected an Apply Operation Apply Now At Next Reboot or At Scheduled Time and there are no existing pending operations If you have selected Apply Now At Next Reboot or At Scheduled Time and then clicked Apply first the pending operation is created for the selected storage configuration operation e If the pending operation is successful and there are no prior existing pending operations then the job is created If the job is created successfully a message indicating that the job ID is created for the selected device is displayed Click Job Queue to view the progress of the job in the Job Queue page If the job is not created a message indicating that the job creation was not successful is displayed Also the message ID and the recommended response action are displayed e If the pending operation creation is unsuccessful and there are no prior existing pending operations an error message with ID and recommended response action is displayed Case 2 Selected an Apply Operation Apply Now At Next Reboot or At Scheduled Time and there are existing pending operations If you hav
148. Privileges To add privileges Click the Privilege Object tab to add the privilege object to the association that defines the user s or user group s privileges when authenticating to an iDRAC device Only one privilege object can be added to an Association Object 1 Select the Privileges Object tab and click Add 2 Enter the privilege object name and click OK 158 3 Click the Privilege Object tab to add the privilege object to the association that defines the user s or user group s privileges when authenticating to an iDRAC device Only one privilege object can be added to an Association Object Adding iDRAC Devices or iDRAC Device Groups To add iDRAC devices or iDRAC device groups Select the Products tab and click Add Enter iDRAC devices or iDRAC device group name and click OK In the Properties window click Apply and click OK PWN Click the Products tab to add one iDRAC device connected to the network that is available for the defined users or user groups You can add multiple iDRAC devices to an Association Object Configuring Active Directory With Extended Schema Using iDRAC Web Interface To configure Active Directory with extended schema using Web interface K NOTE For information about the various fields see the iDRAC Online Help 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings User Authentication Directory Services Microsoft Active Directory The Active Directory summary page is displa
149. Probes section for the System Board Inlet Temp enter the minimum and maximum values for the Warning Threshold in Centigrade or Fahrenheit If you enter the value in 114 centigrade the system automatically calculates and displays the Fahrenheit value Similarly if you enter Fahrenheit the value for Centigrade is displayed 3 Click Apply The values are configured NOTE Changes to default thresholds are not reflected in the historical data chart since the chart limits are for fresh air limit values only Warnings for exceeding the custom thresholds are different from warning associated to exceeding fresh air thresholds Viewing Network Interfaces Available On Host OS You can view information about all the network interfaces that are available on the host operating system such as the IP addresses that are assigned to the server The iDRAC Service Module provides this information to iDRAC The OS IP address information includes the IPv4 and IPv6 addresses MAC address Subnet mask or prefix length and the FQDD of the network device K NOTE This feature is available with iDRAC Express and iDRAC Enterprise licenses To view the OS information make sure that e You have Login privilege e iDRAC Service Module is installed and running on the host operating system e OS Information option is enabled in the Overview Server Service Module page iDRAC can display the IPv4 and IPv6 addresses for all the interfaces configured on t
150. RAC Online Help A warning message indicating that all the data on the partition will be erased is displayed 3 Click OK The selected partition is formatted to the specified file system type An error message is displayed if The card is write protected e An initialize operation is already being performed on the card Viewing Available Partitions Make sure that the vFlash functionality is enabled to view the list of available partitions Viewing Available Partitions Using Web Interface To view the available vFlash partitions in the iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server vFlash Manage The Manage Partitions page is displayed listing the available partitions and related information for each partition For information on the partitions see the iDRAC Online Help Viewing Available Partitions Using RACADM To view the available partitions and their properties using RACADM 1 Opena Telnet SSH or Serial console to the system and log in 2 Enter the following commands e To list all existing partitions and its properties racadm vflashpartition list e To get the status of operation on partition 1 racadm vflashpartition status i 1 To get the status of all existing partitions 278 racadm vflashpartition status a K NOTE The a option is valid only with the status action Modifying a Partition You can change a read only partition to read write or vice versa Before modifying the partition make s
151. RAC Using Smart Card You can log in to iDRAC using a smart card Smart cards provide Two Factor Authentication TFA that provide two layers of security e Physical smart card device Secret code such as a password or a PIN Users must verify their credentials using the smart card and the PIN Related Links Logging Into iDRAC as a Local User Using Smart Card Logging Into iDRAC as an Active Directory User Using Smart Card Logging Into iDRAC as a Local User Using Smart Card Before you log in as a local user using Smart Card make sure to e Upload user smart card certificate and the trusted Certificate Authority CA certificate to iIDRAC e Enable smart card logon The iDRAC Web interface displays the smart card logon page for users who are configured to use the smart card K NOTE Depending on the browser settings you are prompted to download and install the smart card reader ActiveX plug in when using this feature for the first time To log in to iDRAC as a local user using smart card 1 Access the iDRAC Web interface using the link https IP address The iDRAC Login page is displayed prompting you to insert the smart card NOTE If the default HTTPS port number port 443 has been changed type https IP address port number where IP address is the IP address for the iDRAC and port number is the HTTPS port number 2 Insert the Smart Card into the reader and click Login A prompt is displayed for the
152. Recurrence Event section Viewing Historical Temperature Data Using iDRAC Web Interface To view historical temperature data 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server Power Thermal Temperatures The Temperatures page is displayed 2 Seethe System Board Temperature Historical Data section that provides a graphical display of the stored temperature average and peak values for the last day last 30 days and last year For more information see the iDRAC Online Help NOTE After an iDRAC firmware update or iDRAC reset some temperature data may not be displayed in the graph Viewing Historical Temperature Data Using RACADM To view historical data using RACADM use the inlettemphistory subcommand For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Reference Guide Configuring Warning Threshold for Inlet Temperature You can modify the minimum and maximum warning threshold values for the system board inlet temperature sensor If reset to default action is performed the temperature thresholds are set to the default values You must have Configure user privilege to set the warning threshold values for the inlet temperature sensor Configuring Warning Threshold for Inlet Temperature Using Web Interface To configure warning threshold for inlet temperature 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server Power Thermal Temperatures The Temperatures page is displayed 2 In the Temperature
153. Related Links Monitoring Power Executing Power Control Operations Power Capping Configuring Power Supply Options Enabling or Disabling Power Button Setting Warning Threshold for Power Consumption Monitoring Power iDRAC monitors the power consumption in the system continuously and displays the following power values e Power consumption warning and critical thresholds Cumulative power peak power and peak amperage values Power consumption over the last hour last day or last week Average minimum and maximum power consumption e Historical peak values and peak timestamps e Peak headroom and instantaneous headroom values for rack and tower servers Monitoring Power Using Web Interface To view the power monitoring information in iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server Power Thermal Power Monitoring The Power Monitoring page is displayed For more information see the iDRAC Online Help 189 Monitoring Power Using RACADM To view the power monitoring information use the System Power group objects with the get command or the cfgServerPower object with the getconfig command For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Setting Warning Threshold for Power Consumption You can set the warning threshold value for the power consumption sensor in the rack and tower systems The warning critical power threshold for r
154. S to iDRAC pass through over USB NIC feature to establish the communication with iDRAC Sometimes the communication is not established though the USB NIC interface is configured with the correct IP endpoints This may happen when the host operating system routing table has multiple entries for the same destination mask and the USB NIC destination is not listed as the first one in routing order Becnaion Gateway Genmask Fass Mec 10 94 148 0 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 0 link local 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 U 0 link local 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 0 In the example enp0s20u12u3 is the USB NIC interface The link local destination mask is repeated and the USB NIC is not the first one in the order This results in the connectivity issue between iDRAC Service Module and iDRAC over the OS to iDRAC Pass through To troubleshoot the connectivity issue make sure that the iDRAC USBNIC IPv4 address by default it is 169 254 0 1 is reachable from the host operating system If not e Change the iDRAC USBNIC address on a unique destination mask Delete the entries that are not required from the routing table to make sure that USB NIC is chosen by route when the host wants to reach the iDRAC USB NIC IPv4 address When uninstalling iDRAC Service Module from a VMware ESXi server the virtual switch is named as vSwitchiDRACvusb and port group as iDRAC Network on the Vsphere client How to delete them While installing iDRAC Service Module VIB on
155. SD Card Properties eren nnne nnns 272 Enabling or Disabling vFlash Functionality sssssseeeeeeeeeeneeneeenennes 275 Initializirig VElashi SD Cats e ate re rc Pr etam Bet te t e E ER eke 274 Getting the Last Status Using RACADM isssssssssssseseeeeeeeeeneene tenerent tnn 275 Managing VFlash Partitions gin ee tpa ta epe e eed a e Ph ge c E are nee EPA Una d 275 Creating an Empty Partition eene ener tnn 276 Creating a Partition Using an Image File sss 277 FOrMatting a Partition eere erm eve tht t teorema been bene dle did 278 Viewing Available Partitions tenen nennen enne ennt 278 Modifyirig Partition s orit pct dut pt E e aerem Im e m 279 Attaching or Detaching Partitions nennen 280 Deleting Existing Partitions eit dete UR plut de t dee 281 Downloading Partition Contents nennen nnne tnnt 281 Bootirig to a Partitiol oo eee n ert e IER ER eI i Gne ets 282 18 Using EI LO h E A E diis icio dado rcr eroe ole CV Re 283 System Management Capabilities Using SMCLP ccccecceccesceeseeseeseeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeseeeaesaeeeteeseeeeaees 283 Running SMCLP Comimands enhn es pean Aten ete ee ee eO eia iia 283 IDRAC SMCEP SyBtax eter seed ee oed th vete teet ale nba M cesi etc 284 Navigating the MAP Address Space nennen tenere entente nni 287 Using Show VerDcs niece teet eec eR et t ee e ede p Pda o b be ts 287 Using the display Option re ut e e re hane ine nitian een trier ende e ron
156. T gtlpAddress irstTgtTcpPort irstTgtBootLun irstT gtlscsiName Default Values in IPv4 mode Disabled 0 0 0 0 3260 0 Value Cleared Default Values in IPv6 mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Value Cleared Value Cleared Value Cleared Default Values in IPv6 mode Disabled 3260 0 Value Cleared 201 iSCSI Storage Target Attributes FirstTgtChapld FirstTgtChapPwd FirstTgtlpVer ConnectSecondTgt SecondTgtlpAddress SecondTgtTcpPort SecondTgtBootLun SecondTgtlscsiName SecondTgtChapld SecondTgtChapPwd SecondTgtlpVer 202 Default Values in IPv4 mode Value Cleared Value Cleared Ipv4 Disabled 0 0 0 0 3260 0 Value Cleared Value Cleared Value Cleared Ipv4 Default Values in IPv6 mode Value Cleared Value Cleared Disabled 5260 0 Value Cleared Value Cleared Value Cleared 135 Managing Storage Devices In the iDRAC 2 00 00 00 release iDRAC expands its agent free management to include direct configuration of the new PERC9 controllers It enables you to remotely configure the storage components attached to your system at run time These components include RAID and non RAID controllers and the channels ports enclosures and disks attached to them The complete storage subsystem discovery topology health monitoring and configuration are accomplished in the Comprehensive Embedded Management CEM framework by interfacing with the internal and ext
157. Telnet are network protocols used to perform command line communications to iDRAC You can parse remote RACADM and SMCLP commands through either of these interfaces SSH has improved security over Telnet iDRAC only supports SSH version 2 with password authentication and is enabled by default iDRAC supports up to two SSH sessions and two Telnet sessions at a time It is recommended to use SSH as Telnet is not a secure protocol You must use Telnet only if you cannot install an SSH client or if your network infrastructure is secure Use opensource programs such as PuTTY or OpenSSH that support SSH and Telnet network protocols on a management station to connect to iDRAC 126 K NOTE Run OpenSSH from a VT100 or ANSI terminal emulator on Windows Running OpenSSH at the Windows command prompt does not result in full functionality that is some keys do not respond and no graphics are displayed Before using SSH or Telnet to communicate with iDRAC make sure to 1 Configure BIOS to enable Serial Console Configure SOL in iDRAC 3 Enable SSH or Telnet using iDRAC Web interface or RACADM Telnet port 23 SSH port 22 client lt gt WAN connection lt gt iDRAC The IPMI based SOL that uses SSH or Telnet protocol eliminates the need for an additional utility because the serial to network translation happens within iDRAC The SSH or Telnet console that you use must be able to interpret and respond to the data arriving from the managed
158. VMCLI to connect to the specified server access iIDRAC and map to the specified virtual media K NOTE VMCLI syntax is case sensitive To ensure security it is recommended to use the following VMCLI parameters e vmcli i Enables an interactive method of starting VMCLI It ensures that the user name and password are not visible when processes are examined by other users e vmcli r iDRAC IP address iDRAC SSL port S u lt iDRAC user name gt p iDRAC user password c device name lt image file gt Indicates whether the iDRAC CA certificate is valid If the certificate is not valid a warning message is displayed when you run this command However the command is executed successfully and a VMCLI session is established For more information on VMCLI parameters see the VMCLI Help or the VMCLI Man pages Related Links VMCLI Commands to Access Virtual Media VMCLI Operating System Shell Options VMCLI Commands to Access Virtual Media The following table provides the VMCLI commands required for accessing different virtual media Table 29 VMCLI Commands Virtual Media Command Floppy drive vmcli r RAC IP or hostname u iDRAC user name p iDRAC user password f device name Bootable floppy or USB key image vmcli r iDRAC IP address iDRAC user name p iDRAC password f floppy img CD drive using f option vmcli r iDRAC IP address u iDRAC user name p iDRAC password f device nam
159. Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Feature Single sign on PK authentication Remote Presence Power control Boot control Serial over LAN Virtual Media Virtual Folders Remote File Share Virtual Console VNC connection to OS Quality bandwidth control Virtual Console collaboration 6 users Virtual Console chat Virtual Flash partitions Power and Thermal Real time power meter Power thresholds amp alerts Real time power graphing Historical power counters Power capping Power Center integration Temperature monitoring Temperature graphing iDRACS Basic No No Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No Yes No No No No iDRAC8 Express iDRAC8 Express No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes for Blades No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes No No Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes iDRAC8 Enterprise Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 23 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 25 Feature iDRACS Basic Health Monitoring Full agent free Yes monitoring Predictive failure Yes monitoring SNMPv1 v2 and v3 traps Yes and gets Email Alerting No Configurable thresholds Yes Fan monitoring Yes Power Supply monitoring Yes Memory monitoring Yes CPU monitoring Yes RAID monitoring Yes NIC
160. a 16 byte binary string is appended The Salt is required to be 16 bytes long if provided 2 Provide hash value and salt in the imported server configuration profile RACADM commands or WSMAN 3 After setting the password the normal plain text password authentication works except that SNMP v3 and IPMI authentication fails for iDRAC user accounts that had passwords updated with hash Setting Up Management Station A management station is a computer used for accessing iDRAC interfaces to remotely monitor and manage the PowerEdge server s To set up the management station 1 Install a supported operating system For more information see the readme Install and configure a supported Web browser Internet Explorer Firefox Chrome or Safari 3 Install the latest Java Runtime Environment JRE required if Java plug in type is used to access iDRAC using a Web browser 4 From the Dell Systems Management Tools and Documentation DVD install Remote RACADM and VMCLI from the SYSMGMT folder Else run Setup on the DVD to install Remote RACADM by default and other OpenManage software For more information about RACADM see iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals 5 Install the following based on the requirement Telnet e SSH client e TFTP Dell OpenManage Essentials Related Links Installing and Using VMCLI Utility Configuring Supported Web Browsers Accessing iDR
161. a VMware ESXi server iDRAC Service Module creates the vSwtich and Portgroup to communicate with iDRAC over the OS to iDRAC Pass through in USB NIC 336 mode After the uninstallation the virtual switch vSwitchiDRACvusb and the port group iDRAC Network are not deleted To delete it manually perform one of the following steps e Goto vSphere Client Configuration wizard and delete the entries Goto the Esxcli and type the following commands Toremove port group esxcfg vmknic d p iDRAC Network Toremove vSwitch esxcfg vswitch d vSwitchiDRACvusb NOTE You can reinstall iDRAC Service Module on the Vmware ESXi server as this is not a functional issue for the server Where is the Replicated LifeCycle log available on the Operating System To view the replicated Lifecycle logs Event viewer Windows Logs System All the Microsoft Windows iDRAC Service Module Lifecycle logs are replicated under the source name iDRAC Service Module Red Hat Enterprise Linux SUSE Linux CentOS var log messages and Citrix XenServer VMware ESXi var log syslog log What are the Linux dependent packages or executables available for installation while completing the Linux installation To see the list of Linux dependent packages see the Linux Dependencies section in the iDRAC Service Module Installation Guide RACADM After performing an iDRAC reset using the racadm racreset command if any command is issued the foll
162. a subset of the Utility features that are available in iDRAC Web interface along with other features To access iDRAC Settings utility press F2 during boot and then click iDRAC Settings on the System Setup Main Menu page iDRAC Web Use the iDRAC Web interface to manage iDRAC and monitor the managed system Interface The browser connects to the Web server through the HTTPS port Data streams 28 Interface or Protocol RACADM Server LCD Panel Chassis LCD Panel CMC Web Interface Lifecycle Controller Telnet Description are encrypted using 128 bit SSL to provide privacy and integrity Any connection to the HTTP port is redirected to HTTPS Administrators can upload their own SSL certificate through an SSL CSR generation process to secure the Web server The default HTTP and HTTPS ports can be changed The user access is based on user privileges Use this command line utility to perform iDRAC and server management You can use RACADM locally and remotely Local RACADM command line interface runs on the managed systems that have Server Administrator installed Local RACADM communicates with iDRAC through its in band IPMI host interface Since it is installed on the local managed system users are required to log in to the operating system to run this utility A user must have a full administrator privilege or be a root user to use this utility e Remote RACADM is a client utility that runs on a management station It use
163. able 0 e Using set command racadm set iDRAC Serial Enable 0 2 Setthe IPMI Serial baud rate e Using config command racadm config g cfgIpmiSerial o cfgIpmiSerialBaudRate baud rate Using set command racadm set iDRAC IPMISerial BaudRate baud rate where baud rate is 9600 19200 57600 or 115200 bps 3 Enable the IPMI serial hardware flow control 121 e Using config command racadm config g cfgIpmiSerial o cfglIpmiSerialFlowControl 1 Using set command racadm set iDRAC IPMISerial FlowControl 1 4 Setthe IPMI serial channel minimum privilege level Using config command racadm config g cfglIpmiSerial o cfgIpmiSerialChanPrivLimit level e Using set command racadm set iDRAC IPMISerial ChanPrivLimit level where level is 2 User 3 Operator or 4 Administrator 5 Make sure that the serial MUX external serial connector is set correctly to the remote access device in the BIOS Setup program to configure BIOS for serial connection For more information about these properties see the IPMI 2 0 specification Additional Settings For IPMI Serial Terminal Mode This section provides additional configuration settings for IPMI serial terminal mode Configuring Additional Settings for IPMI Serial Terminal Mode Using Web Interface To set the Terminal Mode settings 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings Network Serial The Serial page is displaye
164. able reads Values from 0 100 the fan speed offset value in PWM for Low Fan Speed Offset setting This value depends on the system Use FanSpeedOffset object to set this value using index value O Usage Example The output is Object value modified successfully If a system does not support a particular air exhaust temperature limit then when you run the following command racadm set system thermalsettings Air xhaustTemp 0 Fl The following error message is displayed ERROR RAC947 Invalid object value specified Make sure to specify the value depending on the type of object For more information see RACADM help To set the limit to the default value racadm set system thermalsettings Air xhaustTemp 255 Fl racadm get system thermalsettings FanSpeedHighOffsetVal This returns a value such as 66 This means that when you use the following command it applies a fan speed offset of High 66 PWM over the baseline fan speed racadm set system thermalsettings FanSpeedOffset 1 racadm get system thermalsettings FanSpeedLowOffsetVal This returns a value such as 235 This means that when you use the following command it applies a fan speed offset of Low 23 PWM over baseline fan speed racadm set system thermalsettings FanSpeedOffset 0 57 Object FanSpeedMax OffsetVal FanSpeedMed iumOffsetVa i FanSpeedOff set Description Getting this variable
165. abled a yellow dot indicates that iDRAC has locked the local console Why is the bottom of the system screen not seen from the Virtual Console window Make sure that the management station s monitor resolution is set to 1280 x 1024 Why is the Virtual Console Viewer window garbled on Linux operating system The console viewer on Linux requires a UTF 8 character set Check your locale and reset the character set if required Why does the mouse not synchronize under the Linux text console in Lifecycle Controller Virtual Console requires the USB mouse driver but the USB mouse driver is available only under the X Window operating system In the Virtual Console viewer do any of the following e GotoTools Session Options Mouse tab Under Mouse Acceleration select Linux Under the Tools menu select Single Cursor option How to synchronize the mouse pointers on the Virtual Console Viewer window Before starting a Virtual Console session make sure that the correct mouse is selected for your operating system Make sure that the Single Cursor option under Tools in the iDRAC Virtual Console menu is selected on iDRAC Virtual Console client The default is two cursor mode 529 Can a keyboard or mouse be used while installing a Microsoft operating system remotely through the Virtual Console No When you remotely install a supported Microsoft operating system on a system with Virtual Console enabled in the BIOS an EMS Connection
166. abling or Disabling Smart Card Login Using Web Interface Enabling or Disabling Smart Card Login Using RACADM sssssssssssssseneeeneeee Enabling or Disabling Smart Card Login Using iDRAC Settings Utility 171 9 Configuring iDRAC to Send Alerts Enabling or Bisabling Alerts ner Rn MR Ree i RATS Enabling or Disabling Alerts Using Web Interface ssssssssssssssssseeeeeeeenene nnne Enabling or Disabling Alerts Using RACADM sssssssssssssseneeeeeeeemeneeenr eene nnne nnns Enabling or Disabling Alerts Using iDRAC Settings Utility lsizislaroBell ig cL Filtering Alerts Using iDRAC Web Interface sssssssssssssssssseeeeeeneee nene nennen Filtering Alerts Using RAGADM reti ee ederet teer e ere eee dan eie its Setting Event Alerts ion tei tet n e ei me v tee n v tee vtr eet etr etg eem ty ebd secet Setting Event Alerts Using Web Interface sssssssssssssssssssee seen nens Setting Event Alerts Using RACADM ccccccceeececceeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeseaaeeecacaeeeesesasesesenaeeesseaeees Setting Alert Recurrerice Event ico dir Re D RR Or ber RUE FERE ORARIO Setting Alert Recurrence Events Using iDRAC Web Interface Setting Alert Recurrence Events Using RACADM sssssse eene Setting Event ACtIODS iu ote eee te let iav eden bett true Setting Event Actions Using Web Interface sssssssssssssssssssesseeeeen nnne enne eene Setting Ev
167. ace go to Overview Hardware Front Panel The Front Panel page is displayed In System ID LED Settings section select any of the following options to enable or disable LED blinking e Blink Off e Blink On e Blink On 1 Day Timeout e Blink On 1 Week Timeout e Blink On 1 Month Timeout Click Apply The LED blinking on the front panel is configured Configuring System ID LED Setting Using RACADM To configure system ID LED use the setled command For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Configuring Time Zone and NTP You can configure the time zone on iDRAC and synchronize the iDRAC time using Network Time Protocol NTP instead of BIOS or host system times You must have Configure privilege to configure time zone or NTP settings Configuring Time Zone and NTP Using iDRAC Web Interface To configure time zone and NTP using iDRAC Web interface 1 Goto Overview iDRAC Settings Properties Settings The Time zone and NTP page is displayed 2 To configure the time zone from the Time Zone drop down menu select the required time zone and then click Apply 3 To configure NTP enable NTP enter the NTP server addresses and then click Apply For information about the fields see iDRAC Online Help Configuring Time Zone and NTP Using RACADM To configure time zone and NTP using RACADM use the objects in the iDRAC Time and iDRAC
168. ack and tower systems may change on system power Cycle based on PSU capacity and redundancy policy However the warning threshold must not exceed the critical threshold even if Power Supply Unit capacity of the redundancy policy is changed The warning power threshold for blade systems is set to CMC power allocation If reset to default action is performed the power thresholds will be set to default You must have Configure user privilege to set the warning threshold value for power consumption sensor Setting Warning Threshold for Power Consumption Using Web Interface 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server Power Thermal Power Monitoring The Power Monitoring page is displayed 2 In the Present Power Reading and Thresholds section in the Warning Threshold column enter the value in Watts or BTU hr The values must be lower than the Failure Threshold values The values are rounded off to the nearest value that is divisible by 14 If you enter Watts the system automatically calculates and displays the BTU hr value Similarly if you enter BTU hr the value for Watts is displayed 3 Click Apply The values are configured Executing Power Control Operations iDRAC enables you to remotely perform a power on power off reset graceful shutdown Non Masking Interrupt NMI or power cycle using the Web interface or RACADM You can also perform these operations using Lifecycle Controller Remote Services or WS Manag
169. ackage Install as a separate package nss 32 bit avahi 0 6 16 10 el5_6 i386 rpm mdns 0 10 4 el5 i386 rpm RHEL 6 4 Disable Install as a separate package Install as a separate package nss 64 bit avahi 0 6 25 12 el6 x86_64 rpm mdns 0 10 8 el6 x86_64 rpm SLES 11 SP3 Disable Avahi package is the part of operating nss mdns is installed while installing 64 bit system DVD Avahi On the host system while installing RHEL 5 9 operating system the USB NIC pass through mode is in disabled state If it is enabled after the installation is complete the network interface corresponding to the USB NIC device is not active automatically You can do any of the following to make the USB NIC device active e Configure the USB NIC interface using Network Manager tool Navigate to System Administrator Network Devices New Ethernet Connection and select Dell computer corp iDRAC Virtual NIC USB Device Click the Activate icon to activate the device For more information see the RHEL 5 9 documentation e Create corresponding interface s config file as ifcfg ethX in etc sysconfig network script directory Add the basic entries DEVICE BOOTPROTO HWADDR ONBOOT Add TYPE in the ifcfg ethX file and restart the network services using the command service network restart e Reboot the system 95 Turn off and turn on the system On systems with RHEL 5 9 operating system if the USB NIC was disabled and if you turn off the system or vice
170. aessesaeseseeteeeaeeaees 39 Logging in to iDRAC Using Public Key Authentication emm 39 Multiple iDRAG SesSSIODS sitter odit Hee cad eet neue ve pe a 40 Changing Default Login Password isnin one oto dav one oerte ede de s e Ha de e e Heus 40 Changing Default Login Password Using Web Interface 40 Changing Default Login Password Using RACADM issssssseseeeeeeeneenneeeeeenenen nnns 41 Changing Default Login Password Using iDRAC Settings Utility 41 Enabling or Disabling Default Password Warning Message ssssssssssssseeeeeeee 41 Enabling or Disabling Default Password Warning Message Using Web Interface 41 Enabling or Disabling Warning Message to Change Default Login Password Using RAGAD MC uu ditti cette sine m reat race earl Ee anes uie Meet MeL ec HR E Cz brio co 41 3 Setting Up Managed System and Management Station 42 Setting Up IDRAG IP AdGEeSS air reti reet eee m e Greiner he T eee 42 Setting Up iDRAC IP Using iDRAC Settings Utility sssssssssseee ee 43 Setting Up iDRAC IP Using CMC Web Interface ssssssssssssee meme emen 46 Enabling Auto disCOVety o cd pr a d o awe egi e os ye e lage 46 Configuring Servers and Server Components Using Auto Config see 47 Using Hash Passwords for Improved Security 51 Setting Up Management Station Accessing ORAC Remotely s is ndo rer pter reet iere eee o Ro ee eoe Setting Up M
171. age Physical Disks Setup The Setup Physical Disk page is displayed 2 From the Controller drop down menu select the extender to view the associated PCle SSDs 3 From the drop down menus select Prepare to Remove for one or more PCle SSDs If you have selected Prepare to Remove and you want to view the other options in the drop down menu then select Action and then click the drop down menu to view the other options 4 From the Apply Operation Mode drop down menu select Apply Now to apply the actions immediately If there are jobs to be completed then this option is grayed out NOTE For PCle SSD devices only the Apply Now option is available This operation is not supported in staged mode 5 Click Apply 237 If the job is not created a message indicating that the job creation was not successful is displayed Also the message ID and the recommended response action is displayed If the job is created successfully a message indicating that the job ID is created for the selected controller is displayed Click Job Queue to view the progress of the job in the Job Queue page If pending operation is not created an error message is displayed If pending operation is successful and job creation is not successful then an error message is displayed Preparing to Remove PCle SSD Using RACADM To prepare the PCIeSSD drive for removal run the following command racadm storage preparetoremove PCIeSSD FQDD gt To crea
172. ake is not required During VNC client handshake RFB or SSL if another VNC session is active or if a Virtual Console session is open the new VNC client session is rejected After completion of the initial handshake 87 VNC server disables Virtual Console and allows only Virtual Media After termination of the VNC session VNC server restores the original state of Virtual Console enabled or disabled K NOTE When iDRAC NIC is in shared mode and the host system is power cycled the network connection is lost for a few seconds During this time if you perform any action in the active VNC client the VNC session may close You must wait for timeout value configured for the VNC Server settings in the Services page in iDRAC Web interface and then re establish the VNC connection e Ifthe VNC client window is minimized for more than 60 seconds the client window closes You must open a new VNC session If you maximize the VNC client window within 60 seconds you can continue to use it Configuring VNC Server Using iDRAC Web Interface To configure the VNC server settings 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings Network Services The Services page is displayed 2 n the VNC Server section enable the VNC server specify the password port number and enable or disable SSL encryption For information about the fields see the iDRAC Online Help 3 Click Apply The VNC server is configured Configuring
173. al disks Encrypt virtual disks Assign or unassign dedicated hot spare Delete virtual disks Controllers Configure controller properties Import or auto import foreign configuration Clear foreign configuration Reset controller configuration Create or change security keys PCle SSD devices Inventory and remotely monitor the health of PCle SSD devices in the server Prepare the PCle SSD to be removed Securely erase the data Set the backplane mode unified or split mode Blink or unblink component LEDs Apply the device settings immediately at next system reboot at a scheduled time or as a pending operation to be applied as a batch as part of the single job Update Manage iDRAC licenses Update BIOS and device firmware for devices supported by Lifecycle Controller Update or rollback iDRAC firmware and lifecycle controller firmware using a single firmware image Manage staged updates Backup and restore server profile Access iDRAC interface over direct USB connection Configure iDRAC using Server Configuration Profiles on USB device Maintenance and Troubleshooting 18 Perform power related operations and monitor power consumption Optimize system performance and power consumption by modifying the thermal settings No dependency on Server Administrator for generation of alerts Log event data Lifecycle and RAC logs Set email alerts IPMI alerts remote system logs WS eventing log
174. alent RACADM or WSMAN interfaces are replicated in the OS log using the iDRAC Service Module The default set of logs to be included in the OS logs is the same as configured for SNMP alerts or traps iDRAC Service Module also logs the events that have occurred when the operating system is not functioning The OS logging performed by iDRAC Service Module follows the IETF syslog standards for Linux based operating systems If OpenManage Server Administrator is installed this monitoring feature is disabled to avoid duplicate SEL entries in the OS log Automatic System Recovery Options You can perform automatic system recovery operations such as reboot power cycle or power off the server after a specified time interval This feature is enabled only if the operating system watchdog timer is disabled If OpenManage Server Administrator is installed this monitoring feature is disabled to avoid duplicate watchdog timers WMI Management Providers You can enable or disable the WMI option in iDRAC iDRAC exposes the WMI classes through the iDRAC Service Module providing the server s health information By default WMI information feature is enabled The iDRAC Service Module exposes the WSMAN monitored classes in iDRAC through WMI The classes are exposed in the root cimv2 dcim namespace 295 the profile documents The classes can be accessed using any of the standard WMI client interfaces For more information see The following example is
175. als Configuring IP Alert Destinations Using Web Interface To configure alert destination settings using Web interface 1 Goto Overview Server Alerts SNMP and E mail Settings Select the State option to enable an alert destination IPv4 address IPv6 address or Fully Qualified Domain Name FQDN to receive the traps You can specify up to eight destination addresses For more information about the options see the iDRAC Online Help 3 Select the SNMP v3 user to whom you want to send the SNMP trap 4 Enter the iDRAC SNMP community string applicable only for SNMPv1 and v2 and the SNMP alert port number For more information about the options see the iDRAC Online Help NOTE The Community String value indicates the community string to use in a Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP alert trap sent from iDRAC Make sure that the destination community string is the same as the iDRAC community string The default value is Public 5 To test whether the IP address is receiving the IPMI or SNMP traps click Send under Test IPMI Trap and Test SNMP Trap respectively 6 Click Apply 176 7 The alert destinations are configured In the SNMP Trap Format section select the protocol version to be used to send the traps on the trap destination s SNMP v1 SNMP v2 or SNMP v3 and click Apply NOTE The SNMP Trap Format option applies only for SNMP Traps and not for IPMI Traps IPMI Traps are always sent in SNMP v1 form
176. anaged Syster iue e Re eo eee pe ei aa cete e ea ha rea ce ae Modifying Local Administrator Account Settings eee 53 Setting Up Managed System Location eene nennen tnnt nnne rennen 53 Optimizing System Performance and Power CONSUMPTION eeeeeeeteeeteeteeteeteeeeenteeeneeesneeees 54 Configuring Supported Web Browsers enne 60 Adding iDRAC to the List of Trusted Domains 62 Disabling Whitelist Feature in Firefox nennen 62 Viewing Localized Versions of Web Interface 62 Updating Device Firmwate oo teet o reete vere e tente bet e rot iet bets 63 Downloading Device Firmwares ive ser ro Ce mcr te a ir tide e d eet rs 65 Updating Firmware Using iDRAC Web Interface sssssssssse emen 65 Updating Device Firmware Using RACADM ccccceccescecceeeeeseeseeseeseesesaeeeeeeeeseeaeeaeeaeeeeeeeeeseeaeeaes 69 Scheduling Automatic Firmware Updates Updating Firmware Using CMC Web Interface Updating Firmware Using DUMP o Leer rr Ere ere ren ertet tr ERE Updating Firmware Using Remote RACADM sssssssse eee eene nre nennen 72 Updating Firmware Using Lifecycle Controller Remote Services sssssssssssssese 72 Viewing and Managing Staged Updates sssssssssssssseeeeeee eene nennen rennen nennen 72 Viewing and Managing Staged Updates Using iDRAC Web interface 73 Viewing and Managing Staged Updates Using RACADM ccccecceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeneeeneeneenseees 73 Rolling Back D a
177. and enable the following services on iDRAC e Local Configuration Disable access to iDRAC configuration from the host system using Local RACADM and iDRAC Settings utility e Web Server Enable access to iDRAC Web interface If you disable the option use local RACADM to re enable the Web Server since disabling the Web Server also disables remote RACADM 85 e SSH Access iDRAC through firmware RACADM Telnet Access iDRAC through firmware RACADM e Remote RACADM Remotely access iDRAC SNMP Agent Enables support for SNMP queries GET GETNEXT and GETBULK operations in iDRAC e Automated System Recovery Agent Enable Last System Crash Screen e VNC Server Enable VNC server with or without SSL encryption Configuring Services Using Web Interface To configure the services using iDRAC Web interface 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings Network Services The Services page is displayed 2 Specify the required information and click Apply For information about the various settings see the iDRAC Online Help Configuring Services Using RACADM To enable and configure the various services using RACADM e Use the following objects with the config command cfgRacTuneLocalConfigDisable cfgRacTuneCtrlEConfigDisable cfgSerialSshEnable cfgRacTuneSshPort cfgSsnMgtSshldleTimeout cfgSerialTelnetEnable cfgRacTuneTelnetPort cfgSsnMgtT
178. ap if required racadm testtrap i index where index is the trap destination index to test For more information see the jDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals 177 Configuring IP Alert Destinations Using iDRAC Settings Utility You can configure alert destinations IPv4 IPv6 or FQDN using the iDRAC Settings utility To do this 1 In the iDRAC Settings utility go to Alerts The iDRAC Settings Alerts page is displayed 2 Under Trap Settings enable the IP address es to receive the traps and enter the IPv4 IPv6 or FQDN destination address es You can specify up to eight addresses 3 Enter the community string name For information about the options see the jDRAC Settings Utility Online Help 4 Click Back click Finish and then click Yes The alert destinations are configured Configuring Email Alert Settings You can configure the email address to receive the email alerts Also configure the SMTP server address settings K NOTE If your mail server is Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 make sure that iDRAC domain name is configured for the mail server to receive the email alerts from iDRAC K NOTE Email alerts support both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses The DRAC DNS Domain Name must be specified when using IPv6 Related Links Configuring SMTP Email Server Address Settings Configuring Email Alert Settings Using Web Interface To configure the email alert s
179. ard schema If the user and the iDRAC object is in different domain then do not select the User Domain from Login option Instead select Specify a Domain option and enter the domain name where the iDRAC object resides e Check the domain controller SSL certificates to make sure that the iDRAC time is within the valid period of the certificate Active Directory login fails even if certificate validation is enabled The test results display the following error message Why does this occur and how to resolve this ERROR Can t contact LDAP server error 14090086 SSL routines SSL3 GET SERVER CERTIFICATE certificate verify failed Please check the correct Certificate Authority CA certificate has been uploaded to iDRAC Please also check if the iDRAC date is within the valid period of the certificates and if the Domain Controller Address configured in iDRAC matches the subject of the Directory Server Certificate f certificate validation is enabled when iDRAC establishes the SSL connection with the directory server iDRAC uses the uploaded CA certificate to verify the directory server certificate The most common reasons for failing certification validation are e iDRAC date is not within the validity period of the server certificate or CA certificate Check the iDRAC time and the validity period of your certificate The domain controller addresses configured in iDRAC does not match the Subject or Subject Altern
180. are Using RACADM Use the storage subcommand and specify the type as global hot spare For more information see the iDRAC RACADM Command Line Reference Guide available at dell com esmmanuals Related Links Choosing Operation Mode Using RACADM Convert To RAID Capable Disk This task enables a disk for all RAID operations If the physical disk drive s are in non RAID mode to convert them to RAID mode 220 1 Press lt Ctrl R gt while restarting the server and then select the required controller 2 Press F2 and select the Convert to RAID capable option and then complete the operation K NOTE e This task is not supported on PERC hardware controllers running in HBA mode e This task is only supported as a staged operation Convert To Non RAID Disk This task converts a disk to a Non RAID disk After converting a disk to non RAID the disk is exposed to the operating system unlike unconfigured good disks and it enables usage of disk in direct pass through mode This task is supported on H310 and H330 controllers K NOTE This task is not supported on PERC hardware controllers running in HBA mode Managing Virtual Disks You can perform the following operations for the virtual disks e Create e Delete Edit policies e Initialize e Check consistency e Cancel check consistency e Encrypt virtual disks e Assign or unassign dedicated hot spares Blink and unblink virtual disks Related Links Cre
181. are updates At the scheduled day and time iDRAC connects to the specified network share CIFS or NFS or the FTP checks for new updates and applies or stages all applicable updates A log file on the remote server contains information about server access and staged firmware updates Automatic updates is available only with the iDRAC Enterprise license You can schedule automatic firmware updates using the iDRAC Web interface or RACADM K NOTE IPv6 address is not supported for scheduling automatic firmware updates Related Links Downloading Device Firmware Updating Device Firmware Viewing and Managing Staged Updates Scheduling Automatic Firmware Update Using Web Interface To schedule automatic firmware update using Web Interface K NOTE Do not create the next scheduled occurrence of an automatic update job if a job is already Scheduled It overwrites the current scheduled job 1 In the iDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings Update and Rollback The Firmware Update page is displayed 2 Click the Automatic Update tab Select the Enable Automatic Update option w 4 Select any of the following options to specify if a system reboot is required after the updates are staged e Schedule Updates Stage the firmware updates but do not reboot the server e Schedule Updates and reboot Server Enables server reboot after the firmware updates are staged 5 Select any of the following to specify t
182. ased on the actual power consumed by the server If the power consumption increases over time and if the server is consuming power near its maximum allocation iDRAC may request an increase of the maximum potential power consumption thus increasing the power envelope iDRAC only increases its maximum potential power consumption request to CMC It does not request for a lesser minimum potential power if the consumption decreases iDRAC continues to request for more power if the power consumption exceeds the power allocated by CMC After the system is powered on and initialized iDRAC calculates a new power requirement based on the actual blade configuration The blade stays powered on even if the CMC fails to allocate new power request CMC reclaims any unused power from lower priority servers and subsequently allocates the reclaimed power to a higher priority infrastructure module or a server If there is not enough power allocated the blade server does not power on If the blade has been allocated enough power the iDRAC turns on the system power Viewing and Configuring Power Cap Policy When power cap policy is enabled it enforces user defined power limits for the system If not it uses the hardware power protection policy that is implemented by default This power protection policy is independent of the user defined policy The system performance is dynamically adjusted to maintain power consumption close to the specified threshold Actua
183. at and is not based on the configured SNMP Trap Format option The SNMP trap format is configured Configuring IP Alert Destinations Using RACADM To configure the trap alert settings 1 To enable traps e For IPv4 address racadm config g cfgIpmiPet o cfgIpmiPetAlertEnable i index 0 1 e For IPv6 address racadm config g cfgIpmiPetIpv6 o cfgIpmiPetIpv6AlertEnable i index 011 where index is the destination index and 0 or 1 disables or enables the trap respectively For example to enable trap with index 4 enter the following command racadm config g cfgIpmiPet o cfgIpmiPetAlertEnable i 4 1 To configure the trap destination address racadm config g cfgIpmiPetIpv6 o cfgIpmiPetIpv AlertDestIPAddr i index IP address where index is the trap destination index and IP address is the destination IP address of the system that receives the platform event alerts Configure the SNMP community name string racadm config g cfgIpmiLan o cfgIpmiPetCommunityName name where name is the SNMP Community Name To configure SNMP destination e To set the SNMP trap destination for SNMPv3 racadm set idrac SNMP Alert index DestAddr Ip address For example racadm set idrac SNMP Alert 1 DestAddr 1 2 3 4 e To set SNMPv3 users for trap destinations racadm set idrac SNMP Alert 1 SNMPv3Username root e To enable SNMPv3 for a user racadm set idrac users 2 SNMPv3Enable Enabled To test the tr
184. at dell com support manuals To establish the serial connection 1 Configure the BIOS to enable serial connection 2 Connect the Null Modem DB9 cable from the management station s serial port to the managed system s external serial connector 3 Make sure that the management station s terminal emulation software is configured for serial connection using any of the following e Linux Minicom in an Xterm e Hilgraeve s HyperTerminal Private Edition version 6 3 119 Based on where the managed system is in its boot process you can see either the POST screen or the operating system screen This is based on the configuration SAC for Windows and Linux text mode screens for Linux 4 Enable RAC serial or IPMI serial connections in iDRAC Related Links Configuring BIOS For Serial Connection Enabling RAC Serial Connection Enabling IPMI Serial Connection Basic and Terminal Modes Configuring BIOS For Serial Connection To configure BIOS for Serial Connection K NOTE This is applicable only for iDRAC on rack and tower servers Turn on or restart the system Press lt F2 gt Go to System BIOS Settings Serial Communication Select External Serial Connector to Remote Access device Click Back click Finish and then click Yes Press lt Esc gt to exit System Setup Ov gr e tM Et Enabling RAC Serial Connection After configuring serial connection in BIOS enable RAC serial in iDRAC K NOTE This is app
185. ating Virtual Disks Editing Virtual Disk Cache Policies Deleting Virtual Disks Checking Virtual Disk Consistency Initializing Virtual Disks Encrypting Virtual Disks Assigning or Unassigning Dedicated Hot Spares Managing Virtual Disks Using Web Interface Managing Virtual Disks Using RACADM Creating Virtual Disks To implement RAID functions you must create a virtual disk A virtual disk refers to storage created by a RAID controller from one or more physical disks Although a virtual disk may be created from several physical disks it is seen by the operating system as a single disk 221 Before creating a virtual disk you should be familiar with the information in Considerations Before Creating Virtual Disks You can create a Virtual Disk using the Physical Disks attached to the PERC controller To create a Virtual Disk you must have the Server Control user privilege You can create a maximum of 64 virtual drives and a maximum of 16 virtual drives in the same drive group You cannot create a virtual disk if e Physical disk drives are not available for virtual disk creation Install additional physical disk drives e Maximum number of virtual disks that can be created on the controller has been reached You must delete at least one virtual disk and then create a new virtual disk e Maximum number of virtual disks supported by a drive group has been created You must delete one virtual disk from the selected
186. ative Name of the directory server certificate If you are using an IP address read the next question If you are using FQDN make sure you are using the FQDN of the domain controller and not the domain For example servername example com instead of example com Certificate validation fails even if IP address is used as the domain controller address How to resolve this Check the Subject or Subject Alternative Name field of your domain controller certificate Normally Active Directory uses the host name and not the IP address of the domain controller in the Subject or Subject Alternative Name field of the domain controller certificate To resolve this do any of the following e Configure the host name FQDN of the domain controller as the domain controller address es on iDRAC to match the Subject or Subject Alternative Name of the server certificate e Reissue the server certificate to use an IP address in the Subject or Subject Alternative Name field so that it matches the IP address configured in iDRAC e Disable certificate validation if you choose to trust this domain controller without certificate validation during the SSL handshake How to configure the domain controller address es when using extended schema in a multiple domain environment This must be the host name FQDN or the IP address of the domain controller s that serves the domain in which the iDRAC object resides When to configure Global Catalog Address es I
187. attached to an email that is sent after requesting it from the technical support center e Self service portal A link to the Self Service Portal is available from iDRAC Click this link to open the licensing Self Service Portal on the internet Currently you can use the License Self Service Portal to retrieve licenses that were purchased with the server You must contact the sales representative or technical support to buy a new or upgrade license For more information see the online help for the self service portal page e Point of sale License is acquired while placing the order for a system License Operations Before you perform the license management tasks make sure to acquire the licenses For more information see the Overview and Feature Guide available at dell com support manuals K NOTE If you have purchased a system with all the licenses pre installed then license management is not required You can perform the following licensing operations using iDRAC RACADM WS MAN and Lifecycle Controller Remote Services for one to one license management and Dell License Manager for one to many license management e View View the current license information Import After acquiring the license store the license in a local storage and import it into iDRAC using one of the supported interfaces The license is imported if it passes the validation checks K NOTE For a few features a system restart is required to
188. automatically provides a difference between the BIOS and the firmware that is installed on the server and the repository location or FTP site All applicable updates contained in the repository are applied to the system This feature is available with iDRAC Enterprise license Scheduling recurring automated firmware updates using the catalog file in the FTP site or the network repository location The following table provides information on whether a system restart is required or not when firmware is updated for a particular component NOTE When multiple firmware updates are applied through out of band methods the updates are ordered in the most efficient possible manner to reduce unnecessary system restart Table 6 Firmware Update Supported Components Component Name Diagnostics OS Driver Pack Lifecycle Controller BIOS RAID Controller Backplanes Enclosures NIC iDRAC Power Supply Unit CPLD FC Cards PCle SSD Firmware Rollback Supported Yes or No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Out of band System Restart Required No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes In band System Restart Required No No No Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Lifecycle Controller GUI Restart Required No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Indicates that though a system restart is not require
189. ble PowerShell Get WmiObject dcim account namespace root cimv2 dcim Get WmiObject Namespace root Ncimv2Ndcim Class dcim account filter Name iDRAC Embed ded 1 Users 16 Get Wmiobject Query ASSOCIATORS OF DCIM Account Crea tionClassName DCI M Account Name i DRAC Embedded 1 Users 2 SystemCreationc lassName DCIM SPC omputerSystem Sys temName systemmc namespace root cimv2 dcim Get Wmiobject Query REFERENCES OF DCIM Account Crea tionClassName DCI M Account Name i DRAC Embedded 1 Users 2 SystemCreationc lassName DCIM SPC omputerSystem Sys temName systemmc namespace root cimv2 dcim Co existence of OpenManage Server Administrator and iDRAC Service Module In a system both OpenManage Server Administrator and the iDRAC Service Module can co exist and continue to function correctly and independently If you have enabled the monitoring features during the iDRAC Service Module installation then after the installation is complete if the iDRAC Service Module detects the presence of OpenManage Server Administrator it disables the set of monitoring features that overlap If OpenManage Server Administrator is running the iDRAC Service Module disables the overlapping monitoring features after logging to the OS and iDRAC When you re enable these monitoring features through the iDRAC interfaces at a later time the same checks are performed and the
190. ble is used 5 Click Back click Finish and then click Yes The details are saved Obtaining Certificates The following table lists the types of certificates based on the login type Table 8 Types of Certificate Based on Login Type Login Type Certificate Type How to Obtain Single Sign on using Active Trusted CA certificate Generate a CSR and get it signed Directory from a Certificate Authority 97 Login Type Certificate Type How to Obtain SHA 2 certificates are also supported Smart Card login as a local or e User certificate e User Certificate Export the Active Directory user Trusted CA certificate smart card user certificate as Base64 encoded file using the card management software provided by the smart card vendor e Trusted CA certificate This certificate is issued by a CA SHA 2 certificates are also supported Active Directory user login Trusted CA certificate This certificate is issued by a CA SHA 2 certificates are also supported Local User login SSL Certificate Generate a CSR and get it signed from a trusted CA K NOTE iDRAC ships with a default self signed SSL server certificate The iDRAC Web server Virtual Media and Virtual Console use this certificate SHA 2 certificates are also supported Related Links SSL Server Certificates Generating a New Certificate Signing Request SSL Server Certificates iDRAC includes a Web server that is configured to use the industry sta
191. by modifying the thermal settings Update iDRAC and Lifecycle Controller firmware using a single firmware image 19 e Update device firmware using TFTP or HTTP e Out of band monitor and alert the performance index of CPU memory and I O modules e Configure warning threshold for inlet Temperature e Configure persistence policy for virtual addresses initiator and storage targets e View network interfaces available on host operating systems e Enable SNMPv3 authentication for a user to receive SNMP traps e Configure the SNMPv3 trap format e Set the warning threshold for power consumption e Remotely configure storage devices attached to the system at run time Perform the following operations for storage devices Physical disks Assign or unassign physical disk as a global hot spare Virtual disks Create virtual disks Edit virtual disks cache policies Check virtual disk consistency Initialize virtual disks Encrypt virtual disks Assign or unassign dedicated hot spare Delete virtual disks Controllers Configure controller properties Import or auto import foreign configuration Clear foreign configuration Reset controller configuration Create or change security keys PCle SSD devices nventory and remotely monitor the health of PCle SSD devices in the server Prepare the PCle SSD to be removed Securely erase the data Set the backplane mode unified or split mode Bli
192. c lt device name gt lt image file gt lt floppy device gt lt floppy image gt lt Device ID gt Related Links Configuring Virtual Media Configuring iDRAC Description iDRAC user name It must have the following attributes e Valid user name e iDRAC Virtual Media User permission If iDRAC authentication fails an error message is displayed and the command is terminated iDRAC IP address or the file containing the iDRAC IP address Password for the iDRAC user If iDRAC authentication fails an error message is displayed and the command is terminated Path to an ISO9660 image of the operating system installation CD or DVD Path to the device containing the operating system installation CD DVD or Floppy Path to a valid floppy image ID of the device to boot once Deploying Operating System Using Remote File Share Before you deploy the operating system using Remote File Share RFS make sure that e Configure User and Access Virtual Media privileges for iDRAC are enabled for the user Network share contains drivers and operating system bootable image file in an industry standard format such as img or iso 506 K NOTE While creating the image file follow standard network based installation procedures and mark the deployment image as read only to make sure that each target system boots and executes the same deployment procedure To deploy an operating system using RFS 1 Usin
193. cable The types of diagnostic tests are e Express test e Extended test e Both in a sequence The types of reboot are Power cycle system e Graceful shutdown waits for operating system to turn off or for system restart Forced Graceful shutdown signals operating system to turn off and waits for 10 minutes If the operating system does not turn off the iDRAC power cycles the system Only one diagnostic job can be scheduled or run at one time A diagnostic job can complete successfully complete with error or is unsuccessful The diagnostic events including the results are recorded in Lifecycle Controller log You can retrieve the results of the last diagnostic execution using remote RACADM or WSMAN You can export the diagnostic results of the last completed diagnostics that were scheduled remotely to a network share such as CIFS or NFS The maximum file size is 5 MB You can cancel a diagnostic job when the status of the job is Unscheduled or Scheduled If the diagnostic is running then restart the system to cancel the job Before you run the remote diagnostics make sure that e Lifecycle Controller is enabled You have Login and Server Control privileges Scheduling Remote Automated Diagnostics Using RACADM To run the remote diagnostics and save the results on the local system use the following command racadm diagnostics run m Mode r reboot type s Start Time e Expiration Time 515 To e
194. cannot delete active jobs that is jobs with the status Running or Downloading You must have Server Control privilege to delete jobs Viewing and Managing Staged Updates Using RACADM To view the staged updates using RACADM use jobqueue subcommand For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Rolling Back Device Firmware You can rollback the firmware for iDRAC or any device that is supported by Lifecycle Controller even if the update was previously performed using another interface For example if the firmware was updated using the Lifecycle Controller GUI you can rollback the firmware using the iDRAC Web interface You can perform firmware rollback for multiple devices with one system reboot In 15th generation servers that have a single iDRAC and Lifecycle Controller firmware rolling back iDRAC firmware will also rollback Lifecycle Controller firmware You can perform firmware rollback for the following components e iDRAC with Lifecycle Controller e BIOS e Network Interface Card NIC Power Supply Unit PSU e RAID Controller e Backplane K NOTE You cannot perform firmware rollback for Diagnostics Driver Packs and CPLD Before you rollback the firmware make sure that You have Configure privilege to rollback iDRAC firmware You have Server Control privilege and have enabled Lifecycle Controller to rollback firmware for any other devi
195. cate For Each Domain Controller Exporting Domain Controller Root CA Certificate to iDRAC Importing iDRAC Firmware SSL Certificate Installing SSL Certificate For Each Domain Controller To install the SSL certificate for each controller 1 Click Start Administrative Tools Domain Security Policy Expand the Public Key Policies folder right click Automatic Certificate Request Settings and click Automatic Certificate Request The Automatic Certificate Request Setup Wizard is displayed 3 Click Next and select Domain Controller 4 Click Next and click Finish The SSL certificate is installed Exporting Domain Controller Root CA Certificate to iDRAC K NOTE If your system is running Windows 2000 or if you are using standalone CA the following steps may vary To export the domain controller root CA certificate to IDRAC Locate the domain controller that is running the Microsoft Enterprise CA service Click Start Run Enter mmc and click OK PWN FP In the Console 1 MMC window click File or Console on Windows 2000 systems and select Add Remove Snap in 5 Inthe Add Remove Snap In window click Add 6 In the Standalone Snap In window select Certificates and click Add 7 Select Computer and click Next 8 Select Local Computer click Finish and click OK 9 Inthe Console 1 window go to Certificates Personal Certificates folder 10 Locate and right click the root CA certificate select All Tasks
196. ce 82 Viewing iDRAC Information Using RACADM Modifying Network Settings i qu Eee teen D ele Hee ea ee e a Ea Modifying Network Settings Using Web Interface ssssssssssse eee 83 Modifying Network Settings Using Local RACADM issssssse meme 83 Configuring IP FREN innein eee oA co re et t t te de t aaa 84 Config tirig SerVviees sme etit t rip iv P Er v de e Pn o EM Gerd udene 85 Configuring Services Using Web Interface 86 Configuring Services Using RACADM sssssssssssseeeeeeeeeeneeneenee eene enne nennt 86 Enabling or Disabling HITT PS Redirection coe tete e detta redes 87 Using VNC Client to Manage Remote Server cin tnter emet tr ie ete ee t ele Pede e 87 Configuring VNC Server Using iDRAC Web Interface 88 Configuring VNC Server Using RACADM sssssssssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee nennen nnne enn 88 Setting Up VNC Viewer With SSL Encryption 88 Setting Up VNC Viewer Without SSL Encryption 88 Configuring Front Panel Display ssssssssssssssseeeeeneneeneeeeeee eene 89 Configuring LCD Setting eue ERR el ee ae dede 89 Configuring System D LED Settings sce ni tt e ttt ed b dre i een fbl ads 90 Configuring Time Zorie arid NI Pe sa adie Maia hence eee rete ree Heer dye P eed aed 91 Configuring Time Zone and NTP Using iDRAC Web Interface 91 Configuring Time Zone and NTP Using RACADM ssssss eene 91 Setting First Boot Devices tee Re E LER OR n RS e o REOR 91 Se
197. ce go to Overview Server Troubleshooting Diagnostics In the Command text box enter a command and click Submit For information about the commands see the iDRAC Online Help The results are displayed on the same page Scheduling Remote Automated Diagnostics You can remotely invoke automated offline diagnostics on a server as a one time event and return the results If the diagnostics require a reboot you can reboot immediately or stage it for a subsequent 312 reboot or maintenance cycle similar to updates When diagnostics are run the results are collected and stored in the internal iDRAC storage You can then export the results to an NFS or CIFS network share using the diagnostics export racadm command You can also run diagnostics using the appropriate WSMAN command s For more information see the WSMAN documentation You must have iDRAC Express license to use remote automated diagnostics You can perform the diagnostics immediately or schedule it on a particular day and time specify the type of diagnostics and the type of reboot For the schedule you can specify the following Start time Run the diagnostic at a future day and time If you specify TIME NOW the diagnostic is run on the next reboot e End time Run the diagnostic until a date and time after the Start time If it is not started by End time itis marked as failed with End time expired If you specify TIME NA then the wait time is not appli
198. ce other than the iDRAC You can rollback the firmware to the previously installed version using any of the following methods e iDRAC Web interface e CMC Web interface e RACADM CLI iDRAC and CMC Lifecycle Controller 73 Lifecycle Controller Remote Services Related Links Rollback Firmware Using iDRAC Web Interface Rollback Firmware Using CMC Web Interface Rollback Firmware Using RACADM Rollback Firmware Using Lifecycle Controller Rollback Firmware Using Lifecycle Controller Remote Services Rollback Firmware Using iDRAC Web Interface To roll back device firmware 1 In the iDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings Update and Rollback Rollback The Rollback page displays the devices for which you can rollback the firmware You can view the device name associated devices currently installed firmware version and the available firmware rollback version Select one or more devices for which you want to rollback the firmware Based on the selected devices click Install and Reboot or Install Next Reboot If only iDRAC is selected then click Install When you click Install and Reboot or Install Next Reboot the message Updating Job Queue is displayed Click Job Queue The Job Queue page is displayed where you can view and manage the staged firmware updates K NOTE e While in rollback mode the rollback process continues in the background even if you navigate away from t
199. ce over Direct USB Connection n 13 generation servers the new iDRAC direct feature allows you to directly connect your laptop or PC USB port to the iDRAC USB port This allows you to interact directly with iDRAC interfaces such as Web interface RACADM and WSMAN for advanced server management and servicing You must use a Type A A cable to connect the laptop a USB Host Controller to the iDRAC in the server a USB device When iDRAC behaves as a USB device and the management port mode is set to Automatic the USB port is always used by iDRAC The port does not switch automatically to OS To access the iDRAC interface over the USB port 1 Connecta Type A A cable from the laptop to iDRAC s USB port Management LED if present turns green and remains ON for two seconds 2 Wait for the IP address to be assigned to the laptop 169 254 0 3 and iDRAC 169 254 0 3 Start using iDRAC network interfaces such as Web interface RACADM or WS Man 4 When iDRAC is using the USB port LED blinks indicating activity Blink frequency is four per second w 296 5 After using disconnect the cable The LED turns off Configuring iDRAC Using Server Configuration Profile on USB Device With the new iDRAC Direct feature you can configure iDRAC at the server First configure the USB Management port settings in iDRAC insert the USB device that has the server configuration profile and then import the server configuration profile from the USB d
200. chronize with the mouse pointer on the management station and displays two mouse pointers in the Viewer window When using Red Hat Enterprise Linux or Novell SUSE Linux configure the mouse mode for Linux before you launch the Virtual Console viewer The operating system s default mouse settings are used to control the mouse arrow in the Virtual Console viewer When two mouse cursors are seen on the client Virtual Console viewer it indicates that the server s operating system supports Relative Positioning This is typical for Linux operating systems or Lifecycle Controller and causes two mouse cursors if the server s mouse acceleration settings are different from the mouse acceleration settings on the Virtual Console client To resolve this switch to single cursor or match the mouse acceleration on the managed system and the management station To switch to single cursor from the Tools menu select Single Cursor e Tosetthe mouse acceleration go to Tools Session Options Mouse Under Mouse Acceleration tab select Windows or Linux based on the operating system To exit single cursor mode press Esc or the configured termination key K NOTE This is not applicable for managed systems running Windows operating system since they support Absolute Positioning When using the Virtual Console to connect to a managed system with a recent Linux distribution operating system installed you may experience mouse synchronization problem
201. community name private By default the SNMP agent community name for iDRAC agent is public When IT Assistant sends out a set request the iDRAC agent generates the SNMP authentication error because it accepts requests only from community public To prevent SNMP authentication errors from being generated you must enter community names that are accepted by the agent Since the iDRAC only allows one community name you must use the same get and set community name for IT Assistant discovery setup Storage Devices Information for all the storage devices connected to the system are not displayed and OpenManage Storage Management displays more storage devices that iDRAC Why iDRAC displays information for only the Comprehensive Embedded Management CEM supported devices IDRAC Service Module Before installing or running the iDRAC Service Module should the Open Manage Server Administrator be uninstalled No you do not have to uninstall Server Administrator Before you install or run the iDRAC Service Module make sure that you have stopped the features of Server Administrator that the iDRAC Service Module provides How to check whether iDRAC Service Module is installed in the system To know if the iDRAC Service Module is installed on the system e On Windows Run the service msc command In the list of services displayed see if there is a service called DSM iDRAC Service Module e On Linux Run the command etc init d dcis
202. configure Active Directory with Extended Schema using the RACADM 1 Opena command prompt and enter the following RACADM commands 159 160 e Using config command racadm config g cfgActiveDirectory o cfgADEnable 1 racadm config g cfgActiveDirectory o cfgADType 1 racadm config g cfgActiveDirectory o cfgADRacName RAC common name racadm config g cfgActiveDirectory o cfgADRacDomain fully qualified rac domain name gt racadm config g cfgActiveDirectory o cfgADDomainControllerl fully qualified domain name or IP Address of the domain controller racadm config g cfgActiveDirectory o cfgADDomainController2 fully qualified domain name or IP Address of the domain controller racadm config g cfgActiveDirectory o cfgADDomainController3 fully qualified domain name or IP Address of the domain controller e Using set command racadm set racadm se racadm se racadm se name racadm set iDRAC ActiveDirectory DomainControllerl fully qualified domain name or IP address of the domain controller racadm set iDRAC ActiveDirectory DomainController2 fully qualified domain name or IP address of the domain controller racadm set iDRAC ActiveDirectory DomainController3 fully qualified domain name or IP address of the domain controller DRAC ActiveDirectory Enable 1 DRAC ActiveDirectory Schema 2 DRAC ActiveDirectory RacName lt RAC common name gt DRAC ActiveDirectory RacDomain fully qualifi
203. configure multiple iDRACs using the cfg file 1 Query the target iDRAC that contains the required configuration using the command racadm getconfig f myfile cfg The command requests the iDRAC configuration and generates the myfile cfg file If required you can configure the file with another name NOTE Redirecting the iDRAC configuration to a file using getconfig f is only supported with the local and remote RACADM interfaces K NOTE The generated cfg file does not contain user passwords The getconfig command displays all configuration properties in a group specified by group name and index and all configuration properties for a user by user name 2 Modify the configuration file using a simple text editor optional NOTE It is recommended that you edit this file with a simple text editor The RACADM utility uses an ASCII text parser Any formatting confuses the parser which may corrupt the RACADM database 3 Use the new configuration file to modify the target iDRAC using the command racadm config f myfile cfg This loads the information into the other iDRAC You can use config subcommand to synchronize the user and password database with Server Administrator 4 Resetthe target iDRAC using the command racadm racreset 103 Creating an iDRAC Configuration File The configuration file cfg can be Created e Obtained from racadm getconfig f filename cfg command or racadm get f lt filename gt cfg e
204. cript programs as it allows the script to proceed after a new process is started for the VMCLI command otherwise the script blocks until the VMCLI program is terminated When multiple VMCLI sessions are started use the operating system specific facilities for listing and terminating processes 271 17 Managing vFlash SD Card The vFlash SD card is a Secure Digital SD card that plugs into the vFlash SD card slot in the system You can use a card with a maximum of 16 GB capacity After you insert the card you must enable vFlash functionality to create and manage partitions vFlash is a licensed feature If the card is not available in the system s vFlash SD card slot the following error message is displayed in the iDRAC Web interface at Overview Server vFlash SD card not detected Please insert an SD card of size 256MB or greater K NOTE Make sure that you only insert a vFlash compatible SD card in the iDRAC vFlash card slot If you insert a non compatible SD card the following error message is displayed when you initialize the card An error has occurred while initializing SD card The key features are e Provides storage space and emulates USB device s e Create up to 16 partitions These partitions when attached are exposed to the system as a Floppy drive Hard Disk drive or a CD DVD drive depending on the selected emulation mode e Create partitions from supported file system types Supports img format
205. ctive Directory integration requires configuration on both Active Directory and iDRAC 144 Configuration on Active Configuration on Directory Side iDRAC7 Side Role Group Name and Domain Name Role Definition Figure 1 Configuration of iDRAC with Active Directory Standard Schema n Active Directory a standard group object is used as a role group A user who has iDRAC access is a member of the role group To give this user access to a specific iDRAC the role group name and its domain name need to be configured on the specific iDRAC The role and the privilege level is defined on each iDRACand not in the Active Directory You can configure up to five role groups in each iDRAC Table reference no shows the default role group privileges Table 14 Default Role Group Privileges Role Groups Default Privilege Level Permissions Granted Bit Mask Role Group 1 None Login to iDRAC 0x000001ff Configure iDRAC Configure Users Clear Logs Execute Server Control Commands Access Virtual Console Access Virtual Media Test Alerts Execute Diagnostic Commands Role Group 2 None Login to iDRAC 0x000000f9 Configure iDRAC Execute Server Control Commands Access Virtual Console Access Virtual Media Test Alerts Execute Diagnostic Commands Role Group 3 None Login to iDRAC 0x00000001 Role Group 4 None No assigned permissions 0x00000000 Role Group 5 None No assigned permissions 0x00000000 145 K
206. ctor is not present in iDRAC then you can download the DUP file from the Dell support site and then upload the file to iIDRAC using the Firmware Update process Before you manually generate the Technical Support Report using the OS collector tool do the following on the host operating system e OnLinux operating system Check if the IPMI service is running If it is not running you must manually start the service The following table provides the commands that you can use to check the IPMI service status and start the service if required for each Linux OS Linux Operating System Command to Check the IPMI Command to Start the IPMI Service Status Service Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 64 service ipmi status service ipmi start bit Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 CentOS 6 Oracle VM Oracle Linux 6 4 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 systemctl status systemctl start ipmi service ipmi service 319 K NOTE CentOS is supported only for iDRAC Service Module 2 0 or later If the IPMI modules are not present then you can install the respective modules from the OS distribution media The service starts once the installation is complete On Windows operating system Check if the WMI service is running f WMI is stopped OS Collector starts the WMI automatically and continues with the collection f WMI is disabled OS Collector collection stops with an error message Check the appro
207. cy rate Rebuild rate BGI rate Reconstruct rate Enhanced auto import foreign configuration Create or change security keys NOTE You can configure the Patrol Read Unconfigured Areas property using the iDRAC Web interface and not RACADM You must have Login and Server Control privilege to configure the controller properties Patrol Read Mode Considerations Patrol read identifies disk errors to avoid disk failures data loss or corruption The Patrol Read does not run on a physical disk in the following circumstances The physical disk is not included in a virtual disk or assigned as a hot spare The physical disk is included in a virtual disk that is currently undergoing one of the following Arebuild Are configuration or reconstruction A background initialization Acheck consistency 228 In addition the Patrol Read operation suspends during heavy I O activity and resumes when the O is complete NOTE For more information on how often the Patrol Read operation runs when in auto mode see the respective controller documentation Load Balance The Load Balance property provides the ability to automatically use both controller ports or connectors connected to the same enclosure to route I O requests This property is available only on SAS controllers BGI Rate On PERC controllers background initialization of a redundant virtual disk begins automatically within O to 5 minutes after the virtual disk
208. d 2 Enable IPMI serial 3 Click Terminal Mode Settings The Terminal Mode Settings page is displayed 4 Specify the following values Line editing Delete control e Echo Control e Handshaking control e New line sequence Input new line sequences For information about the options see the iDRAC Online Help 5 Click Apply The terminal mode settings are configured 6 Make sure that the serial MUX external serial connector is set correctly to the remote access device in the BIOS Setup program to configure BIOS for serial connection Configuring Additional Settings for IPMI Serial Terminal Mode Using RACADM To configure the Terminal Mode settings run the command racadm config cfgIpmiSerial Switching Between RAC Serial and Serial Console While Using DB9 Cable iDRAC supports Escape key sequences that allow switching between RAC Serial Interface communication and Serial Console on rack and tower servers 122 Switching From Serial Console to RAC Serial To switch to RAC Serial Interface communication mode when in Serial Console Mode use the following key sequence lt Esc gt lt Shift gt 9 The key sequence directs you to the iDRAC Login prompt if the iDRAC is set to RAC Serial mode or to the Serial Connection mode where terminal commands can be issued if iDRAC is set to IPMI Serial Direct Connect Terminal Mode Switching From RAC Serial to Serial Console To switch to Serial Console Mode when in RAC Ser
209. d iDRAC IOIDOpt VirtualAddressPersistencePolicyNonAuxPwrd objects e For initiator use iDRAC IOIDOPT InitiatorPersistencePolicy object e For storage targets use iDRAC IOIDOpt StorageTargetPersistencePolicy object For more information see the iDRAC RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com esmmanuals iSCSI Initiator and Storage Target Default Values The following tables provide the list of default values for iSCSI initiator and storage targets when the persistence policies are cleared 200 Table 23 iSCSI Initiator Default Values iSCSI Initiator Iscsiln Iscsiln Iscsiln Iscsiln Iscsiln Iscsiln Iscsiln Iscsiln Iscsiln Iscsiln Iscsiln Iscsiln Iscsiln Iscsiln Iscsiln Iscsiln Iscsiln IPVer iatorlpAddr iatorlpv4Addr iatorlpv6Addr iatorSubnet iatorSubnetPrefix iatorGateway iatorlpv4Gateway iatorlpv6Gateway iatorPrimDns iatorlpv4PrimDns iatorlpv6PrimDns iatorSecDns iatorlpv4SecDns iatorlpv6SecDns iatorName iatorChapld iatorChapPwd Default Values in IPv4 mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Value Cleared Value Cleared Value Cleared Ipv4 Table 24 iSCSI Storage Target Attributes Default Values iSCSI Storage Target Attributes ConnectFirstTgt F mn mn n irst
210. d iDRAC must be restarted to apply the updates iDRAC communication and monitoring will temporarily be interrupted When iDRAC is updated from version 1 30 30 or later a system restart is not necessary However firmware versions of iDRAC earlier than 1 30 30 require a system restart when applied using the out of band interfaces Related Links Downloading Device Firmware Updating Single Device Firmware Updating Firmware Using Repository Updating Firmware Using FTP Updating Device Firmware Using TFTP Updating Device Firmware Using HTTP Updating Device Firmware Using RACADM 64 Scheduling Automatic Firmware Updates Updating Firmware Using CMC Web Interface Updating Firmware Using DUP Updating Firmware Using Remote RACADM Updating Firmware Using Lifecycle Controller Remote Services Downloading Device Firmware The image file format that you download depends on the method of update e iDRAC Web interface Download the binary image packaged as a self extracting archive The default firmware image file is firmimg d7 K NOTE The same file format is used to recover iDRAC using CMC Web interface Managed System Download the operating system specific Dell Update Package DUP The file extensions are bin for Linux Operating systems and exe for Windows operating systems e Lifecycle Controller Download the latest catalog file and DUPs and use the Platform Update feature
211. d offset causes fan speeds to increase by the offset value over baseline fan speeds calculated by the Thermal Control algorithm Possible values are Low Fan Speed Drives fan speeds to a moderate fan speed Medium Fan Speed Drives fan speeds close to medium High Fan Speed Drives fan speeds close to full speed Max Fan Speed Drives fan speeds to full speed Off Fan speed offset is set to off This is the default value When set to off the percentage does not display The default fan speed is applied with no offset Conversely the maximum setting will result in all fans running at maximum speed The fan speed offset is dynamic and based on the system The fan speed increase for each offset is displayed next to each option The fan speed offset increases all fan speeds by the same percentage Fan speeds may increase beyond the offset speeds based on individual component cooling needs The overall system power consumption is expected to increase Fan speed offset allows you to increase the system fan speed with four incremental steps These steps are equally divided between the typical baseline speed and the maximum speed of the server system fans Some hardware configurations results in higher baseline fan speeds which results in offsets other than the maximum offset to achieve maximum speed The most common usage scenario is non standard PCle adapter cooling However the feature can be used to
212. d or delete SSH keys is based on the Configure Users user privilege This privilege allows user s to configure another user s SSH key You should grant this privilege carefully 134 Generating Public Keys for Windows To use the PuTTY Key Generator application to create the basic key 1 Start the application and select either SSH 2 RSA or SSH 2 DSA for the type of key to generate SSH 1 is not supported The supported key generation algorithms are RSA and DSA only 2 Enter the number of bits for the key For RSA it is between 768 and 4096 bits and for DSA it 1024 bits 3 Click Generate and move the mouse in the window as directed The keys are generated 4 You can modify the key comment field 5 Enter a passphrase to secure the key 6 Save the public and private key Generating Public Keys for Linux To use the ssh keygen application to create the basic key open a terminal window and at the shell prompt enter ssh keygen t rsa b 1024 C testing where e t is either dsa or rsa e b specifies the bit encryption size between 768 and 4096 e C allows modifying the public key comment and is optional K NOTE The options are case sensitive Follow the instructions After the command executes upload the public file A CAUTION Keys generated from the Linux management station using ssh keygen are in non 4716 format Convert the keys into the 4716 format using ssh keygen e f root ssh id rsa pub gt std
213. d Links Inventory and Monitoring Storage Devices Viewing System Inventory Updating Device Firmware Monitoring Predictive Failure Analysis On Drives Blinking or Unblinking Component LEDs Monitoring Predictive Failure Analysis On Drives Storage management supports Self Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology SMART on physical disks that are SMART enabled 234 SMART performs predictive failure analysis on each disk and sends alerts if a disk failure is predicted The controllers check physical disks for failure predictions and if found pass this information to iDRAC iDRAC immediately logs an alert Controller Operations in Non RAID HBA Mode If the controller is in non RAID mode HBA mode then e Virtual disks or hot spares are not available Security state of the controller is disabled All physical disks are in non RAID mode You can perform the following operations if the controller is in non RAID mode e Blink unblink the physical disk e Configure the following properties Load balanced mode Check consistency mode Patrol read mode Copyback mode Controller boot mode Enhanced auto import foreign configuration Rebuild rate Check consistency rate Reconstruct rate BGI rate Enclosure or backplane mode e View all properties that are applicable to a RAID controller expect for virtual disks e Clear foreign configuration K NOTE If an operation i
214. d certificate is generated Deleting Custom SSL Certificate Signing Certificate Using RACADM To delete the custom SSL certificate signing certificate using RACADM use the sslcertdelete subcommand Then use the racreset command to reset iDRAC For more information see the jDRAC8 2 00 00 00 RACADM Command Line Reference Guide available at www dell com esmmanuals Configuring Multiple iDRACs Using RACADM You can configure one or more iDRACs with identical properties using RACADM When you query a specific iDRAC using its group ID and object ID RACADM creates the cfg configuration file from the retrieved information File name is user specified Import the file to other iDRACs to identically configure them K NOTE e The configuration file contains information that is applicable for the particular server The information is organized under various object groups e Few configuration files contain unique iDRAC information such as the static IP address that you must modify before you export the file to other iDRACs You can also use the system configuration XML file to configure multiple iDRACs using RACADM System configuration XML file contains the component configuration information and this file is used to apply the configuration for BIOS iDRAC RAID and NIC by importing the file into a target system For more information see XML Configuration Workflow white paper available at dell com support manuals or at Dell Tech Center To
215. d logs and the configuration information from the FP SPI or management riser NOTE The Lifecycle Controller log contains the information about the system erase request and any information generated when the iDRAC restarts Prior information does not exist You can delete individual or multiple system components using the SystemErase command racadm systemErase lt BIOS DIAG DRVPACK LCDATA IDRAC gt where e BIOS BIOS reset to default e DIAG Embedded Diagnostics e DRVPACK Embedded OS Driver Pack e LCDATA Clear the Lifecycle Controller Data e IDRAC iDRAC reset to default For more information see the iDRAC RACADM Command Line Reference Guide available at dell com esmmanuals Resetting iDRAC to Factory Default Settings You can reset iDRAC to the factory default settings using the iDRAC Settings utility or the iDRAC Web interface Resetting iDRAC to Factory Default Settings Using iDRAC Web Interface To reset iDRAC to factory default settings using the iDRAC Web interface 1 Goto Overview Server Troubleshooting Diagnostics The Diagnostics Console page is displayed 2 Click Reset iDRAC to Default Settings The completion status is displayed in percentage iDRAC reboots and is restored to factory defaults The iDRAC IP is reset and is not accessible You can configure the IP using the front panel or BIOS Resetting iDRAC to Factory Default Settings Using iDRAC Settings Utility To reset i
216. d screen resolutions and corresponding refresh rates for a Virtual Console session running on the managed server Table 26 Supported Screen Resolutions and Refresh Rates Screen Resolution Refresh Rate Hz 720x400 70 640x480 60 72 75 85 800x600 60 70 72 75 85 249 Screen Resolution Refresh Rate Hz 1024x768 60 70 72 75 85 1280x1024 60 It is recommended that you configure your monitor display resolution to 1280x1024 pixels or higher K NOTE If you have an active Virtual Console session and a lower resolution monitor is connected to the Virtual Console the server console resolution may reset if the server is selected on the local console If the system is running a Linux operating system an X11 console may not be viewable on the local monitor Press lt Ctrl gt lt Alt gt lt F1 gt at the iDRAC Virtual Console to switch Linux to a text console Configuring Web Browsers to Use Virtual Console To use Virtual Console on your management station 1 Make sure that a supported version of the browser Internet Explorer Windows or Mozilla Firefox Windows or Linux Google Chrome Safari is installed For more information about the supported browser versions see the Readme available at dell com support manuals 2 Touse Internet Explorer set IE to Run As Administrator 3 Configure the Web browser to use ActiveX or Java plug in ActiveX viewer is supported only with Internet Explorer A Java viewer is supported
217. d write performance data protection and storage capacity Not all RAID levels maintain redundant data which means for some RAID levels lost data cannot be restored The RAID level you choose depends on whether your priority is performance protection or storage capacity K NOTE The RAID Advisory Board RAB defines the specifications used to implement RAID Although RAB defines the RAID levels commercial implementation of RAID levels by different vendors may vary from the actual RAID specifications An implementation of a particular vendor may affect the read and write performance and the degree of data redundancy Hardware And Software RAID RAID can be implemented with either hardware or software A system using hardware RAID has a RAID controller that implements the RAID levels and processes data reads and writes to the physical disks When using software RAID provided by the operating system the operating system implements the RAID levels For this reason using software RAID by itself can slow the system performance You can however use software RAID along with hardware RAID volumes to provide better performance and variety in the configuration of RAID volumes For example you can mirror a pair of hardware RAID 5 volumes across two RAID controllers to provide RAID controller redundancy RAID Concepts RAID uses particular techniques for writing data to disks These techniques enable RAID to provide data redundancy or better perfor
218. date Package DUP make sure to e Install and enable the IPMI and managed system drivers Enable and start the Windows Management Instrumentation WMI service if your system is running Windows operating system 71 K NOTE While updating the iDRAC firmware using the DUP utility in Linux if you see error messages such as usb 5 2 device descriptor read 64 error 71 displayed on the console ignore them e If the system has ESX hypervisor installed then for the DUP file to run make sure that the usbarbitrator service is stopped using command service usbarbitrator stop To update iDRAC using DUP 1 Download the DUP based on the installed operating system and run it on the managed system 2 Run the DUP The firmware is updated A system restart is not required after firmware update is complete Updating Firmware Using Remote RACADM To update using remote RACADM 1 Download the firmware image to the TFTP or FTP server For example C downloads firmimg d7 2 Runthe following RACADM command TFTP server e Using fwupdate command racadm r iDRAC IP address u username p lt password gt fwupdate g u a path where path is the location on the TFTP server where firmimg d7 is stored Using update command racadm r iDRAC IP address u username p password updat f filename FTP server e Using fwupdate command racadm r iDRAC IP address gt u username p lt password gt fwupdat
219. ddresses for network devices for example NIC CNA FC HBA e Configure the initiator for iSCSI and FCoE and storage target settings for iSCSI FCoE and FC Specify persistence or clearance of the configured values over a system AC power loss cold and warm system resets The values configured for virtual addresses initiator and storage targets may change based on the way the main power is handled during system reset and whether the NIC CNA or FC HBA device has auxiliary power The persistence of IO identity settings can be achieved based on the policy setting made using iDRAC Only if the I O identity feature is enabled the persistence policies take effect Each time the system resets or powers on the values are persisted or cleared based on the policy settings Related Links Inventory Monitoring and Configuring Network Devices Supported Cards for I O Identity Optimization Supported BIOS Version for I O Identity Optimization Supported NIC Firmware Versions for I O Identity Optimization Enabling or Disabling I O Identity Optimization Configuring Persistence Policy Settings Supported Cards for I O Identity Optimization The following table provides the cards that support the I O Identity Optimization feature Manufacturer Broadcom Intel Ologic Type 5720 PCle 1 GB 5719 PCle 1 GB 57810 PCIe 10 GB 57810 bNDC 10 GB 57800 rNDC 10 GB 1 GB 57840 rNDC 10 GB 57840 bNDC 10 GB 5 20 rN
220. dicating that the job creation was not successful is displayed Also the message ID and the recommended response action are displayed Click Cancel to not create the job and remain on the page to perform more storage configuration operations Case 3 Selected Add to Pending Operations and there are no existing pending operations If you have selected Add to Pending Operations and then clicked Apply first the pending operation is created for the selected storage configuration operation e If the pending operation is created successfully and if there are no existing pending operations then an information message is displayed 246 Click OK to remain on the page to perform more storage configuration operations Click Pending Operations to view the pending operations for the device Until the job is created on the selected controller these pending operations are not applied e If the pending operation is not created successfully and if there are no existing pending operations then an error message is displayed Case 4 Selected Add to Pending Operations and there are prior existing pending operations If you have selected Add to Pending Operations and then clicked Apply first the pending operation is created for the selected storage configuration operation e If the pending operation is created successfully and if there are existing pending operations then an information message is displayed Click OK to remain on the
221. e image file f cdrom dev Bootable CD DVD image vmcli r iDRAC IP address u iDRAC user name p iDRAC password c DVD img 270 If the file is not write protected Virtual Media may write to the image file To make sure that Virtual Media does not write to the media Configure the operating system to write protect a floppy image file that must not be overwritten Use the write protection feature of the device When virtualizing read only image files multiple sessions can use the same image media simultaneously When virtualizing physical drives only one session can access a given physical drive at a time VMCLI Operating System Shell Options VMCLI uses shell options to enable the following operating system features stderr stdout redirection Redirects any printed utility output to a file For example using the greater than character followed by a filename overwrites the specified file with the printed output of the VMCLI utility K NOTE The VMCLI utility does not read from standard input stdin Hence stdin redirection is not required Background execution By default the VMCLI utility runs in the foreground Use the operating system s command shell features for the utility to run in the background For example under a Linux operating system the ampersand character amp following the command causes the program to be spawned as a new background process This technique is useful in s
222. e click Cancel When you click Install Install and Reboot or Install Next Reboot the message Updating Job Queue is displayed Click Job Queue to display the Job Queue page where you can view and manage the staged firmware updates or click OK to refresh the current page and view the status of the firmware update Enter the tasks the user should do after finishing this task optional Related Links Downloading Device Firmware Updating Device Firmware Viewing and Managing Staged Updates Downloading Device Firmware Scheduling Automatic Firmware Updates Updating Device Firmware Using RACADM To update device firmware using RACADM use the update subcommand For more information see the RACADM Reference Guide for iDRAC and CMC available at dell com support manuals Examples To generate a comparison report using an update repository racadm update f catalog xml 1 192 168 1 1 u test p passwd verifycatalog To perform all applicable updates from an update repository using myfile xml as a catalog file and perform a graceful reboot racadm update f myfile xml b graceful 1 192 168 1 1 u test p passwd To perform all applicable updates from an FTP update repository using Catalog xml as a catalog file racadm update f Catalog xml t FTP e 192 168 1 20 Repository Catalog 69 Scheduling Automatic Firmware Updates You can create a periodic recurring schedule for iDRAC to check for new firmw
223. e f ftpsrever IP ftpserver username lt ftpserver password d path where path is the location on the FTP server where firmimg d7 is stored Using update command racadm r lt iDRAC IP address gt u username p password updat f filename For more information see fwupdate command in the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Updating Firmware Using Lifecycle Controller Remote Services For information to update the firmware using Lifecycle Controller Remote Services see Lifecycle Controller Remote Services Quick Start Guide available at dell com support manuals Viewing and Managing Staged Updates You can view and delete the scheduled jobs including configuration and update jobs This is a licensed feature All jobs queued to run during the next reboot can be deleted Related Links Updating Device Firmware 72 Viewing and Managing Staged Updates Using iDRAC Web interface To view the list of scheduled jobs using iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server Job Queue The Job Queue page displays the status of jobs in the Lifecycle Controller job queue For information about the displayed fields see the iDRAC Online Help To delete job s select the job s and click Delete The page is refreshed and the selected job is removed from the Lifecycle Controller job queue You can delete all the jobs queued to run during the next reboot You
224. e master card and SD2 is the standby card The data is written on both the cards but the data is read from SD1 At any time if SD1 fails or is removed SD2 automatically become the active master card 310 You can view the status health and the availability of IDSDM using iDRAC Web Interface or RACADM The SD card redundancy status and failure events are logged to SEL displayed on the front panel and PET alerts are generated if alerts are enabled Related Links Viewing Sensor Information 511 25 Troubleshooting Managed System Using IDRAC You can diagnose and troubleshoot a remote managed system using e Diagnostic console e Post code Boot and crash capture videos e Last system crash screen System event logs e Lifecycle logs e Front panel status Trouble indicators e System health Related Links Using Diagnostic Console Scheduling Remote Automated Diagnostics Viewing Post Codes Viewing Boot and Crash Capture Videos Viewing Logs Viewing Last System Crash Screen Viewing Front Panel Status Hardware Trouble Indicators Viewing System Health Generating Technical Support Report Using Diagnostic Console iDRAC provides a standard set of network diagnostic tools that are similar to the tools included with Microsoft Windows or Linux based systems Using iDRAC Web interface you can access the network debugging tools To access Diagnostics Console 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interfa
225. e Directory Each attribute or class that is added to an existing Active Directory Schema must be defined with a unique ID To maintain unique IDs across the industry Microsoft maintains a database of Active Directory Object Identifiers OIDs so that when companies add extensions to the schema they can be guaranteed to be unique and not to conflict with each other To extend the schema in Microsoft s Active Directory Dell received unique OIDs unique name extensions and uniquely linked attribute IDs for the attributes and classes that are added into the directory service e Extension is dell e Base OID is 1 2 840 113556 1 8000 1280 e RAC LinkID range is 12070 to 12079 Overview of iDRAC Schema Extensions Dell has extended the schema to include an Association Device and Privilege property The Association property is used to link together the users or groups with a specific set of privileges to one or more iDRAC devices This model provides an administrator maximum flexibility over the different combinations of users iDRAC privileges and iDRAC devices on the network without much complexity For each physical iDRAC device on the network that you want to integrate with Active Directory for authentication and authorization create at least one association object and one iDRAC device object You can create multiple association objects and each association object can be linked to as many users 149 groups of users or iDRAC device object
226. e SchemaExtenderOem ini file To make sure that the Dell Schema Extender utility functions properly do not modify the name of this file 1 Inthe Welcome screen click Next Read and understand the warning and click Next 3 Select Use Current Log In Credentials or enter a user name and password with schema administrator rights 4 Click Next to run the Dell Schema Extender 5 Click Finish The schema is extended To verify the schema extension use the MMC and the Active Directory Schema Snap in to verify that the classes and attributes Classes and Attributes exist See the Microsoft documentation for details about using the MMC and the Active Directory Schema Snap in 152 Classes and Attributes Table 15 Class Definitions for Classes Added to the Active Directory Schema Class Name delliDRACDevice delliDRACAssociation dellRAC4Privileges dellPrivileges dellProduct Table 16 dellRacDevice Class OID Description Class Type SuperClasses Attributes Table 17 delliDRACAssociationObject Class OID Description Class Type SuperClasses Attributes Assigned Object Identification Number OID 1 2 840 113556 1 8000 1280 1 7 1 1 1 2 840 113556 1 8000 1280 1 7 1 2 1 2 840 113556 1 8000 1280 1 1 1 3 1 2 840 115556 1 8000 1280 1 1 1 4 1 2 840 115556 1 8000 1280 1 1 1 5 1 2 840 113556 1 8000 1280 1 7 1 1 Represents the Dell iDRAC device iDRAC must be configured as delliDRACDevice in Active Directory
227. e Upload page is displayed 4 Browse and select the Base64 user certificate and click Apply Uploading Smart Card User Certificate Using RACADM To upload smart card user certificate use the usercertupload object For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Uploading Trusted CA Certificate For Smart Card Before you upload the CA certificate make sure that you have a CA signed certificate Related Links Obtaining Certificates Uploading Trusted CA Certificate For Smart Card Using Web Interface To upload trusted CA certificate for smart card login 1 IniDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings Network User Authentication gt Local Users The Users page is displayed 2 Inthe User ID column click a user ID number The Users Main Menu page is displayed 3 Under Smart Card Configurations select Upload Trusted CA Certificate and click Next The Trusted CA Certificate Upload page is displayed 4 Browse and select the trusted CA certificate and click Apply 169 Uploading Trusted CA Certificate For Smart Card Using RACADM To upload trusted CA certificate for smart card login use the usercertupload object For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Configuring iDRAC Smart Card Login for Active Directory Users Before configuring iDRAC Smart
228. e following to provide access to the Andriod mobile device e Read write e Read only e Disabled 3 Enable the Timer 4 Specify the Timeout value For more information about the fields see the iDRAC Online Help 5 Click Apply to apply the settings Configuring iDRAC Quick Sync Settings Using RACADM To configure the iDRAC Quick Sync feature use the racadm objects in the System QuickSync group For more information see the iDRAC RACADM Command Line Reference Guide available at dell com esmmanuals Configuring iDRAC Quick Sync Settings Using iDRAC Settings Utility To configure iDRAC Quick Sync 1 Inthe iDRAC Settings Utility go to Front Panel Security The iDRAC Settings Front Panel Security page is displayed 2 In the iDRAC Quick Sync section Specify the access level e Enable Timeout Specify the User Defined Timeout Limit 15 seconds to 3600 seconds For more information about the fields see the iDRAC Online Help 3 Click Back click Finish and then click Yes 303 The settings are applied Using Mobile Device to View iDRAC Information To view iDRAC information from the mobile device see the OpenManage Mobile User s Guide available at dell com support manuals for the steps 304 22 Deploying Operating Systems You can use any of the following utilities to deploy operating systems to managed systems e Virtual Media Command Line Interface CLI e Virtual Media Console e Remote File Share Related
229. e gen 287 Using the level Optloni n ide Li p et eat m ag ree e bebe es 288 Using the output Option 3 2 fe ite tede ie Oa e e ee e oc c te s 288 Usage Examples 5o eene erue eem eno Seeds 288 Server Power Managerrient et etse etel eunt td Ld te tu ed dettes 288 SEL Managsrnent sos t ois aa th at at cot dee ri eae cdit vibe tette ned 289 MAP Target NavigatiOn zca nei ove Ed eie ed det peo eere ied 291 19 Using IDRAC Service Module creen 292 Installing DRAC Service Module e sacl eh eet ddan hes Baie ae bees 292 Supported Operating Systems for iDRAC Service Module ssssssssssseeenee 292 iDRAC Service Module Monitoring Features 292 Operating System Information nennen 293 R plicate Lifecycle Logs to OS Log xc et ERU He Up et bed e E OE 293 Automatic Syst m Recovery Options etit rote e eto eite e bte detenta 293 WMI Management Providers sse nnne 293 Co existence of OpenManage Server Administrator and iDRAC Service Module 295 Using iDRAC Service Module From iDRAC Web Interface 295 Using iDRAC Service Module From RACADM ssssssssssesseeeeeeeeeeeenen enne 295 20 Using USB Port for Server Management sse 296 Accessing iDRAC Interface over Direct USB Connection 296 Configuring iDRAC Using Server Configuration Profile on USB Device 297 Configuring USB Management Port Settings 297 Importin
230. e is created in the network share CIFS or NFS If a user defined catalog file is not available by default Catalog xml is used Lifecycle Controller is enabled e You have Server Control privilege to update firmware for devices other than iDRAC To update device firmware using a repository 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings Update and Rollback The Firmware Update page is displayed 2 Onthe Update tab select Network Share as the File Location 3 In the Catalog Location section enter the network setting details While specifying the network share settings it is recommended to avoid special characters for user name and password or percent encode the special characters For information about the fields see the iDRAC Online Help 4 Click Check for Update The Update Details section displays a comparison report showing the current firmware versions and the firmware versions available in the repository NOTE Any update in the repository that is not applicable to the system or the installed hardware or not supported is not included in the comparison report 5 Select the required updates and do one of the following e For firmware images that do not require a host system reboot click Install For example d7 firmware file e For firmware images that require a host system reboot click Install and Reboot or Install Next Reboot e To cancel the firmware update click Cancel 66 When you c
231. e managed system without the media being installed in the drives You can share the management station CD DVD drive read only but not a USB media between two managed systems Virtual media requires a minimum available network bandwidth of 128 Kbps If LOM or NIC failover occurs then the Virtual Media session may be disconnected 261 Managed System Management Station a Remote CD DVD USB iDRAC7 Server ge Network gt z S a Y Remote Floppy Figure 4 Virtual Media Setup Supported Drives and Devices The following table lists the drives supported through virtual media Table 27 Supported Drives and Devices Drive Supported Storage Media Virtual Optical Drives Legacy 1 44 floppy drive with a 1 44 floppy diskette e CD ROM e DVD e CD RW Combination drive with CD ROM media Virtual floppy drives e CD ROM DVD image file in the ISO9660 format e Floppy image file in the ISO9660 format USB flash drives e USB CD ROM drive with CD ROM media e USB Key image in the ISO9660 format Configuring Virtual Media Before you configure the Virtual Media settings make sure that you have configured your Web browser to use Java or ActiveX plug in Related Links Configuring Web Browsers to Use Virtual Console Configuring Virtual Media Using iDRAC Web Interface To configure virtual media settings A CAUTION Do not reset iDRAC when running a Virtual Media session Otherwise undesirable results may occur i
232. e of PCle SSD job is created on PCle SSD disk and not on the PCle Extender Viewing Applying or Deleting Pending Operations Using Web Interface 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Storage Pending Operations 244 The Pending Operations page is displayed 2 From the Component drop down menu select the controller for which you want to view commit or delete the pending operations The list of pending operations is displayed for the selected controller K NOTE e Pending operations are created for import foreign configuration clear foreign configuration security key operations and encrypt virtual disks But they are not displayed in the Pending Operations page and in the Pending Operations pop up message e Jobs for PCle SSD cannot be created from the Pending Operations page 3 Todelete the pending operations for the selected controller click Delete All Pending Operations 4 From the drop down menu select one of the following and click Apply to commit the pending operations Apply Now Select this option to commit all the operations immediately This option is available for PERC 9 controllers with the latest firmware versions At Next Reboot Select this option to commit all the operations during the next system reboot This is the default option for PERC 8 controllers This option is applicable for PERC 8 and later versions e At Scheduled Time Select this option to commit the operations a
233. e referenced by the DHCP server After this Auto Config is disabled To disable the Auto Config feature select Disable 3 Click Apply to apply the setting Enabling Auto Config Using RACADM To enable Auto Config feature using RACADM use the iDRAC NIC AutoConfig object For more information see the jDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide Using Hash Passwords for Improved Security For iDRAC in 131 generation servers you can set user passwords and BIOS passwords using a one way hash format The user authentication mechanism is not affected except for SNMPv3 and IPMI and you can provide the password in plain text format With the new password hash feature e You can generate your own SHA256 hashes to set iDRAC user passwords and BIOS passwords This allows you to have the SHA256 values in the server configuration profile RACADM and WSMAN When you provide the SHA256 password values you cannot authenticate through SNMPv3 and IPMI e You can set up a template server including all the iDRAC user accounts and BIOS passwords using the current plain text mechanism After the server is set up you can export the server configuration profile with the password that has hash values The export includes the hash values required for SNMPv3 and IPMI authentication You can generate the hash password with and without Salt using SHA256 You must have Server Control privileges to include and export hash passwords If access to all
234. e selected Apply Now At Next Reboot or At Scheduled Time and then clicked Apply first the pending operation is created for the selected storage configuration operation e If the pending operation is created successfully and if there are existing pending operations then a message is displayed Click the View Pending Operations link to view the pending operations for the device Click Create Job to create job for the selected device If the job is created successfully a message indicating that the job ID is created for the selected device is displayed Click Job Queue to view the progress of the job in the Job Queue page If the job is not created a message indicating that the job creation was not successful is displayed Also the message ID and the recommended response action is displayed Click Cancel to not create the job and remain on the page to perform more storage configuration operations e If the pending operation is not created successfully and if there are existing pending operations then an error message is displayed Click Pending Operations to view the pending operations for the device Click Create Job For Successful Operations to create the job for the existing pending operations If the job is created successfully a message indicating that the job ID is created for the selected device is displayed Click Job Queue to view the progress of the job in the Job Queue page If the job is not created a message in
235. e system boots from the selected device for subsequent reboots 3 To boot from the selected device only once on the next boot select Boot Once Thereafter the system boots from the first boot device in the BIOS boot order For more information about the options see the iDRAC Online Help Setting First Boot Device Using RACADM e To set the first boot device use the cfgServerFirstBootDevice object e To enable boot once for a device use the cfgServerBootOnce object For more information about these objects see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Setting First Boot Device Using Virtual Console You can select the device to boot from as the server is being viewed in the Virtual Console viewer before the server runs through its boot up sequence You can perform boot once to all the supported devices listed in Setting First Boot Device To set the first boot device using Virtual Console 1 Launch Virtual Console 2 In the Virtual Console Viewer from the Next Boot menu set the required device as the first boot device Enabling Last Crash Screen To troubleshoot the cause of managed system crash you can capture the system crash image using iDRAC To enable the last crash screen 1 From the Dell Systems Management Tools and Documentation DVD install Server Administrator on the managed system For more information see the Dell OpenManage Server Administ
236. eb interface go to the sever access the LCD panel write down the IP address or the host name and then perform the following operations using iDRAC Web interface from your management station e Server s LED status Blinking amber or Solid amber Front Panel LCD status or error message Amber LCD or error message e Operating system image is seen in the Virtual Console If you can see the image reset the system warm boot and log in again If you are able to log in the issue is fixed e Last crash screen e Boot capture video e Crash capture video Server Health status Red x icons for the system components with issues Storage array status Possible array offline or failed e Lifecycle log for critical events related to system hardware and firmware and the log entries that were logged at the time of system crash e Generate Tech Support report and view the collected data Use the monitoring features provided by iDRAC Service Module Related Links Previewing Virtual Console Viewing Boot and Crash Capture Videos Viewing System Health Viewing Logs Generating Technical Support Report Inventory and Monitoring Storage Devices 541 Using iDRAC Service Module Obtaining System Information and Assess System Health To obtain system information and assess system health e In iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server System Summary to view the system information and access various links
237. ed NIC you can launch the browser in the host operating system and then access the iDRAC Web interface The dedicated NIC for the blade servers is through the Chassis Management Controller Switching between dedicated NIC or shared LOM does not require a reboot or reset of the host operating system or iDRAC You can enable this channel using e iDRAC Web interface e RACADM or WS MAN post operating system environment e iDRAC Settings utility pre operating system environment If the network configuration is changed through iDRAC Web interface you must wait for at least 10 seconds before enabling OS to iDRAC Pass through If you are using the XML configuration file through RACADM or WS MAN and if the network settings are changed in this file then you must wait for 15 seconds to either enable OS to iDRAC Pass through feature or set the OS Host IP address Before enabling OS to iDRAC Pass through make sure that e iDRAC is configured to use dedicated NIC or shared mode that is NIC selection is assigned to one of the LOMs e Host operating system and iDRAC are in the same subnet and same VLAN e Host operating system IP address is configured Acard that supports OS to iDRAC pass through capability is installed e You have Configure privilege When you enable this feature 93 n shared mode the host operating system s IP address is used n dedicated mode you must provide a valid IP address of the host operating syst
238. ed into a lower power state in order to reduce power consumption Such workload monitoring can then be applied throughout the data center to provide a high level and holistic view of the datacenter s workload providing a dynamic datacenter solution NOTE The CPU memory and I O utilization indexes are aggregated over one minute Therefore if there are any instantaneous spikes in these indexes they may be suppressed They are indication of workload patterns not the amount of resource utilization The IPMI SEL and SNMP traps are generated if the thresholds of the utilization indexes are reached and the sensor events are enabled The sensor event flags are disabled by default It can be enabled using the standard IPMI interface The required privileges are Login privilege is required to monitor performance data e Configure privilege is required for setting warning thresholds and reset historical peaks Login privilege and Enterprise license is required for reading historical statics data Monitoring Performance Index for of CPU Memory and I O Modules Using Web Interface To monitor the performance index of CPU memory and I O modules in the iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Hardware The Hardware Overview page displays the following e Hardware section Click the required link to view the health of the component System Performance section Displays the current reading and the warning reading for CPU Memory and I O u
239. ed rac domain H H H H RA R A T K NOTE You must configure at least one of the three addresses iDRAC attempts to connect to each of the configured addresses one by one until it makes a successful connection With Extended Schema these are the FQDN or IP addresses of the domain controllers where this iDRAC device is located To disable the certificate validation during SSL handshake optional Using config command racadm config g cfgActiveDirectory o0 cfgADCertValidationEnable 0 Using set command racadm set iDRAC ActiveDirectory CertValidationEnable 0 K NOTE In this case you do not have to upload a CA certificate To enforce the certificate validation during SSL handshake optional Using config command racadm config g cfgActiveDirectory o0 cfgADCertValidationEnable 1 Using set command racadm set iDRAC ActiveDirectory CertValidationEnable 1 In this case you must upload a CA certificate racadm sslcertupload t 0x2 f ADS root CA certificate NOTE If certificate validation is enabled specify the Domain Controller Server addresses and the FQDN Make sure that DNS is configured correctly under Overview iDRAC Settings gt Network Using the following RACADM command may be optional racadm sslcertdownload t 0x1 f RAC SSL certificate If DHCP is enabled on iDRAC and you want to use the DNS provided by the DHCP server enter the following RACADM command
240. ed to iDRAC registered name To make sure that the CSR matches the registered DNS iDRAC name 1 IniDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings Network The Network page is displayed 2 Inthe Common Settings section Select the Register iDRAC on DNS option e Inthe DNS iDRAC Name field enter the iDRAC name 3 Click Apply Active Directory Active Directory login failed How to resolve this To diagnose the problem on the Active Directory Configuration and Management page click Test Settings Review the test results and fix the problem Change the configuration and run the test until the test user passes the authorization step In general check the following e While logging in make sure that you use the correct user domain name and not the NetBIOS name If you have a local iDRAC user account log into iDRAC using the local credentials After logging in make sure that The Active Directory Enabled option is selected on the Active Directory Configuration and Management page The DNS setting is correct on the iDRAC Networking configuration page The correct Active Directory root CA certificate is uploaded to iDRAC if certificate validation was enabled TheiDRAC name and iDRAC Domain name matches the Active Directory environment configuration if you are using extended schema 324 The Group Name and Group Domain Name matches the Active Directory configuration if you are using stand
241. eeceeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseceecaecaeseteeeeeeesesaeseeeeeeeteeeaeens 239 Configuring Backplane Mode 3 e de erre ei ite e dete pee ede 240 Viewing UrilversalSlOts t ettet e n tne de dv cede eei ae etie tna 242 Setting SGPIO Mod e s s Hd HD pL VU e d e coe teres p tet e Es 243 Choosing Operation Mode to Apply Settings 243 Choosing Operation Mode Using Web Interface eccccceecceeceeeeceeeeeseceeeceeesneesneeeeeeeeneeneeeas 243 Choosing Operation Mode Using RACADM Viewing and Applying Pending Operations Viewing Applying or Deleting Pending Operations Using Web Interface 244 Viewing and Applying Pending Operations Using RACADM ssssseseem eene 245 Storage Devices Apply Operation Scenarios sssssssssssseeee eee 246 Case 1 Selected an Apply Operation Apply Now At Next Reboot or At Scheduled Time and there are no existing pending operations Case 2 Selected an Apply Operation Apply Now At Next Reboot or At Scheduled Time and there are existing pending operations Case 3 Selected Add to Pending Operations and there are no existing pending operationsCase 4 Selected Add to Pending Operations and there are prior existing pending operationis s en un e eae te Uwe ER PEE 246 Blinking or Unblinking Component LEDS sssssssseeeneeem ee ener eren nrnns 247 Blinking or Unblinking Component LEDs Using Web Interface ssssss 247 Blinking or Unblinking Component LEDs Using R
242. ell servers from any location and without the use of agents It accomplishes this regardless of operating system or hypervisor presence or state Several products work in conjunction with the iDRAC and Lifecycle controller to simplify and streamline IT operations such as e Dell Management plug in for VMware vCenter Dell Repository Manager e Dell Management Packs for Microsoft System Center Operations Manager SCOM and Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager SCCM e BMC Bladelogic e Dell OpenManage Essentials Dell OpenManage Power Center The iDRAC is available in the following variants e Basic Management with IPMI available by default for 200 500 series servers e iDRAC Express available by default on all 600 and higher series of rack or tower servers and all blade servers e iDRAC Enterprise available on all server models For more information see the iDRAC Overview and Feature Guide available at dell com support manuals Benefits of Using iDRAC With Lifecycle Controller The benefits include e Increased Availability Early notification of potential or actual failures that help prevent a server failure or reduce recovery time after failure e Improved Productivity and Lower Total Cost of Ownership TCO Extending the reach of administrators to larger numbers of distant servers can make IT staff more productive while driving down operational costs such as travel e Secure Environment By
243. ell vendor class identifier 9 Click OK twice to return to the DHCP window 10 Expand all items under the server name right click on Scope Options and select Configure Options 11 Click on the Advanced tab 12 From the Vendor class drop down menu select iDRAC The O60iDRAC appears in the Available Options column 49 13 Select 0O60iDRAC option 14 Enter the string value that must be sent to the iDRAC along with a standard DHCP provided IP address The string value will help in importing the correct XML configuration file For the option s DATA entry String Value setting use a text parameter that has the following letter options and values Filename iDRAC Config XML or iDRAC Config service tag XML f e Sharename n ShareType s 0 NFS 2 CIFS e PAddress IP address of the file share i e Username Required for CIFS u Password Required for CIFS p e ShutdownType Specify Graceful or Forced d e Timetowait Default is 500 t e EndHostPowersState e Configuring Option 43 and Option 60 on Linux Update the etc dhcpd conf file Similar to Windows the steps are 1 Setaside a block or pool of addresses that this DHCP server can allocate 2 Setthe option 45 and use the name vendor class identifier for option 60 For example option myname code 43 text subnet 192 168 0 0 netmask 255 255 0 0 default gateway option routers 192 168 0 1 option subn
244. elnetldleTimeout cfgRacTuneWebserverEnable cfgSsnMgtWebserverTimeout cfgRacTuneHttpPort cfgRacTuneHttpsPort cfgRacTuneRemoteRacadmEnable cfgSsnMgtRacadmTimeout cfgOobSnmpAgentEnable cfgOobSnmpAgentCommunity e Use the objects in the following object groups with the set command iDRAC LocalSecurity iDRAC LocalSecurity iDRAC SSH iDRAC Webserver iDRAC Telnet 86 iDRAC Racadm iDRAC SNMP For more information about these objects see iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Enabling or Disabling HTTPs Redirection If you do not want automatic redirection from HTTP to HTTPs due to certificate warning issue with default iDRAC certificate or as a temporary setting for debugging purpose you can configure iDRAC such that redirection from http port default is 80 to https port default is 443 is disabled By default it is enabled You have to log out and log in to iDRAC for this setting to take effect When you disable this feature a warning message is displayed You must have Configure iDRAC privilege to enable or disable HTTPs redirection An event is recorded in the Lifecycle Controller log file when this feature is enabled or disabled To disable the HTTP to HTTPs redirection racadm set iDRAC Webserver HttpsRedirection Disabled To enable HTTP to HTTPs redirection racadm set iDRAC Webserver HttpsRedirection Enabled
245. em If more than one LOM is active enter the first LOM s IP address After enabling OS to iDRAC Pass through feature if it is not working e Check whether the iDRAC s dedicated NIC cable is connected properly e Make sure that at least one LOM is active Related Links Supported Cards for OS to iDRAC Pass through Supported Operating Systems for USB NIC Enabling or Disabling OS to iDRAC Pass through Using Web Interface Enabling or Disabling OS to iDRAC Pass through Using RACADM Enabling or Disabling OS to iDRAC Pass through Using iDRAC Settings Utility Supported Cards for OS to iDRAC Pass through The following table provides a list of cards that support the OS to iDRAC Pass through feature using LOM Table 7 OS to iDRAC Pass through Using LOM Supported Cards Category Manufacturer Type NDC Broadcom e 5720 QP rNDC 1G BASE T e 57810S DP bNDC KR e 5 8005 QP rNDC 10G BASE T 1G BASE T e 57800S QP rNDC 10G SFP 1G BASE T e 57840 4x10G KR e 57840 rNDC Intel e i540 QP rNDC 10G BASE T 1G BASE T e i350 QP rNDC 1G BASE T e x520 13550 rNDC 1GB Ologic QMD8262 Blade NDC In built LOM cards also support the OS to iDRAC pass through feature The following cards do not support the OS to iDRAC Pass through feature e Intel 10 GB NDC Intel rNDC with two controllers 10G controllers does not support Qlogic bNDC e PCIe Mezzanine and Network Interface Cards Supported Operating Systems for USB NIC The
246. em in the data center For information about the options see the iDRAC Settings Utility Online Help 3 Click Back click Finish and then click Yes The details are saved Optimizing System Performance and Power Consumption The power required to cool a server can contribute a significant amount to the overall system power Thermal control is the active management of system cooling through fan speed and system power management to make sure that the system is reliable while minimizing system power consumption airflow and system acoustic output You can adjust the thermal control settings and optimize against the system performance and performance per Watt requirements Using the iDRAC Web interface RACADM or the iDRAC Settings Utility you can change the following thermal settings e Optimize for performance Optimize for minimum power e Set the maximum air exhaust temperature Increase airflow through a fan offset if required Increase airflow through increasing minimum fan speed Modifying Thermal Settings Using iDRAC Web Interface To modify the thermal settings 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Hardware Fans Setup The Fan Setup page is displayed 2 Specify the following e Thermal Profile Select the thermal profile Default Thermal Profile Settings Implies that the thermal algorithm uses the same system profile settings that is defined under System BIOS System BIOS Settings Sy
247. em s baud rate Enabling Supported Protocol The supported protocols are IPMI SSH and Telnet Enabling Supported Protocol Using Web Interface To enable SSH or Telnet go to Overview iDRAC Settings Network Services and select Enabled for SSH or Telnet respectively To enable IPMI go to Overview iDRAC Settings Network and select Enable IPMI Over LAN Make sure that the Encryption Key value is all zeroes or press the backspace key to clear and change the value to NULL characters Enabling Supported Protocol Using RACADM To enable the SSH or Telnet run the command Telnet Using config command racadm config g cfgSerial o cfgSerialTelnetEnable 1 Using set command racadm set iDRAC Telnet Enable 1 SSH Using config command racadm config g cfgSerial o cfgSerialSshEnable 1 Using set command racadm set iDRAC SSH Enable 1 To change the SSH port Using config command racadm config g cfgRacTuning o cfgRacTuneSshPort port number 125 Using set command racadm set iDRAC SSH Port port number You can use tools such as e PMItool for using IPMI protocol e Putty OpenSSH for using SSH or Telnet protocol Related Links SOL Using IPMI Protocol SOL Using SSH or Telnet Protocol SOL Using IPMI Protocol IPMItool lt gt LAN WAN connection lt gt iDRAC The IPMI based SOL utility and IPMItool uses RMCP delivered using UDP datagrams to port
248. ement For more information see the Lifecycle Controller Remote Services Quick Start Guide available at dell com support manuals and the Dell Power State Management profile document available at delltechcenter com Executing Power Control Operations Using Web Interface To perform power control operations 1 IniDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server Power Thermal Power Configuration Power Control The Power Control page is displayed 2 Select the required power operation Power On System 190 Power Off System e NMI Non Masking Interrupt e Graceful Shutdown Reset System warm boot Power Cycle System cold boot 3 Click Apply For more information see the iDRAC Online Help Executing Power Control Operations Using RACADM To perform power actions use the serveraction command For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Power Capping You can view the power threshold limits that covers the range of AC and DC power consumption that a system under heavy workload presents to the datacenter This is a licensed feature Power Capping in Blade Servers Before a blade server powers up iDRAC provides CMC with its power requirements It is higher than the actual power that the blade can consume and is calculated based on limited hardware inventory information It may request a smaller power range after the server is powered up b
249. ement Object Advanced This New Object window is displayed 3 Enter a name for the new object and select Association Object 4 Select the scope for the Association Object and click OK 5 Provide access privileges to the authenticated users for accessing the created association objects Related Links Providing User Access Privileges For Association Objects Providing User Access Privileges For Association Objects To provide access privileges to the authenticated users for accessing the created association objects 1 Goto Administrative Tools ADSI Edit The ADSI Edit window is displayed 2 Inthe right pane navigate to the created association object right click and select Properties 3 In the Security tab click Add 4 Type Authenticated Users click Check Names and click OK The authenticated users is added to the list of Groups and user names 5 Click OK Adding Objects to Association Object Using the Association Object Properties window you can associate users or user groups privilege objects and iDRAC devices or iDRAC device groups You can add groups of users and iDRAC devices Related Links Adding Users or User Groups Adding Privileges Adding iDRAC Devices or iDRAC Device Groups Adding Users or User Groups To add users or user groups 1 Right click the Association Object and select Properties 2 Select the Users tab and click Add Enter the user or user group name and click OK Adding
250. en provide the user name and password of a user who has access to SMTP server Enter the SMTP port number For more information about the fields see the iDRAC Online Help Click Apply The SMTP settings are configured Configuring SMTP Email Server Address Settings Using RACADM To configure the SMTP email server use one of the following 179 e Using set command racadm set iDRAC RemoteHosts SMTPServerIPAddress lt SMTP E mail Server IP Address gt e Using config command racadm config g cfgRemoteHosts o cfgRhostsSmtpServerIpAddr lt SMTP E mail Server IP Address gt Configuring WS Eventing The WS Eventing protocol is used for a client service Subscriber to register interest Subscription with a server event source for receiving messages containing the server events notifications or event messages Clients interested in receiving the WS Eventing messages can subscribe with iDRAC and receive Lifecycle Controller job related events The steps required to configure WS eventing feature to receive WS Eventing messages for changes related to Lifecycle Controller jobs are described in the Web service Eventing Support for iDRAC 1 30 30 specification document In addition to this specification see the DSP0226 DMTF WS Management Specification Section 10 Notifications Eventing document for the complete information on the WS Eventing protocol The Lifecycle Controller related jobs are described in the DCIM Job Contro
251. enable the features e Export Export the installed license into an external storage device for backup or to reinstall it again after a part or motherboard replacement The file name and format of the exported license is EntitlementID xml e Delete Delete the license that is assigned to a component if the component is missing After the license is deleted it is not stored in iDRAC and the base product functions are enabled Replace Replace the license to extend an evaluation license change a license type such as an evaluation license with a purchased license or extend an expired license An evaluation license may be replaced with an upgraded evaluation license or with a purchased license A purchased license may be replaced with an updated license or with an upgraded license Learn More Learn more about an installed license or the licenses available for a component installed in the server K NOTE For the Learn More option to display the correct page make sure that dell com is added to the list of Trusted Sites in the Security Settings For more information see the Internet Explorer help documentation For one to many license deployment you can use Dell License Manager For more information see the Dell License Manager User s Guide available at dell com support manuals Importing License After Replacing Motherboard You can use the Local iDRAC Enterprise License Installation Tool if you have recently
252. enables the OS to iDRAC pass through channel in iDRAC If you disable this feature after installing the iDRAC Service Module then you must enable it manually in iDRAC Ifthe OS to iDRAC pass through channel is enabled through LOM in iDRAC then you cannot use the iDRAC Service Module Installing iDRAC Service Module You can download and install the iDRAC Service Module from dell com support You must have administrator privilege on the sever s operating system to install the iDRAC Service Module For information on installation see the iDRAC Service Module Installation Guide available at dell com support manuals K NOTE This feature is not applicable for Dell Precision PR7910 systems Supported Operating Systems for iDRAC Service Module For the list of operating systems supported by the iDRAC Service Module see the iDRAC Service Module Installation Guide available at dell com openmanagemanuals com iDRAC Service Module Monitoring Features The iDRAC Service Module provides the following monitoring features e View Operating System OS information 292 e Replicate Lifecycle Controller logs to operating system logs Perform automatic system recovery options e Populate Windows Management Instrumentation WMI Management Providers e Integrate with Technical Support Report This is applicable only if iDRAC Service Module Version 2 0 or later is installed For more information see Generating Tech Support Report Integra
253. ence Name column locate and double click xpinstall whitelist required The values for Preference Name Status Type and Value change to bold text The Status value changes to user set and the Value changes to false 4 Inthe Preferences Name column locate xpinstall enabled Make sure that Value is true If not double click xpinstall enabled to set Value to true Viewing Localized Versions of Web Interface iDRAC Web interface is supported in the following languages e English en us e French fr e German de 62 e Spanish es e Japanese ja Simplified Chinese zh cn The ISO identifiers in parentheses denote the supported language variants For some supported languages resizing the browser window to 1024 pixels wide is required to view all features iDRAC Web interface is designed to work with localized keyboards for the supported language variants Some features of iDRAC Web interface such as Virtual Console may require additional steps to access certain functions or letters Other keyboards are not supported and may cause unexpected problems K NOTE See the browser documentation on how to configure or setup different languages and view localized versions of iDRAC Web interface Updating Device Firmware Using iDRAC you can update the iDRAC BIOS and all device firmware that is supported through Lifecycle Controller update such as e Lifecycle Controller e Diagnostics e Operating System Driver Pack e Networ
254. ent Actions Using RACADM 2 c cccceeceeceeeeeceeeeeenceeeeeaeeeessneeeeeceueeeeseneeeeesenseeeeseaaes Configuring Email Alert SNMP Trap or IPMI Trap Settings sssssssssssse Configuring IP Alert Destinations ric ntt PU RR CERCA NIRE IOS Configuring Email Alert Settinis ic cr pP B E REG USE OR ORC ens Configuring WS Eventings ueste dh b m Be e e Ao telum rad bud Alerts Message Ds uoi Ed ied em I See PUE e EO ness ied deta da 10 Managing LOGS ii ee ir es ctun iaa ce iac in ra cut Ru mM UE Manes aiaiai Viewing System Event LOG isin deed ede c P E Re EU ce e e eg de Erde ced Viewing System Event Log Using Web Interface eem Viewing System Event Log Using RACADM sssssssssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeenemnn nennen rre nnne Viewing System Event Log Using iDRAC Settings Utility Viewirig Lifecycle Eog aee terme Ma a n date de d ie Hr s Viewing Lifecycle Log Using Web Interface 186 Viewing Lifecycle Log Using RACADM stas tlen ur beri ted rt Ua ie pde 186 Exporting Lifecycle Controller lio9S i cd t e E e Rb ta et dee t t 186 Exporting Lifecycle Controller Logs Using Web Interface sssssssse 186 Exporting Lifecycle Controller Logs Using RACADM isssssssseeeeeeeens 187 AddingWorleNotes 4 ctv ois cron cen cies e dius ei em aee AL A eM A 187 Configuring Remote System Logging esses enne ennemis inns 187 Configuring Remote System Logging Using Web Interface
255. ent station and deploy operating systems on multiple managed systems Use Server Management Workgroup Server Management Command Line Protocol SMCLP to perform systems management tasks This is available through SSH or Telnet For more information about SMCLP see Using SMCLP The LC Remote Services is based on the WS Management protocol to do one to many systems management tasks You must use WS MAN client such as WinRM client Windows or the OpenWSMAN client Linux to use the LC Remote Services functionality You can also use Power Shell and Python to script to the WS MAN interface Web Services for Management WS Management is a Simple Object Access Protocol SOAP based protocol used for systems management iDRAC uses WS Management to convey Distributed Management Task Force DMTF Common Information Model CIM based management information The CIM information defines the semantics and information types that can be modified in a managed system The data available through WS Management is provided by iDRAC instrumentation interface mapped to the DMTF profiles and extension profiles For more information see the following e Lifecycle Controller Remote Services User s Guide available at dell com support manuals e Lifecycle Controller Integration Best Practices Guide available at dell com support manuals e Lifecycle Controller page on Dell TechCenter delltechcenter com page Lifecycle 4 Controller e Lifecycle Controlle
256. er Setting Boot Order Through BIOS Using the System BIOS Settings utility you can set the managed system to boot from virtual optical drives or virtual floppy drives K NOTE Changing Virtual Media while connected may stop the system boot sequence 267 To enable the managed system to boot 1 Boot the managed system Press F2 to enter the System Setup page Go to System BIOS Settings Boot Settings BIOS Boot Settings Boot Sequence In the pop up window the virtual optical drives and virtual floppy drives are listed with the standard boot devices Make sure that the virtual drive is enabled and listed as the first device with bootable media If required follow the on screen instructions to modify the boot order Click OK navigate back to System BIOS Settings page and click Finish Click Yes to save the changes and exit The managed system reboots The managed system attempts to boot from a bootable device based on the boot order If the virtual device is connected and a bootable media is present the system boots to the virtual device Otherwise the system overlooks the device similar to a physical device without bootable media Enabling Boot Once for Virtual Media You can change the boot order only once when you boot after attaching remote Virtual Media device Before you enable the boot once option make sure that You have Configure User privilege Map the local or virtual drives CD DVD
257. er Enable NIC select the Enabled option From the NIC Selection drop down menu select one of the following ports based on the network requirement Dedicated Enables the remote access device to use the dedicated network interface available on the Remote Access Controller RAC This interface is not shared with the host operating system and routes the management traffic to a separate physical network enabling it to be separated from the application traffic This option implies that iDRAC s dedicated network port routes its traffic separately from the Server s LOM or NIC ports With respect to managing network traffic the Dedicated option allows iDRAC to be assigned an IP address from the same subnet or different subnet in comparison to the IP addresses assigned to the Host LOM or NICs K NOTE The option is available only on rack or tower systems LOM1 e LOM2 e LOM3 LOM4 NOTE In the case of rack and tower servers two LOM options LOM1 and LOM2 or all four LOM options are available depending on the server model Blade servers do not use LOM for iDRAC communication From the Failover Network drop down menu select one of the remaining LOMs If a network fails the traffic is routed through the failover network NOTE If you have selected Dedicated in NIC Selection drop down menu the option is grayed out For example to route the iDRAC network traffic through LOM2 when LOM1 is down select LOM1 for NIC Selection and LOM2
258. er LAN Using RACADM Enabling or Disabling Remote RACADM ssssssssseeee eem eene men eren nennen rennes Enabling or Disabling Remote RACADM Using Web Interface 150 Enabling or Disabling Remote RACADM Using RACADM ssseem meme 150 Disabling Local RACADM Enabling IPMI on Managed System onere rte P E e P E IRR eel een 131 Configuring Linux for Serial Console During Boot eee 131 Enabling Login to the Virtual Console After Boot sss emen 132 Supported SSH Cryptography Schemes ssssssssssssssseeeeenee enne nnne 155 Using Public Key Authentication For SSH ennemi tnnt 134 7 Configuring User Accounts and Privileges esses Configuring Local Sets ec reet met eof gi roh re Le ut ne b outlet preteen Lies Configuring Local Users Using iDRAC Web Interface ssssssssssss eme Configuring Local Users Using RACADM sssssssseeee eee eene reme erre Configuring Active Directory Us ts iicet a OR RIEN ER REA RE Enn REPERI Prerequisites for Using Active Directory Authentication for iDRAC Supported Active Directory Authentication Mechanisms ssssse e Standard Schema Active Directory Overview ssssssssse emm emen Configuring Standard Schema Active Directory emen Extended Schema Active Directory Overview eem emen Configuring Extended Schema Active Directory ssssssssssssseee eene Testing Active Directory Settlnig
259. er name 2 Set the password 3 Set the following user privileges e iDRAC e LAN Serial Port e Serial Over LAN 4 Enable the user Example The following example describes how to add a new user named John with a 123456 password and LOGIN privileges to the RAC racadm config g cfgUserAdmin o cfgUserAdminUserName i 3 john racadm config g cfgUserAdmin o cfgUserAdminPassword i 3 123456 racadm config g cfgUserAdmin i 3 o cfgUserAdminPrivilege 0x00000001 racadm config g cfgUserAdmin i 3 o cfgUserAdminIpmiLanPrivilege 2 racadm config g cfgUserAdmin i 3 o cfgUserAdminIpmiSerialPrivilege 2 racadm config g cfgUserAdmin i 3 o cfgUserAdminSolEnable 1 racadm config g cfgUserAdmin i 3 o cfgUserAdminEnable 1 To verify use one of the following commands racadm getconfig u john racadm getconfig g cfgUserAdmin i 3 For more information on the RACADM commands see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Enabling iDRAC User With Permissions To enable a user with specific administrative permissions role based authority 140 K NOTE You can use the getconfig and config commands or get and set commands 1 Locate an available user index using the command syntax e Using getconfig command racadm getconfig g cfgUserAdmin i lt index gt Using get command racadm get iDRAC Users index 2 Type the following c
260. ernal PERC controllers through the MCTP protocol over I2C interface For real time configuration CEM supports PERC9 controllers The firmware version for PERC9 controllers must be 9 1 or later Using iDRAC you can perform most of the functions that are available in OpenManage Storage Management including real time no reboot configuration commands for example create virtual disk You can completely configure RAID before installing the operating system You can configure and manage the controller functions without accessing the BIOS These functions include configuring virtual disks and applying RAID levels and hot spares for data protection You can initiate many other controller functions such as rebuilds and troubleshooting You can protect your data by configuring data redundancy or assigning hot spares The storage devices are e Controllers Most operating systems do not read and write data directly from the disks but instead send read and write instructions to a controller The controller is the hardware in your system that interacts directly with the disks to write and retrieve data A controller has connectors channels or ports which are attached to one or more physical disks or an enclosure containing physical disks RAID controllers can span the boundaries of the disks to create an extended amount of storage space or a virtual disk using the capacity of more than one disk Controllers also perform other tasks such as ini
261. erview Hardware Use the getsensorinfo Batteries command 110 For power supplies you can also use the System Power Supply command with the get subcommand View Sensor Information For Using Web Interface Using RACADM For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Fan Overview Hardware Fans CPU Overview Hardware CPU Memory Overview Hardware Memory Intrusion Overview Server Intrusion Power Supplies Overview Hardware Power Supplies Removable Flash Media Overview Hardware Removable Flash Media Temperature Overview Server Power Thermal Temperatures Voltage Overview Server Power Thermal Voltages Monitoring Performance Index of CPU Memory and I O Modules In 13t generation Dell PowerEdge servers Intel ME provides support for Compute Usage Per Second CUPS functionality The CUPS functionality provides real time monitoring of CPU memory and I O utilization and system level utilization index for the system Since it is done by Intel ME it is independent of the OS and does not consume CPU resources The Intel ME has a system CUPS sensor which provides the Computation Memory and I O resource utilization value as CUPS Index iDRAC monitors this CUPS index for the overall system utilization and also monitors the instantaneous value of CPU Memory and I O utilization index
262. essage Changing Default Login Password Using Web Interface When you log in to iDRAC Web interface if the Default Password Warning page is displayed you can change the password To do this 1 Select the Change Default Password option 2 In the New Password field enter the new password The maximum characters for the password are 20 The characters are masked The following characters are supported e 0 9 e A Z a z e Special characters amp gt 5G 5L Q9 8 5 1 7 25 2 L CEN 3 Inthe Confirm Password field enter the password again 4 Click Continue The new password is configured and you are logged in to iDRAC 40 NOTE Continue is enabled only if the passwords entered in the New Password and Confirm Password fields match For information about the other fields see the iDRAC Online Help Changing Default Login Password Using RACADM To change the password run the following RACADM command racadm set iDRAC Users index Password Password where index is a value from 1 to 16 indicates the user account and password is the new user defined password For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide Changing Default Login Password Using iDRAC Settings Utility To change the default login password using iDRAC Settings Utility 1 Inthe iDRAC Settings utility go to User Configuration The iDRAC Settings User Configuration page is displayed 2 In
263. et mask 255 295 2550 option nis domain domain org option domain name domain org option domain name servers 192 168 1 1 option time offset 18000 Eastern Standard Time option ntp servers 192 108 T 1 option netbios name servers 192 168 1 1 Selects point to point node default is hybrid Don t change this unless f you understand Netbios very well option netbios node type 2 option vendor class identifier iDRAC set vendor string option vendor class identifier option myname 2001 9174 9611 5c8d e85 xmlfiles dhcpProv xml u root p calvin range dynamic bootp 192 168 0 128 192 168 0 254 default lease time 21600 max lease time 43200 we want the nameserver to appear at a fixed address host ns next server marvin redhat com hardware ethernet 12 34 56 78 AB CD fixed address 207 175 42 254 Enabling Auto Config Using iDRAC Web Interface Make sure that DHCPv4 and the Enable IPv4 options are enabled and Auto discovery is disabled 50 To enable Auto Config 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings Network The Network page is displayed 2 In the Auto Config section select one of the following options to enable Auto Config e Enable Once Configures the component only once using the XML file referenced by the DHCP server After this Auto Config is disabled e Enable Once After Reset After the iDRAC is reset configures the components only once using the XML fil
264. etmask 255 255 255 0 DRAC IPv4 Gateway 192 168 0 120 DRAC IPv4 DHCPEnable 0 DRAC IPv4 DNSFromDHCP 0 DRAC IPv4 DNS1 192 168 0 5 DRAC IPv4 DNS2 192 168 0 6 DRAC Nic DNSRegister 1 DRAC Nic DNSRacName RAC EK00002 DRAC Nic DNSDomainFromDHCP 0 DRAC Nic DNSDomainName MYDOMAIN racadm set racadm set racadm set racadm set racadm set racadm set racadm set racadm set racadm set racadm set H H H pe H H H H H H K NOTE If cfgNicEnable or iDRAC Nic Enable is set to 0 the iDRAC LAN is disabled even if DHCP is enabled Configuring IP Filtering In addition to user authentication use the following options to provide additional security while accessing iDRAC e P filtering limits the IP address range of the clients accessing iDRAC It compares the IP address of an incoming login to the specified range and allows iDRAC access only from a management station whose IP address is within the range All other login requests are denied e When repeated login failures occur from a particular IP address it prevents the address from logging in to iDRAC for a preselected time span If you unsuccessfully log in up to two times you are allowed to log in again only after 50 seconds If you unsuccessfully log in more than two times you are allowed to log in again only after 60 seconds As login failures accumulate from a specific IP address they are registered by an internal counter When the user successfully logs in the failure histo
265. ets 214 Supported Controllers Supported RAID Controllers The iDRAC interfaces support the following PERC9 controllers e PERC H830 e PERC H730P e PERC H730 e PERC H330 The iDRAC interfaces support the following PERC8 controllers e PERC H810 e PERC H710P e PERC H710 e PERC H310 Supported Non RAID Controllers The iDRAC interfaces supports 12Gbps SAS HBA External Adapter NOTE iDRAC does not support software RAID For information about software RAID see Lifecycle Controller GUI User s Guide available at dell com support manuals Supported Enclosures iDRAC supports MD1400 and MD1420 enclosures Summary of Supported Features for Storage Devices The following table provides the features supported by the storage devices through iDRAC Feature Name PERC 9 Controllers PERC 8 Controllers PCle SSD fee fee H730 ee H710P H710 H310 P Assign or unassign Real Real Real Real Staged Staged Staged Staged Not physical disk as a time time time time applica global hot spare ble Create virtual disks Real Real Real Real Staged Staged Staged Staged Not time time time time applica ble Edit virtual disks Real Real Real Real Staged Staged Staged Staged Not cache policies time time time time applica ble 215 Feature Name PERC 9 Controles 9 Controllers PERC 8 Controllers o 8 Controllers Feste er E H730 H730 pao fjes Teu p p H810 H710P H710
266. ettings Configuring Remote System Logging Configuring WS Eventing Alerts Message IDs Enabling or Disabling Alerts For sending an alert to configured destinations or to perform an event action you must enable the global alerting option This property overrides individual alerting or event actions that is set Related Links Filtering Alerts Configuring Email Alert SNMP Trap or IPMI Trap Settings Enabling or Disabling Alerts Using Web Interface To enable or disable generating alerts 1 IniDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server Alerts The Alerts page is displayed 2 Under Alerts section 172 Select Enable to enable alert generation or perform an event action Select Disable to disable alert generation or disable an event action 3 Click Apply to save the setting Enabling or Disabling Alerts Using RACADM To enable or disable generating alerts or event actions using config command racadm config g cfgIpmiLan o cfgIpmiLanAlertEnable 1 To enable or disable generating alerts or event actions using set command racadm set iDRAC IPMILan AlertEnable 1 Enabling or Disabling Alerts Using iDRAC Settings Utility To enable or disable generating alerts or event actions 1 Inthe iDRAC Settings utility go to Alerts The iDRAC Settings Alerts page is displayed 2 Under Platform Events select Enabled to enable alert generation or event action Else select Disabled For more info
267. ettings it is recommended to avoid special characters for user name and password or percent encode the special characters e Click Advanced Export Options to select the following additional options RAID Controller Log Enable Report Filtering under OS and Application Data Based on the options selected the time taken to collect the data is displayed next to these options 3 Select the agree to allow Technical Support to use this data option and click Export 4 After the iDRAC Service Module has completed transferring the OS and application data to iDRAC it is packaged along with the hardware data and the final report is generated A message appears to save the report 5 Specify the location to save the tech support report Generating Technical Support Report Manually When iSM is not installed you can manually run the OS collector tool to generate the Technical Support Report You must run OS Collector tool on the server OS to export the OS and application data A virtual USB device labeled DRACRW appears in the server operating system This device contains the OS Collector file that is specific for the host operating system Run the file specific for the operating system from the server OS to collect and transfer the data to iDRAC You can then export the report to a local or network shared location In 15th generation Dell PowerEdge systems the OS collector DUP is installed in factory However if you determine that OS Colle
268. ettings using Web interface 1 Goto Overview Server Alerts SNMP and Email Settings Select the State option to enable the email address to receive the alerts and type a valid email address For more information about the options see the iDRAC Online Help 3 Click Send under Test Email to test the configured email alert settings 4 Click Apply Configuring Email Alert Settings Using RACADM To configure the email alert settings 1 Toenable email alert e Using config command racadm config g cfgEmailAlert o cfgEmailAlertEnable i index 011 where index is the email destination index O disables the email alert and 1 enables the alert The email destination index can be a value from 1 through 4 For example to enable email with index 4 enter the following command racadm config g cfgEmailAlert o cfgEmailAlertEnable i 4 1 e Using set command racadm set iDRAC EmailAlert Enable index 1 178 where index is the email destination index O disables the email alert and 1 enables the alert The email destination index can be a value from 1 through 4 For example to enable email with index 4 enter the following command racadm set iDRAC EmailAlert Enable 4 1 To configure email settings Using config command racadm config g cfgEmailAlert o cfgEmailAlertAddress i 1 email address where 1 is the email destination index and email address isthe destination e
269. eventfilters command e cfglpmiPefAction object with config command For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Configuring Email Alert SNMP Trap or IPMI Trap Settings The management station uses Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP and Intelligent Platform Management Interface IPMI traps to receive data from iDRAC For systems with large number of nodes it may not be efficient for a management station to poll each iDRAC for every condition that may occur For example event traps can help a management station with load balancing between nodes or by issuing an alert if an authentication failure occurs SNMP v1 v2 and v3 formats are supported You can configure the IPv4 and IPv6 alert destinations email settings and SMTP server settings and test these settings You can also specify the SNMP v3 user to whom you want to send the SNMP traps Before configuring the email SNMP or IPMI trap settings make sure that You have Configure RAC permission e You have configured the event filters Related Links Configuring IP Alert Destinations Configuring Email Alert Settings Configuring IP Alert Destinations You can configure the IPv6 or IPv4 addresses to receive the IPMI alerts or SNMP traps For information about the iDRAC MIBs required to monitor the servers using SNMP see the SNMP Reference Guide for iDRAC8 available at dell com support manu
270. evice Objects However the Association Object only includes one Privilege Object per Association Object The Association Object connects the Users who have Privileges on iDRAC devices The Dell extension to the ADUC MMC Snap in only allows associating the Privilege Object and iDRAC Objects from the same domain with the Association Object The Dell extension does not allow a group or an iDRAC object from other domains to be added as a product member of the Association Object When adding Universal Groups from separate domains create an Association Object with Universal Scope The Default Association objects created by the Dell Schema Extender Utility are Domain Local Groups and does not work with Universal Groups from other domains Users user groups or nested user groups from any domain can be added into the Association Object Extended Schema solutions support any user group type and any user group nesting across multiple domains allowed by Microsoft Active Directory 150 Accumulating Privileges Using Extended Schema The Extended Schema Authentication mechanism supports Privilege Accumulation from different privilege objects associated with the same user through different Association Objects In other words Extended Schema Authentication accumulates privileges to allow the user the super set of all assigned privileges corresponding to the different privilege objects associated with the same user The following figure provides an example o
271. evice to iDRAC Related Links Configuring USB Management Port Settings Importing Server Configuration Profile From USB Device Configuring USB Management Port Settings You can configure the USB port in iDRAC e Enable or disable a server s USB port using BIOS setup When you set it to either All Ports off or Front ports off iDRAC also disables the managed USB port You can view the port status using in the iDRAC interfaces If the status is disabled iDRAC does not process a USB device or host connected to the managed USB port You can modify the managed USB configuration but the settings do not have effect until the front panel USB ports are enabled in BIOS e Set the USB Management Port Mode that determines whether the USB port is used by iDRAC or the server OS Automatic Default If a USB device is not supported by iDRAC or if the server configuration profile is not present on the device the USB port is detached from iDRAC and attached to the server When a device is removed from the server the port configuration is reset and is for use by iDRAC Standard OS Use USB device is always used by the operating system iDRAC Direct Only USB device is always used by iDRAC You must have Server Control privilege to configure the USB management port When a USB device is connected the System Inventory page displays the USB device information under the Hardware Inventory section An event is logged in the Li
272. ew iDRAC Settings User Authentication Directory Services Microsoft Active Directory The Active Directory summary page is displayed 2 Click Configure Active Directory The Active Directory Configuration and Management Step 1 of 4 page is displayed 3 Optionally enable certificate validation and upload the CA signed digital certificate used during initiation of SSL connections when communicating with the Active Directory AD server For this the Domain Controllers and Global Catalog FQDN must be specified This is done in the next steps And hence the DNS should be configured properly in the network settings 4 Click Next The Active Directory Configuration and Management Step 2 of 4 page is displayed 5 Enable Active Directory and specify the location information about Active Directory servers and user accounts Also specify the time iDRAC must wait for responses from Active Directory during iDRAC login NOTE If certificate validation is enabled specify the Domain Controller Server addresses and the Global Catalog FQDN Make sure that DNS is configured correctly under Overview iDRAC Settings Network 6 Click Next The Active Directory Configuration and Management Step 3 of 4 page is displayed 7 Select Standard Schema and click Next 146 The Active Directory Configuration and Management Step 4a of 4 page is displayed authorize users schema mode 10 is displayed 11 Specify the
273. ey to open the Start Menu the Start menu opens on both management station and managed system However if Pass All Keys is enabled then the Start menu is opened only on the managed system and not on the management station When Pass All Keys is disabled the behavior depends on the key combinations pressed and the special combinations interpreted by the operating system on the management station Java Based Virtual Console Session Running on Linux Operating System The behavior mentioned for Windows operating system is also applicable for Linux operating system with the following exceptions When Pass all keystrokes to server is enabled lt Ctrl Alt Del gt is passed to the operating system on the managed system Magic SysRq keys are key combinations interpreted by the Linux Kernel It is useful if the operating system on the management station or the managed system freezes and you need to recover the system You can enable the magic SysRq keys on the Linux operating system using one of the following methods Add an entry to etc sysctl conf 259 echo 1 gt proc sys kernel sysrq When Pass all keystrokes to server is enabled the magic SysRq keys are sent to the operating system on the managed system The key sequence behavior to reset the operating system that is reboot without un mounting or sync depends on whether the magic SysRq is enabled or disabled on the management station If SysRq is enabled on the management s
274. f accumulating privileges using Extended Schema Domain 1 Domain 2 o ss E iDRAC7 iDRAC72 Figure 3 Privilege Accumulation for a User The figure shows two Association Objects A01 and A02 User is associated to iDRAC2 through both association objects Extended Schema Authentication accumulates privileges to allow the user the maximum set of privileges possible considering the assigned privileges of the different privilege objects associated to the same user In this example User1 has both Priv1 and Priv2 privileges on iDRAC2 User1 has Privi privileges on iDRAC1 only User2 has Priv1 privileges on both iDRAC1 and iDRAC2 In addition this figure shows that User1 can be in a different domain and can be a member of a group Configuring Extended Schema Active Directory To configure Active Directory to access iDRAC Extend the Active Directory schema Extend the Active Directory Users and Computers Snap in Add iDRAC users and their privileges to Active Directory Configure iDRAC Active Directory properties using iDRAC Web interface or RACADM PWN P Related Links Extended Schema Active Directory Overview Installing Dell Extension to the Active Directory Users and Computers Snap In Adding iDRAC Users and Privileges to Active Directory Configuring Active Directory With Extended Schema Using iDRAC Web Interface 151 Configuring Active Directory With Extended Schema Using RACADM Extending Active Di
275. f you are using standard schema and the users and role groups are from different domains Global Catalog Address es are required In this case you can use only Universal Group 325 If you are using standard schema and all the users and role groups are in the same domain Global Catalog Address es are not required If you are using extended schema the Global Catalog Address is not used How does standard schema query work iDRAC connects to the configured domain controller address es first If the user and role groups are in that domain the privileges are saved If Global Controller Address es is configured iDRAC continues to query the Global Catalog If additional privileges are retrieved from the Global Catalog these privileges are accumulated Does iDRAC always use LDAP over SSL Yes All the transportation is over secure port 636 and or 3269 During test setting iDRAC does a LDAP CONNECT only to isolate the problem but it does not do an LDAP BIND on an insecure connection Why does iDRAC enable certificate validation by default iDRAC enforces strong security to ensure the identity of the domain controller that iDRAC connects to Without certificate validation a hacker can spoof a domain controller and hijack the SSL connection If you choose to trust all the domain controllers in your security boundary without certificate validation you can disable it through the Web interface or RACADM Does iDRAC support the NetBIOS na
276. f you do not have Access Virtual Console privilege but have Access Virtual Media privilege then using this URL launches the Virtual Media instead of the Virtual Console Disabling Warning Messages While Launching Virtual Console Or Virtual Media Using Java or ActiveX Plug in You can disable the warning messages while launching the Virtual Console or Virtual Media using Java plug in 1 Initially when you launch Virtual Console or Virtual Media using Java plug in the prompt to verify the publisher is displayed Click Yes A certificate warning message is displayed indicating that a trusted certificate is not found NOTE If the certificate is found in the operating system s certificate store or if it is found in a previously specified user location then this warning message is not displayed 2 Click Continue The Virtual Console Viewer or Virtual Media Viewer is launched K NOTE The Virtual Media viewer is launched if Virtual Console is disabled 3 From the Tools menu click Session Options and then Certificate tab 4 Click Browse Path specify the location to store the user s certificate click Apply click OK and exit from the viewer 5 Launch Virtual Console again 6 In the certificate warning message select the Always trust this certificate option and then click Continue 7 Exit from the viewer 8 When you re launch Virtual Console the warning message is not displayed Using Virtual Console Viewer The Virtual
277. face Using the SSO feature you can launch iDRAC Web interface from CMC Web interface A CMC user has the CMC user privileges when launching iDRAC from CMC If the user account is present in CMC and not in iDRAC the user can still launch iDRAC from CMC f iDRAC network LAN is disabled LAN Enabled No SSO is not available f the server is removed from the chassis iDRAC IP address is changed or there is a problem in iDRAC network connection the option to Launch iDRAC is grayed out in the CMC Web interface For more information see the Chassis Management Controller User s Guide available at dell com support manuals Accessing iDRAC Using Remote RACADM You can use remote RACADM to access iDRAC using RACADM utility For more information see the RACADM Reference Guide for iDRAC and CMC available at dell com support manuals If the management station has not stored the iDRAC s SSL certificate in its default certificate storage a warning message is displayed when you run the RACADM command However the command is executed successfully NOTE The iDRAC certificate is the certificate iDRAC sends to the RACADM client to establish the secure session This certificate is either issued by a CA or self signed In either case if the management station does not recognize the CA or signing authority a warning is displayed Related Links Validating CA Certificate To Use Remote RACADM on Linux Validating CA Certificate To Use Remo
278. features are enabled depending on whether OpenManage Server Administrator is running or not Using iDRAC Service Module From iDRAC Web Interface To use the iDRAC Service Module from the iDRAC Web interface 1 Goto Overview Server Service Module The iDRAC Service Module Setup page is displayed 2 Youcan view the following Installed iDRAC Service Module version on the host operating system e Connection status of the iDRAC Service Module with iDRAC 3 To perform out of band monitoring functions select one or more of the following options e OS Information View the operating system information e Replicate Lifecycle Log in OS Log Include Lifecycle Controller logs to operating system logs This option is disabled if OpenManage Server Administrator is installed on the system e WMI Information Include WMI information e Auto System Recovery Action Perform auto recovery operations on the system after a specified time in seconds Reboot Power Off System Power Cycle System This option is disabled if OpenManage Server Administrator is installed on the system Using iDRAC Service Module From RACADM To use the iDRAC Service Module from RACADM use the objects in the ServiceModule group For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals 295 20 Using USB Port for Server Management In Dell PowerEdge 12 generation servers all US
279. fecycle Controller Dell Deployment Toolkit and Server Administrator after booting to the operating system For more information on the tools and privilege settings see the respective user s guides To modify the network settings using iDRAC Web interface or RACADM you must have Configure privileges 82 K NOTE Changing the network settings may terminate the current network connections to iDRAC Modifying Network Settings Using Web Interface To modify the iDRAC network settings 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings Network The Network page is displayed 2 Specify the network settings common settings IPv4 IPv6 IPMI and or VLAN settings as per your requirement and click Apply If you select Auto Dedicated NIC under Network Settings when the iDRAC has its NIC Selection as shared LOM 1 2 5 or 4 and a link is detected on the IiDRAC dedicated NIC the iDRAC changes its NIC selection to use the dedicated NIC If no link is detected on the dedicated NIC then the iDRAC uses the shared LOM The switch from shared to dedicated time out is five seconds and from dedicated to shared is 50 seconds You can configure this time out value using RACADM or WS MAN For information about the various fields see the iDRAC Online Help Modifying Network Settings Using Local RACADM To generate a list of available network properties type the following K NOTE You can use either getconfig and config c
280. fecycle Controller logs when The device is in Automatic or iDRAC mode and USB device is inserted or removed e USB Management Port Mode is modified e Device is automatically switched from iDRAC to OS e Device is ejected from iDRAC or OS When a device exceeds its power requirements as allowed by USB specification the device is detached and an over current event is generated with the following properties e Category System Health e Type USB device Severity Warning 297 e Allowed notifications Email SNMP trap remote syslog and WS Eventing Actions None An error message is displayed and logged to Lifecycle Controller log when e You try to configure the USB management port without the Server Control user privilege e AUSB device is in use by iDRAC and you attempt to modify the USB Management Port Mode e AUSB device is in use by iDRAC and you remove the device Configuring USB Management Port Using Web interface To configure the USB port 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Hardware USB Management Port The Configure USB Management Port page is displayed 2 From the USB Management Port Mode drop down menu select any of the following options e Automatic USB Port is used by iDRAC or the server s operating system e Standard OS Use USB port is used by the server OS e iDRAC Direct only USB pot is used by iDRAC 3 From the iDRAC Managed USB XML Configuration drop down menu select op
281. figuration page is displayed 2 Specify the details for User Name LAN User Privilege Serial Port User Privilege and Change Password For information about the options see the jDRAC Settings Utility Online Help 3 Click Back click Finish and then click Yes The local administrator account settings are configured Setting Up Managed System Location You can specify the location details of the managed system in the data center using the iDRAC Web interface or iDRAC Settings utility Setting Up Managed System Location Using Web Interface To specify the system location details 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server Properties Details The System Details page is displayed 2 Under System Location enter the location details of the managed system in the data center 55 For information about the options see the iDRAC Online Help 3 Click Apply The system location details is saved in iDRAC Setting Up Managed System Location Using RACADM To specify the system location details use the System Location group objects For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Setting Up Managed System Location Using iDRAC Settings Utility To specify the system location details 1 Inthe iDRAC Settings utility go to System Location The iDRAC Settings System Location page is displayed 2 Enterthe location details of the managed syst
282. for floppy iso format for CD DVD and both iso and img formats for Hard Disk emulation types Create bootable USB device s e Boot once to an emulated USB device K NOTE It is possible that a vFlash license may expire during a vFlash operation If it happens the on going vFlash operations complete normally Configuring vFlash SD Card Before configuring vFlash make sure that the vFlash SD card is installed on the system For information on how to install and remove the card from your system see the system s Hardware Owner s Manual at dell com support manuals NOTE You must have Access Virtual Media privilege to enable or disable vFlash functionality and initialize the card Related Links Viewing vFlash SD Card Properties Enabling or Disabling vFlash Functionality Initializing vFlash SD Card Viewing vFlash SD Card Properties After vFlash functionality is enabled you can view the SD card properties using iDRAC Web interface or RACADM 272 Viewing vFlash SD Card Properties Using Web Interface To view the vFlash SD card properties in the iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server vFlash The SD Card Properties page is displayed For information about the displayed properties see the iDRAC Online Help Viewing vFlash SD Card Properties Using RACADM To view the vFlash SD card properties using RACADM use one of the following e Use the c gvFlashSD object with the getconfig command The followi
283. format and click Open The selected certificate is imported to the Web start trusted certificate store 5 Click Close and then click OK The Java Control Panel window closes Importing CA Certificate to ActiveX Trusted Certificate Store You must use the OpenSSL command line tool to create the certificate Hash using Secure Hash Algorithm SHA It is recommended to use OpenSSL tool 1 0 x and later since it uses SHA by default The CA certificate must be in Base64 encoded PEM format This is one time process to import each CA certificate To import the CA certificate to the ActiveX trusted certificate store 1 Open the OpenSSL command prompt Run a 8 byte hash on the CA certificate that is currently in use on the management station using the command openssl x509 in name of CA cert noout hash An output file is generated For example if the CA certificate file name is cacert pem the command is openssl x509 in cacert pem noout hash The output similar to 431db322 is generated 3 Rename the CA file to the output file name and include a 0 extension For example 431db322 0 4 Copy the renamed CA certificate to your home directory For example C Documents and Settings lt user gt directory Configuring Virtual Console Before configuring the Virtual Console make sure that the management station is configured You can configure the virtual console using iDRAC Web interface or RACADM command line interface Rela
284. from Full Screen mode to Windowed mode the previous state of Pass all keys is resumed Related Links Java based Virtual Console Session running on Windows Operating System Java Based Virtual Console Session Running on Linux Operating System ActiveX Based Virtual Console Session Running on Windows Operating System 258 Java based Virtual Console Session running on Windows Operating System Ctrl Alt Del key is not sent to the managed system but always interpreted by the management station When Pass All Keystrokes to Server is enabled the following keys are not sent to the managed system Browser Back Key Browser Forward Key Browser Refresh key Browser Stop Key Browser Search Key Browser Favorites key Browser Start and Home key Volume mute key Volume down key Volume up key Next track key Previous track key Stop Media key Play Pause media key Start mail key Select media key Start Application 1 key Start Application 2 key All the individual keys not a combination of different keys but a single key stroke are always sent to the managed system This includes all the Function keys Shift Alt Ctrl key and Menu keys Some of these keys affect both management station and managed system For example if the management station and the managed system is running Windows operating system and Pass All Keys is disabled when you press the Windows k
285. g Controller FQDD gt For more information see the iDRAC RACADM Command Line Reference Guide available at dell com esmmanuals Resetting Controller Configuration You can reset the configuration for a controller This operation deletes virtual disk drives and unassigns all hot spares on the controller It does not erase any data other than removing the disks from the configuration Reset configuration also does not remove any foreign configurations The real time support of this feature is available only in PERC 9 1 firmware Reset configuration does not erase any data You may recreate the exact same configuration without an initialize operation which may result in the data being recovered You must have server control privilege NOTE Resetting the controller configuration does not remove a foreign configuration To remove a foreign configuration perform clear configuration operation Resetting Controller Configuration Using Web Interface To reset the controller configuration 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Storage Controllers Troubleshooting The Controllers Troubleshooting page is displayed 2 From the Actions drop down menu select Reset Configuration for one or more controllers 3 For each controller from the Apply Operation Mode drop down menu select when you want to apply the settings 4 Click Apply 233 Based on the selected operation mode the settings are applied Resetting Controller
286. g Remote File Share RFS mount the ISO or IMG image file to the managed system through NFS or CIFS 2 Goto Overview Setup First Boot Device A Set the boot order in the First Boot Device drop down list to Remote File Share 4 Select the Boot Once option to enable the managed system to reboot using the image file for the next instance only 5 Click Apply 6 Reboot the managed system and follow the on screen instructions to complete the deployment Related Links Managing Remote File Share Setting First Boot Device Managing Remote File Share Using Remote File Share RFS feature you can set an ISO or IMG image file on a network share and make it available to the managed server s operating system as a virtual drive by mounting it as a CD or DVD using NFS or CIFS RFS is a licensed feature K NOTE IPv4 address is supported for both CIFS and NFS IPv6 address is supported only for CIFS Remote file share supports only img and iso image file formats A img file is redirected as a virtual floppy and a iso file is redirected as a virtual CDROM You must have Virtual Media privileges to perform an RFS mounting K NOTE If ESXi is running on the managed system and if you mount a floppy image img using RFS the connected floppy image is not available to the ESXi operating system RFS and Virtual Media features are mutually exclusive e Ifthe Virtual Media client is not active and you attempt to establish an
287. g Secure Sockets Layer SSL e Execute VMCLI commands until The connections automatically terminate An operating system terminates the process K NOTE To terminate the process in Windows use the Task Manager Installing VMCLI The VMCLI utility is included in the Dell Systems Management Tools and Documentation DVD To install the VMCLI utility 1 Insert the Dell Systems Management Tools and Documentation DVD into the management station s DVD drive 2 Follow the on screen instructions to install DRAC tools 3 After successful install check install Dell SysMgt rac5 folder to make sure vmcli exe exists Similarly check the respective path for UNIX The VMCLI utility is installed on the system Running VMCLI Utility e If the operating system requires specific privileges or group membership you require similar privileges to run the VMCLI commands e On Windows systems non administrators must have Power User privileges to run the VMCLI utility e On Linux systems to access iDRAC run VMCLI utility and log user commands non administrators must prefix sudo to the VMCLI commands However to add or edit users in the VMCLI administrators group use the visudo command 269 VMCLI Syntax The VMCLI interface is identical on both Windows and Linux systems The VMCLI syntax is VMCLI parameter operating system shell options For example vmcli r iDRAC IP address iDRAC SSL port The parameter enables
288. g Server Configuration Profile From USB Device sssssssssse 299 21 Using DRAG Quick Syne incitati ede tute dte n es tiia di tau iR RARUS 3502 Configuring IDRAG Quick Symes ares ates n be edited tatu ueste s as 303 Configuring iDRAC Quick Sync Settings Using Web Interface eeeeeeeeenteeeteerenreenneees 303 Configuring iDRAC Quick Sync Settings Using RACADM cecceeccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeteneeeeeenes 303 Configuring iDRAC Quick Sync Settings Using iDRAC Settings Utility ssessssse 303 Using Mobile Device to View iDRAC Information 304 22 Deploying Operating Systems esee 305 Deploying Operating System Using VMCLI cececceeceeseeeseeeeeceeeceeesneeceeceeeeeseeeeneeeneesieeseeeenteneees 305 Deploying Operating System Using Remote File Share ssssssssss ee 306 Managing Remote File Share dene Tete ee tue Mi ne ec t e ine a bed 307 Configuring Remote File Share Using Web Interface 308 Configuring Remote File Share Using RACADM ssssssssssseeeeeeeeeeeee nnne 309 Deploying Operating System Using Virtual Media 309 Installing Operating System From Multiple Disks 310 Deploying Embedded Operating System On SD Card 310 Enabling SD Module and Redundancy in BIOS cccceecceeceeceeteeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeecneecneesieeeieesatens 310 23 Troubleshooting Managed System Using IDRAC 312 Using Diagnostic
289. g a CSR you can upload the signed SSL server certificate to the iDRAC firmware iDRAC must be reset to apply the certificate iDRAC accepts only X509 Base 64 encoded Web server certificates SHA 2 certificates are also supported A CAUTION During reset iDRAC is not available for a few minutes Related Links SSL Server Certificates Uploading Server Certificate Using Web Interface To upload the SSL server certificate 1 In the iDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings Network SSL select Upload Server Certificate and click Next The Certificate Upload page is displayed 2 Under File Path click Browse and select the certificate on the management station 3 Click Apply The SSL server certificate is uploaded to iDRAC 4 Apop up message is displayed asking you to reset iDRAC immediately or at a later time Click Reset iDRAC or Reset iDRAC Later as required 100 iDRAC resets and the new certificate is applied The iDRAC is not available for a few minutes during the reset NOTE You must reset iDRAC to apply the new certificate Until iDRAC is reset the existing certificate is active Uploading Server Certificate Using RACADM To upload the SSL server certificate use the sslcertupload command For more information see the RACADM Command Line Reference Guide for iDRAC available at dell com support manuals If the CSR is generated outside of iDRAC with a private key available then to upload the certif
290. ge Device Using Web Interface Monitoring Storage Device Using RACADM Monitoring Backplane Using iDRAC Settings Utility Viewing Storage Device Topology Managing Physical DISKS 2 ted anaiai idea i aea e iani Reps tax Prae d ova an Assigning or Unassigning Physical Disk as Global Hot spare Convert To RAID Capable Disk Convert To Non RAID Disk Managing Virtual Disks Creating Virtual DISKS sruse riie dave e dre rid a A de he ees Editing Virtual Disk Cache Policies Deleting Virtual Disks Checking Virtual Disk Consistency Initializing Virtual Disks Encrypting Virtual Disks Assigning or Unassigning Dedicated Hot Spares sssssssssssssseemenemns Managing Virtual Disks Using Web Interface Managing Virtual Disks Using RACADM Managing Controllers Configuring Controller Properties Importing or Auto Importing Foreign Configuration Clearing Foreign Configuration Resetting Controller Configuration zns emea e one rct ER ER E D Pe e e a d 12Gbps SAS HBA Adapter Operations Monitoring Predictive Failure Analysis On Drives ssssssssssseseeeeeeeeenn Controller Operations in Non RAID HBA Mode Running RAID Configuration Jobs On Multiple Storage Controllers Managing PCle SSDs Inventory and Monitoring PCle SSDs Preparing to Remove PCle SSD wis cod dep ER eat haere rind EACH ERROR 237 Erasing PGle SSD Device Dat a z ertet t e ba ett a ete od aud 238 Managing Enclosures or Backplanes c cccccceec
291. ged system The behavior of the Pass all keystrokes to server feature depends on the Plug in type Java or ActiveX based on which Virtual Console session is launched For the Java client the native library must be loaded for Pass all keystrokes to server and Single Cursor mode to function If the native libraries are not loaded the Pass all keystrokes to server and Single Cursor options are deselected If you attempt to select either of these options an error message is displayed indicating that the selected options are not supported For the ActiveX client the native library must be loaded for Pass all keystrokes to server function to work If the native libraries are not loaded the Pass all keystrokes to server option is deselected If you attempt to select this option an error message is displayed indicating that the feature is not supported For MAC operating systems enable the Enable access of assistive device option in Universal Access for the Pass all keystrokes to server feature to work e Operating system running on the management station and managed system The key combinations that are meaningful to the operating system on the management station are not passed to the managed system e Virtual Console Viewer mode Windowed or Full Screen In Full Screen mode Pass all keystrokes to server is enabled by default In Windowed mode the keys passed only when the Virtual Console Viewer is visible and is active When changed
292. gement stations 99 After the CA approves the CSR and issues the SSL server certificate it can be uploaded to iDRAC The information used to generate the CSR stored on the iDRAC firmware must match the information contained in the SSL server certificate that is the certificate must have been generated using the CSR created by iDRAC Related Links SSL Server Certificates Generating CSR Using Web Interface To generate a new CSR K NOTE Each new CSR overwrites any previous CSR data stored in the firmware The information in the CSR must match the information in the SSL server certificate Else iDRAC does not accept the certificate 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings Network SSL select Generate Certificate Signing Request CSR and click Next The Generate a New Certificate Signing Request page is displayed 2 Enter a value for each CSR attribute For more information see iDRAC Online Help 3 Click Generate A new CSR is generated Save it to the management station Generating CSR Using RACADM To generate a CSR using RACADM use the objects in the cfgRacSecurity group with the config command or use the objects in the iIDRAC Security group with the set command and then use the sslcsrgen command to generate the CSR For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Uploading Server Certificate After generatin
293. ger on 10 Gb cards and is also exceptionally long if the connected network switch has Spanning Tree Protocol STP enabled In this case it is recommended to enable portfast for the switch port connected to the server In most cases the Virtual Console restores itself Virtual Media Why does the Virtual Media client connection sometimes drop When a network time out occurs iDRAC firmware drops the connection disconnecting the link between the server and the virtual drive If you change the CD in the client system the new CD may have an autostart feature In this case the firmware can time out and the connection is lost if the client system takes too long to read the CD If a connection is lost reconnect from the GUI and continue the previous operation If the Virtual Media configuration settings are changed in the iDRAC Web interface or through local RACADM commands any connected media is disconnected when the configuration change is applied To reconnect to the Virtual Drive use the Virtual Media Client View window Why does a Windows operating system installation through Virtual Media takes an extended amount of time If you are installing the Windows operating system using the Dell Systems Management Tools and Documentation DVD and the network connection is slow the installation procedure may require an extended amount of time to access iDRAC Web interface due to network latency The installation window does not indicate the
294. ges to terminate iDRAC sessions using RACADM To view the current user sessions use the getssninfo command To terminate a user session use the closessn command For more information about these commands see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals 117 Setting Up iDRAC Communication You can communicate with iDRAC using any of the following modes iDRAC Web Interface Serial connection using DB9 cable RAC serial or IPMI serial For rack and tower servers only IPMI Serial Over LAN IPMI Over LAN Remote RACADM Local RACADM Remote Services For an overview of the supported protocols supported commands and pre requisites see the following t able Table 10 Communication Modes Summary Mode of Communication iDRAC Web Interface Serial using Null modem DB9 cable IPMI Serial Over LAN IPMI over LAN SMCLP Remote RACADM 118 Supported Protocol Internet Protocol https Serial Protocol Intelligent Platform Management Bus protocol SSH Telnet Intelligent Platform Management Bus protocol SSH Telnet https Supported Commands NA RACADM SMCLP IPMI IPMI IPMI SMCLP Remote RACADM Prerequisite Web Server Part of iDRAC firmware RAC Serial or IPMI Serial is enabled IPMITool is installed and IPMI Serial Over LAN is enabled IPMITool is installed and IPMI Settings is enabled SSH or Telne
295. gns to the virtual floppy drive To mount the virtual floppy drive 1 Open a Linux command prompt and run the following command grep Virtual Floppy var log messages 2 Locate the last entry to that message and note the time At the Linux prompt run the following command grep hh mm ss var log messages where hh mmiss is the time stamp of the message returned by grep in step 1 4 dn step 3 read the result of the grep command and locate the device name that is given to the Virtual Floppy 5 Make sure that you are attached and connected to the virtual floppy drive 6 Atthe Linux prompt run the following command mount dev sdx mnt floppy where dev sdx is the device name found in step 4 and mnt floppy is the mount point To mount the virtual CD drive locate the device node that Linux assigns to the virtual CD drive To mount the virtual CD drive 1 Open a Linux command prompt and run the following command grep Virtual CD var log messages 2 Locate the last entry to that message and note the time At the Linux prompt run the following command grep hh mm ss var log messages where hh mmiss is the timestamp of the message returned by grep in step 1 4 n step 3 read the result of the grep command and locate the device name that is given to the Dell Virtual CD 5 Make sure that the Virtual CD Drive is attached and connected At the Linux prompt run the following command mount dev sdx mnt CD 555
296. h or if you navigate to some other page in the GUI iDRAC may display the message vFlash is currently in use by another process Try again after some time vFlash is capable of performing fast partition creation when there is no other on going vFlash operation such as formatting attaching partitions and so on Therefore it is recommended to first create all partitions before performing other individual partition operations Creating an Empty Partition An empty partition when attached to the system is similar to an empty USB flash drive You can create empty partitions on a vFlash SD card You can create partitions of type Floppy or Hard Disk The partition type CD is supported only while creating partitions using images Before creating an empty partition make sure that e You have Access Virtual Media privilege e The card is initialized The card is not write protected e An initialize operation is not being performed on the card Creating an Empty Partition Using the Web Interface To create an empty vFlash partition 1 IniDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server vFlash Create Empty Partition The Create Empty Partition page is displayed 2 Specify the required information and click Apply For information about the options see the iDRAC Online Help A new unformatted empty partition is created that is read only by default A page indicating the progress percentage is displayed An error message is disp
297. hat You have Access Virtual Media privileges e The vFlash functionality is enabled e An initialize operation is not being performed on the card e Foraread write partition it must not be attached To download the contents of the vFlash partition 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server vFlash Download The Download Partition page is displayed 2 From the Label drop down menu select a partition that you want to download and click Download NOTE All existing partitions except attached partitions are displayed in the list The first partition is selected by default 3 Specify the location to save the file The contents of the selected partition are downloaded to the specified location NOTE If only the folder location is specified then the partition label is used as the file name along with the extension iso for CD and Hard Disk type partitions and img for Floppy and Hard Disk type partitions Booting to a Partition You can set an attached vFlash partition as the boot device for the next boot operation Before booting a partition make sure that e The vFlash partition contains a bootable image in the img or iso format to boot from the device e The vFlash functionality is enabled You have Access Virtual Media privileges Booting to a Partition Using Web Interface To set the vFlash partition as a first boot device see Setting First Boot Device K NOTE If the attached vFlash
298. he Host OS Depending on how the Host OS detects the DHCP server the corresponding IPv4 or IPv6 DHCP server address may not be displayed Typically one of IPv4 or IPv6 DHCP address is visible if DHCP is enabled Viewing Network Interfaces Available on Host OS Using Web Interface To view the network interfaces available on the host OS using Web interface 1 Goto Overview Host OS Network Interfaces The Network Interfaces page displays all the network interfaces that are available on the host operating system 2 Toview the list of network interfaces associated with a network device from the Network Device FQDD drop down menu select a network device and click Apply The OS IP details are displayed in the Host OS Network Interfaces section 3 From the Device FQDD column click on the network device link The corresponding device page is displayed from the Hardware Network Devicessection where you can view the device details For information about the properties see the iDRAC Online Help 4 For each network device click the icon to display the additional details Similarly you can view the host OS network interface information associated with a network device from the Hardware Network Devices page Click View Host OS Network Interfaces Viewing Network Interfaces Available on Host OS Using RACADM Use the gethostnetworkinterfaces command to view the network interfaces available on the host operating systems
299. he backup file image Network to save the backup file image on a CIFS or NFS share e vFlash to save the backup file image on the vFlash card 5 Enter the backup file name and encryption passphrase optional 6 If Network is selected as the file location enter the network settings NOTE While specifying the network share settings it is recommended to avoid special characters for user name and password or percent encode the special characters For information about the fields see the iDRAC Online Help 7 In the Backup Window Schedule section specify the backup operation start time and frequency of the operation daily weekly or monthly For information about the fields see the iDRAC Online Help 8 Click Schedule Backup A recurring job is represented in the job queue with a start date and time of the next scheduled backup operation Five minutes after the first instance of the recurring job starts the job for the next 77 time period is created The backup server profile operation is performed at the scheduled date and time Scheduling Automatic Backup Server Profile Using RACADM To enable automatic backup use the command racadm set lifecyclecontroller lcattributes autobackup Enabled To schedule a backup server profile operation racadm systemconfig backup f filename target n lt passphrase gt time lt hh mm gt dom 1 28 L dow lt Sun Sat gt wom 1 4 L rp lt 1 366 gt mb Max
300. he data collected from your server is not viewable by non authorized individuals during the transmission to Tech Support You can generate a health report of the server and then export the report to a location on the management station local or to a shared network location such as Common Internet File System CIFS or Network File Share NFS You can then share this report directly with the Tech Support To export to a network share such as CIFS or NFS direct network connectivity to the iDRAC shared or dedicated network port is required 517 The report is generated in the standard ZIP format The report contains information that is similar to the information available in the DSET report such as e Hardware inventory for all components System Lifecycle Controller and component attributes e Operating system and application information Active Lifecycle Controller logs archived entries are not included e PCle SSD logs e Storage controller logs After the report is generated you can view the report It contains a bunch of XML files and log files The report must be shared with tech support to troubleshoot the issue Each time the data collection is performed an event is recorded in the Lifecycle Controller log The event includes information such as the interface used the date and time of export and iDRAC user name You can generate the OS Application and Logs report in two ways e Automatic Using iDRAC Service Module tha
301. he emulation type is specified as Hard Disk then the BIOS cannot boot from this image Image file size is less than or equal to the available space on the card Image file size is less than or equal to 4 GB as the maximum partition size supported is 4 GB However while creating a partition using a Web browser the image file size must be less than 2 GB NOTE The vFlash partition is an image file on a FAT32 file system Thus the image file has the 4 GB limitation Creating a Partition Using an Image File Using Web Interface To create a vFlash partition from an image file 1 In iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server vFlash Create From Image The Create Partition from Image File page is displayed Enter the required information and click Apply For information about the options see the iDRAC Online Help A new partition is created For CD emulation type a read only partition is created For Floppy or Hard Disk emulation type a read write partition is created An error message is displayed if The card is write protected The label name matches the label of an existing partition e The size of the image file is greater than 4 GB or exceeds the available space on the card The image file does not exist or the image file extension is neither img nor iso Aninitialize operation is already being performed on the card Creating a Partition From an Image File Using RACADM To create a partition from an i
302. he location of the firmware images Network Use the catalog file from a network share CIFS or NFS Enter the network share location details K NOTE While specifying the network share settings it is recommended to avoid special characters for user name and password or percent encode the special characters e FTP Use the catalog file from the FTP site Enter the FTP site details 6 Based on the selection in step 5 enter the network settings or the FTP settings For information about the fields see the iDRAC Online Help 7 Inthe Update Window Schedule section specify the start time for the firmware update and the frequency of the updates daily weekly or monthly For information about the fields see the iDRAC Online Help 8 Click Schedule Update The next scheduled job is created in the job queue Five minutes after the first instance of the recurring job starts the job for the next time period is created 70 Scheduling Automatic Firmware Update Using RACADM To schedule automatic firmware update use the following commands e To enable automatic firmware update racadm set lifecycleController lcattributes AutoUpdate Enable 1 e To view the status of automatic firmware update racadm get lifecycleController lcattributes AutoUpdate e To schedule the start time and frequency of the firmware update racadm AutoUpdateScheduler create u usernam p password 1 location f catalogfilename pu lt pr
303. he partition s and click Apply to detach the partition s The partitions are attached or detached based on the selections Attaching or Detaching Partitions Using RACADM To attach or detach partitions 1 Openatelnet SSH or Serial console to the system and log in 2 Useany one of the following Using config command Toattach a partition racadm config g cfgvflashpartition i 1 o cfgvflashPartitionAttachState 1 To detach a partition racadm config g cfgvflashpartition i 1 o cfgvflashPartitionAttachState 0 e Using set command Toattach a partition racadm set iDRAC vflashpartition lt index gt AttachState 1 To detach a partition 280 racadm set iDRAC vflashpartition index AttachState 0 Operating System Behavior for Attached Partitions For Windows and Linux operating systems e The operating system controls and assigns the drive letters to the attached partitions e Read only partitions are read only drives in the operating system The operating system must support the file system of an attached partition Else you cannot read or modify the contents of the partition from the operating system For example in a Windows environment the operating system cannot read the partition type EXT2 which is native to Linux Also in a Linux environment the operating system cannot read the partition type NTFS which is native to Windows e The vFlash partition label is different from the volume
304. he settings required to resolve this 1 Runthe technet microsoft com en us library dd560670 WS 10 aspx for the domain controller and domain policy 2 Configure the computers to use the DES CBC MD5 cipher suite These settings may affect compatibility with client computers or services and applications in your environment The Configure encryption types allowed for Kerberos policy setting is located at Computer Configuration Security Settings Local Policies Security Options 3 Make sure that the domain clients have the updated GPO At the command line type gpupdate force and delete the old key tab with klist purge command 5 After the GPO is updated create the new keytab 6 Upload the keytab to iDRAC You can now log in to iDRAC using SSO Why does SSO login fail with Active Directory users on Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2 You must enable the encryption types for Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2 To enable the encryption types 1 Log in as administrator or as a user with administrative privilege Go to Start and run gpedit msc The Local Group Policy Editor window is displayed Go to Local Computer Settings Windows Settings Security Settings Local Policies Security Options 4 Right click Network Security Configure encryption types allowed for kerberos and select Properties 5 Enable all the options Click OK You can now log in to iDRAC using SSO Perform the following additiona
305. her terminal and start the SOL session using the same command Related Links Disconnecting SOL Session in iDRAC Command Line Console Using SOL From OpenSSH or Telnet On Linux To start SOL from OpenSSH or Telnet on a Linux management station 127 K NOTE If required you can change the default SSH or Telnet session time out at Overview gt iDRAC Settings Network Services 1 Starta shell Connect to iDRAC using the following command e For SSH ssh iDRAC ip adaress l login name gt e For Telnet telnet iDRAC ip adaress NOTE If you have changed the port number for the Telnet service from the default port 23 add the port number to the end of the Telnet command 3 Enter one of the following commands at the command prompt to start SOL connect console com2 This connects iDRAC to the managed system s SOL port Once a SOL session is established iDRAC command line console is not available Follow the escape sequence correctly to open the iDRAC command line console The escape sequence is also printed on the screen as soon as a SOL session is connected When the managed system is off it takes sometime to establish the SOL session NOTE You can use console com41 or console com to start SOL Reboot the server to establish the connection The console h com2 command displays the contents of the serial history buffer before waiting for input from the keyboard or new characters from the serial port
306. his case the stripe size is 64KB and the stripe element size is 16KB Stripe element A stripe element is the portion of a stripe that resides on a single physical disk 205 Stripe element size The amount of disk space consumed by a stripe element For example consider a stripe that contains 64KB of disk space and has 16KB of data residing on each disk in the stripe In this case the stripe element size is 16KB and the stripe size is 64KB e Parity Parity refers to redundant data that is maintained using an algorithm in combination with striping When one of the striped disks fails the data can be reconstructed from the parity information using the algorithm e Span A span is a RAID technique used to combine storage space from groups of physical disks into a RAID 10 50 or 60 virtual disk RAID Levels Each RAID level uses some combination of mirroring striping and parity to provide data redundancy or improved read and write performance For specific information on each RAID level see Choosing RAID Levels Organizing Data Storage For Availability And Performance RAID provides different methods or RAID levels for organizing the disk storage Some RAID levels maintain redundant data so that you can restore data after a disk failure Different RAID levels also entail an increase or decrease in the I O read and write performance of a system Maintaining redundant data requires the use of additional physical disks
307. his page f iDRAC configuration is reset to default values the iDRAC IP address is reset to 192 168 0 120 You can access iDRAC using this IP or reconfigure the iDRAC address using local RACADM or F2 remote RACADM requires network access An error message appears if e You do not have Server Control privilege to rollback any firmware other than the iDRAC or Configure privilege to rollback iDRAC firmware Firmware rollback is already in progress in another session e Updates are staged to run or already in running state If Lifecycle Controller is disabled or in recovery state and you try to perform a firmware rollback for any device other than iDRAC an appropriate warning message is displayed along with steps to enable Lifecycle Controller Rollback Firmware Using CMC Web Interface To roll back using the CMC Web interface 1 74 Log in to CMC Web interface Go to Server Overview server name gt The Server Status page is displayed Click Launch iDRAC and perform device firmware rollback as mentioned in the Rollback Firmware Using iDRAC Web Interface section Rollback Firmware Using RACADM To rollback device firmware using racadm 1 Check the rollback status and the FQDD using the swinventory command racadm swinventory For the device for which you want to rollback the firmware the Rollback Version must be Available Also make a note of the FQDD 2 Rollback the device firmware using racadm ro
308. hpartition lt index gt AccessType 1 To change a read write partition to read only racadm set iDRAC vflashpartition lt index gt AccessType 0 e Using set command to specify the Emulation type 279 racadm set iDRAC vflashpartition index EmulationType HDD Floppy or CD DVD Attaching or Detaching Partitions When you attach one or more partitions they are visible to the operating system and BIOS as USB mass storage devices When you attach multiple partitions based on the assigned index they are listed in an ascending order in the operating system and the BIOS boot order menu If you detach a partition it is not visible in the operating system and the BIOS boot order menu When you attach or detach a partition the USB bus in the managed system is reset This affects applications that are using vFlash and disconnects the iDRAC Virtual Media sessions Before attaching or detaching a partition make sure that The vFlash functionality is enabled e An initialize operation is not already being performed on the card e You have Access Virtual Media privileges Attaching or Detaching Partitions Using Web Interface To attach or detach partitions 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server vFlash Manage The Manage Partitions page is displayed 2 Inthe Attached column Select the checkbox for the partition s and click Apply to attach the partition s e Clear the checkbox for t
309. iDRAC Web server is reset when e The network configuration or network security properties are changed using the iDRAC Web user interface e The cfgRacTuneHttpsPort property is changed including when a config f config file changes it e The racresetcfg command is used e iDRAC is reset Anew SSL server certificate is uploaded Why is an error message displayed if you try to delete a partition after creating it using local RACADM This occurs because the create partition operation is in progress However the partition is deleted after sometime and a message that the partition is deleted is displayed If not wait until the create partition operation is completed and then delete the partition Miscellaneous How to find an iDRAC IP address for a blade server You can find the iDRAC IP address using any of the following methods Using CMC Web interface Go to Chassis Servers Setup Deploy and in the displayed table view the IP address for the server Using the Virtual Console Reboot the server to view the iDRAC IP address during POST Select the Dell CMC console in the OSCAR to log in to CMC through a local serial connection CMC RACADM commands can be sent from this connection See the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide for a complete list of CMC RACADM subcommands From local RACADM Use the command racadm getsysinfo For example racadm getniccfg m server 1 DHCP Enabled 1 5358
310. ial Interface Communication Mode use the following key sequence lt Esc gt lt Shift gt lt q gt When in terminal mode to switch the connection to the Serial Console mode use lt Esc gt lt Shift gt lt q gt To go back to the terminal mode use when connected in Serial Console mode lt Esc gt lt Shift gt lt 9 gt Communicating With iDRAC Using IPMI SOL IPMI Serial Over LAN SOL allows a managed system s text based console serial data to be redirected over iDRAC s dedicated or shared out of band ethernet management network Using SOL you can e Remotely access operating systems with no time out Diagnose host systems on Emergency Management Services EMS or Special Administrator Console SAC for Windows or Linux shell View the progress of a servers during POST and reconfigure the BIOS setup program To setup the SOL communication mode 1 Configure BIOS for serial connection 2 Configure iDRAC to Use SOL 3 Enable a supported protocol SSH Telnet IPMItool Related Links Configuring BIOS For Serial Connection Configuring iDRAC to Use SOL Enabling Supported Protocol Configuring BIOS For Serial Connection To configure BIOS for Serial Connection 125 K NOTE This is applicable only for iDRAC on rack and tower servers 1 Turn on or restart the system Press lt F2 gt Go to System BIOS Settings Serial Communication PLAN Specify the following values Serial
311. icate to iDRAC 1 Send the CSR to a well known root CA CA signs the CSR and the CSR becomes a valid certificate Upload the private key using the remote racadm sslkeyupload command 3 Upload the signed certificate to iDRAC using the remote racadm sslcertupload command The new certificate is uploaded iDRAC A message is displayed asking you to reset iDRAC 4 Runthe racadm racreset command to reset iDRAC iDRAC resets and the new certificate is applied The iDRAC is not available for a few minutes during the reset NOTE You must reset iDRAC to apply the new certificate Until iDRAC is reset the existing certificate is active Viewing Server Certificate You can view the SSL server certificate that is currently being used in iDRAC Related Links SSL Server Certificates Viewing Server Certificate Using Web Interface In the iDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings Network SSL The SSL page displays the SSL server certificate that is currently in use at the top of the page Viewing Server Certificate Using RACADM To view the SSL server certificate use the sslcertview command For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Uploading Custom Signing Certificate You can upload a custom signing certificate to sign the SSL certificate SHA 2 certificates are also supported Uploading Custom Signing Certificate Using Web Interface To upload the c
312. ide this range results in an error The login proceeds if the following expression equals zero Using legacy syntax c gRacTuneIpRangeMask amp lt incoming IP address gt cfgRacTuneIpRangeAddr Using new syntax RangeMask amp lt incoming IP address gt RangeAddr where amp is the bitwise AND of the quantities and is the bitwise exclusive OR Examples for IP Filtering The following RACADM commands block all IP addresses except 192 168 0 57 Using config command racadm config g cfgRacTuning o cfgRacTuneIpRangeEnable 1 racadm config g cfgRacTuning o cfgRacTuneIpRangeAddr 192 168 0 57 racadm config g cfgRacTuning o cfgRacTuneIpRangeMask 255 255 255 255 Using set command racadm set iDRAC IPBlocking RangeEnable 1 racadm set iDRAC IPBlocking RangeAddr 192 168 0 57 racadm set iDRAC IPBlocking RangeMask 255 255 255 255 e To restrict logins to a set of four adjacent IP addresses for example 192 168 0 212 through 192 168 0 215 select all but the lowest two bits in the mask Using set command racadm set iDRAC IPBlocking RangeEnable 1 racadm set iDRAC IPBlocking RangeAddr 192 168 0 212 racadm set iDRAC IPBlocking RangeMask 255 255 255 252 The last byte of the range mask is set to 252 the decimal equivalent of 11111100b For more information see the iDRAC RACADM Command Line Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Configuring Services You can configure
313. iew Hardware Front Panel The Live Front Panel Feed section displays the current front panel status e Solid blue No errors present on the managed system e Blinking blue Identify mode is enabled regardless of managed system error presence e Solid amber Managed system is in failsafe mode Blinking amber Errors present on managed system When the system is operating normally indicated by blue Health icon on the LED front panel then both Hide Error and UnHide Error is grayed out You can hide or unhide the errors only for rack and tower servers To view system ID LED status using RACADM use the getled command For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Related Links Configuring System ID LED Setting Hardware Trouble Indicators The hardware related problems are Failure to power up e Noisy fans e Loss of network connectivity e Hard drive failure e USB media failure e Physical damage Based on the problem use the following methods to correct the problem e Reseat the module or component and restart the system e Incase of a blade server insert the module into a different bay in the chassis e Replace hard drives or USB flash drives e Reconnect or replace the power and network cables If problem persists see the Hardware Owner s Manual for specific troubleshooting information about the hardware device 316
314. if they were devices on the managed server Using the Virtual Media feature you can Remotely access media connected to a remote system over the network Install applications Update drivers Install an operating system on the managed system This is a licensed feature for rack and tower servers It is available by default for blade servers The key features are Virtual Media supports virtual optical drives CD DVD floppy drives including USB based drives and USB flash drives You can attach only one floppy USB flash drive image or key and one optical drive on the management station to a managed system Supported floppy drives include a floppy image or one available floppy drive Supported optical drives include a maximum of one available optical drive or one ISO image file The following figure shows a typical Virtual Media setup Virtual floppy media of iDRAC is not accessible from virtual machines Any connected Virtual Media emulates a physical device on the managed system On Windows based managed systems the Virtual Media drives are auto mounted if they are attached and configured with a drive letter On Linux based managed systems with some configurations the Virtual Media drives are not auto mounted To manually mount the drives use the mount command All the virtual drive access requests from the managed system are directed to the management station across the network Virtual devices appear as two drives on th
315. ify the thermal settings 1 IntheiDRAC Settings utility go to Thermal The iDRAC Settings Thermal page is displayed 2 Specify the following e Thermal Profile e Maximum Exhaust Temperature Limit e Fan Speed Offset e Minimum Fan Speed Example To display the lowest value that can be set using MinimumFanSpeed option racadm get system thermalsettings MFSM inimumLimit To make sure that the system minimum speed does not decrease lower than 45 PWM 45 must be a value between MFSMinimumLimit to MFSMaximumLimit racadm set system thermalsettings Mini mumFanSpeed 45 To view the existing thermal profile setting racadm get system thermalsettings Ther malProfile To set the thermal profile to Maximum Performance racadm set system thermalsettings Ther malProfile 1 For information about the fields see the Modifying Thermal Settings Using Web Interface The settings are persistent which means that once they are set and applied they do not automatically change to the default setting during system reboot power cycling iDRAC or BIOS updates A few Dell servers may or may not support some or all of these custom user cooling options If the options are not supported they are not displayed or you cannot provide a custom value 3 Click Back click Finish and then click Yes 59 The thermal settings are configured Configuring Supported Web Browsers iDRAC is supported on Internet Explorer Mozil
316. in an enclosure or attached to the backplane of a system In addition to managing the physical disks contained in the enclosure you can monitor the status of the fans power supply and temperature probes in an enclosure You can hot plug enclosures Hot plugging is defined as adding of a component to a system while the operating system is still running The physical devices connected to the controller must have the latest firmware For the latest supported firmware contact your service provider Storage events from PERC are mapped to SNMP traps and WSMAN events as applicable Any changes to the storage configurations are logged in the Lifecycle Log PERC Capability CEM configuration Capable Controller PERC 9 1 or later CEM configuration Non capable Controller PERC 9 0 and lower Real time If there is no existing pending or Configuration is applied An error scheduled jobs for the controller message is displayed Job then configuration is applied creation is not successful and If there are pending or scheduled You cannot create real time jobs jobs for that controller then the using Web interface jobs have to be cleared or you must wait for the jobs to be completed before applying the configuration at run time Run time or real time means a reboot is not required Staged If all the set operations are Configuration is applied after staged the configuration is reboot staged and applied after reboot or it is applied at rea
317. in type is set to Native ActiveX type in Virtual console when you try to launch the Virtual Console the CAB file is downloaded to the client system and ActiveX based Virtual Console is launched Internet Explorer requires some configurations to download install and run these ActiveX based applications Internet explorer is available in both 32 bit and 64 bit versions on 64 bit browsers You can use any version but if you install the plug in in the 64 bit browser and then try to run the viewer in a 32 bit browser you have to install the plug in again K NOTE You can use ActiveX plug in only with Internet Explorer For ActiveX applications in Windows 2003 Windows XP Windows Vista Windows 7 and Windows 2008 configure the following IE settings to use the ActiveX plug in 1 Clear the browser s cache Add iDRAC IP or hostname to the Trusted Sites list 3 Reset the custom settings to Medium low or change the settings to allow installation of signed ActiveX plug ins 4 Enable the browser to download encrypted content and to enable third party browser extensions To do this go to Tools Internet Options Advanced clear the Do not save encrypted pages to disk option and select the Enable third party browser extensions option NOTE Restart Internet Explorer for the Enable third party browser extension setting to take effect 5 Go to Tools Internet Options Security and select the zone you want to run the application 6
318. ing and Configuring Network Devices Dynamic Configuration of Virtual Addresses Initiator and Storage Target Settings Monitoring Network Devices Using Web Interface To view the network device information using Web interface go to Overview Hardware Network Devices The Network Devices page is displayed For more information about the displayed properties see iDRAC Online Help NOTE If the OS Driver State displays the state as Operational it indicates the operating system driver state or the UEFI driver state Monitoring Network Devices Using RACADM To view the network device information use the hwinventory and nicstatistics commands For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals 195 Additional properties may be displayed when using RACADM or WS MAN in addition to the properties displayed in the iDRAC Web interface Inventory and Monitoring FC HBA Devices You can remotely monitor the health and view the inventory of the Fibre Channel Host Bus Adapters FC HBA devices in the managed system The Emulex and QLogic except FC8 FC HBAs are supported For each FC HBA device you can view the following information for the ports e Link Status and Information e Port Properties e Receive and Transmit Statistics Related Links Inventory Monitoring and Configuring Network Devices Monitoring FC HBA Devices Using Web Interface To view the
319. installation progress How to configure the virtual device as a bootable device On the managed system access BIOS Setup and go to the boot menu Locate the virtual CD virtual floppy or vFlash and change the device boot order as required Also press the spacebar key in the boot sequence in the CMOS setup to make the virtual device bootable For example to boot from a CD drive configure the CD drive as the first device in the boot order What are the types of media that can be set as a bootable device iDRAC allows you to boot from the following bootable media e CDROM DVD Data media e ISO 9660 image 332 1 44 Floppy disk or floppy image AUSB key that is recognized by the operating system as a removable disk AUSB key image How to make the USB key a bootable device You can also boot with a Windows 98 startup disk and copy system files from the startup disk to the USB key For example from the DOS prompt type the following command Sys a x S where x is the USB key that is required to be set as a bootable device The Virtual Media is attached and connected to the remote floppy But cannot locate the Virtual Floppy Virtual CD device on a system running Red Hat Enterprise Linux or the SUSE Linux operating system How to resolve this Some Linux versions do not auto mount the virtual floppy drive and the virtual CD drive in the same method To mount the virtual floppy drive locate the device node that Linux assi
320. ion buttons to highlight the affected server then click the center button Error and warning messages will be displayed on the second line For the list of error messages displayed on the LCD panel see the server s Owner s Manual Restarting iDRAC You can perform a hard or soft iDRAC restart without turning off the server e Hard restart On the server press and hold the LED button for 15 seconds e Soft restart Using iDRAC Web interface or RACADM Resetting iDRAC Using iDRAC Web Interface To restart iDRAC do one of the following in the iDRAC Web interface e Goto Overview Server Summary Under Quick Launch Tasks click Reset iDRAC Goto Overview Server Troubleshooting Diagnostics Click Reset iDRAC Resetting iDRAC Using RACADM To restart iDRAC use the racreset command For more information see the RACADM Reference Guide for iDRAC and CMC available at dell com support manuals Erasing System and User Data You can erase system component s and user data for those components The system components include Lifecycle Controller Data Embedded Diagnostics Embedded OS Driver Pack e BIOS reset to default e iDRAC reset to default Before performing system erase make sure that You have iDRAC Server Control privilege Lifecycle Controller is enabled 321 The Lifecycle Controller Data option erases any content such as the LC Log configuration database rollback firmware factory as shippe
321. ions see jDRAC Settings Utility Online Help 3 Click Back click Finish and then click Yes The smart card logon feature is enabled or disabled based on the selection 171 9 Configuring IDRAC to Send Alerts You can set alerts and actions for certain events that occur on the managed system An event occurs when the status of a system component is greater than the pre defined condition If an event matches an event filter and you have configured this filter to generate an alert e mail SNMP trap IPMI alert remote system logs or WS events then an alert is sent to one or more configured destinations If the same event filter is also configured to perform an action such as reboot power cycle or power off the system the action is performed You can set only one action for each event To configure iDRAC to send alerts 1 Enable alerts 2 Optionally you can filter the alerts based on category or severity 3 Configure the e mail alert IPMI alert SNMP trap remote system log operating system log and or WS event settings 4 Enable event alerts and actions such as e Send an email alert IPMI alert SNMP traps remote system logs operating system log or WS events to configured destinations e Perform a reboot power off or power cycle the managed system Related Links Enabling or Disabling Alerts Filtering Alerts Setting Event Alerts Setting Alert Recurrence Event Configuring Email Alert SNMP Trap or IPMI Trap S
322. ions for the discovered IP addresses The Dell Systems Software Support Matrix provides information about the various Dell systems the operating systems supported by these systems and the Dell OpenManage components that can be installed on these systems e The iDRAC Service Module Installation Guide provides information to install the iDRAC Service Module The Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Installation Guide contains instructions to help you install Dell OpenManage Server Administrator The Dell OpenManage Management Station Software Installation Guide contains instructions to help you install Dell OpenManage management station software that includes Baseboard Management Utility DRAC Tools and Active Directory Snap In The Dell OpenManage Baseboard Management Controller Management Utilities User s Guide has information about the IPMI interface he Release Notes provides last minute updates to the system or documentation or advanced technical reference material intended for experienced users or technicians 32 e The Glossary provides information about the terms used in this document The following system documents are available to provide more information The iDRAC Overview and Feature Guide provides information about iDRAC its licensable features and license upgrade options e The safety instructions that came with your system provide important safety and regulatory information For additional regulato
323. ire a host system reboot click Install and Reboot or Install Next Reboot e To cancel the firmware update click Cancel NOTE If you have uploaded the same firmware image file more than once only the latest firmware file is available for selection The check box for the earlier firmware image files is disabled 65 When you click Install Install and Reboot or Install Next Reboot the message Updating Job Queue is displayed 6 Click Job Queue to display the Job Queue page where you can view and manage the staged firmware updates or click OK to refresh the current page and view the status of the firmware update NOTE If you navigate away from the page without committing the updates an error message is displayed and all the uploaded content is lost Related Links Updating Device Firmware Viewing and Managing Staged Updates Downloading Device Firmware Updating Firmware Using Repository You can perform multiple firmware updates by specifying a network share containing a valid repository of DUPs and a catalog describing the available DUPs When iDRAC connects to the network share location and checks for available updates a comparison report is generated that lists all available updates You can then select and apply the required updates contained in the repository to the system Before performing an update using the repository make sure that e A repository containing Windows based update packages DUPs and a catalog fil
324. irtual disk with a capacity of smallest disk size n disks e Data is stored to the disks alternately e No redundant data is stored When a disk fails the large virtual disk fails with no means of rebuilding the data e Better read and write performance RAID Level 1 Mirroring RAID 1 is the simplest form of maintaining redundant data In RAID 1 data is mirrored or duplicated on one or more physical disks If a physical disk fails data can be rebuilt using the data from the other side of the mirror 207 RAID 1 characteristics e Groups n n disks as one virtual disk with the capacity of n disks The controllers currently supported by Storage Management allow the selection of two disks when creating a RAID 1 Because these disks are mirrored the total storage capacity is equal to one disk e Data is replicated on both the disks e When a disk fails the virtual disk still works The data is read from the mirror of the failed disk e Better read performance but slightly slower write performance e Redundancy for protection of data e RAID 1is more expensive in terms of disk space since twice the number of disks are used than required to store the data without redundancy RAID Level 5 Striping With Distributed Parity RAID 5 provides data redundancy by using data striping in combination with parity information Rather than dedicating a physical disk to parity the parity information is striped across all physical disks in
325. is created The background initialization of a redundant virtual disk prepares the virtual disk to maintain redundant data and improves write performance For example after the background initialization of a RAID 5 virtual disk completes the parity information has been initialized After the background initialization of a RAID 1 virtual disk completes the physical disks are mirrored The background initialization process helps the controller identify and correct problems that may occur with the redundant data at a later time In this regard the background initialization process is similar to a check consistency The background initialization should be allowed to run to completion If cancelled the background initialization automatically restarts within O to 5 minutes Some processes such as read and write operations are possible while the background initialization is running Other processes such as creating a virtual disk cannot be run concurrently with a background initialization These processes cause the background initialization to cancel The background initialization rate configurable between 0 and 100 represents the percentage of the system resources dedicated to running the background initialization task At 0 the background initialization has the lowest priority for the controller takes the most time to complete and is the setting with the least impact to system performance A background initialization rate of 0 does not mean that
326. is is a measure of memory bandwidth consumption and not amount of memory utilization iDRAC aggregates it for one minute of period so it may or may not match the memory utilization shown by other OS tools such as TOP in Linux Memory bandwidth utilization shown by iDRAC is indication of whether workload is memory intensive or not e 1 0 Utilization There are individual Resource Monitoring Counters RMCs one per root port in the PCI Express Root Complex to measure PCI Express traffic emanating from or directed to that root port and the lower segment These counters are then aggregated to measure PCI express traffic for all PCI Express segments emanating from the package This is measure of IO bandwidth utilization for the system e System Level CUPS Index The CUPS index is calculated by aggregating CPU Memory and I O index considering a pre defined load factor of each system resource The load factor depends on the nature of the workload run on the system Thus at any given time CUPS Index represents the measurement of the compute headroom available on the server Hence if the system has a large CUPS Index then there is limited headroom to place additional workload on that system As the resource consumption decreases the system s CUPS Index decreases A low CUPS Index indicates that there is a large amount of compute headroom and the server is a main target for receiving new workloads or having the workload migrated and the server being plac
327. is pending you cannot schedule other RAID jobs K NOTE e Warning messages are displayed when the setting is being changed as there is a possibility of data loss e LC Wipe or iDRAC reset operation does not change the expander setting for this mode his operation is supported only in real time and not staged Any change in this setting only takes effect after a system power reset If you change from Split mode to Unified an error message is displayed on the next boot as the second controller does not see any drives Also the first controller will see a foreign configuration If you ignore the error the existing virtual disks are lost Configuring Backplane Mode Using Web Interface To configure backplane mode using iDRAC Web interface 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Storage Enclosures Setup The Enclosure Setup page is displayed 2 From the Controller drop down menu select the controller to configure its associated enclosures 3 Inthe Value column select the required mode for the required backplane or enclosure e Unified 240 4 5 6 Split From the Apply Operation Mode drop down menu select Apply Now to apply the actions immediately and then click Apply A job ID is created Go to the Job Queue page and verify that it displays the status as Completed for the job Power cycle the system for the setting to take affect Configuring Enclosure Using RACADM To configure the enclosure or
328. itional information about the setup and operation of iDRAC in your system e The iDRAC Online Help provides detailed information about the fields available on the iDRAC Web interface and the descriptions for the same You can access the online help after you install iDRAC e The iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide provides information about the RACADM sub commands supported interfaces and iDRAC property database groups and object definitions The iDRAC RACADM Support Matrix provides the list of sub commands and objects that are applicable for a particular iDRAC version e The Systems Management Overview Guide provides brief information about the various software available to perform systems management tasks The Dell Lifecycle Controller Graphical User Interface For 15th Generation Dell PowerEdge Servers User s Guide provides information on using Lifecycle Controller Graphical User Interface GUI The Dell Lifecycle Controller Remote Services For 13th Generation Dell PowerEdge Servers Quick Start Guide provides an overview of the Remote Services capabilities information on getting started with Remote Services Lifecycle Controller API and provides references to various resources on Dell Tech Center The Dell Remote Access Configuration Tool User s Guide provides information on how to use the tool to discover iDRAC IP addresses in your network and perform one to many firmware updates and active directory configurat
329. ize or position constraints Enable Do not prompt for client certificate selection when no certificates or only one certificate exists Enable e Launching programs and files in an IFRAME Enable e Open files based on content not file extension Enable Software channel permissions Low safety Submit non encrypted form data Enable e Use Pop up Blocker Disable Under Scripting Active scripting Enable Allow paste operations via script Enable 10 11 12 13 e Scripting of Java applets Enable Go to Tools Internet Options Advanced Under Browsing e Always send URLs as UTF 8 selected e Disable script debugging Internet Explorer selected e Disable script debugging Other selected e Display a notification about every script error cleared e Enable Install On demand Other selected Enable page transitions selected Enable third party browser extensions selected e Reuse windows for launching shortcuts cleared Under HTTP 1 1 settings e Use HTTP 11 selected e Use HTTP 11 through proxy connections selected Under Java Sun e Use JRE 1 6 x_yz selected optional version may differ Under Multimedia e Enable automatic image resizing selected e Play animations in Web pages selected e Play videos in Web pages selected Show pictures selected Under Security e Check for publishers certificate revocation cleared e Check for signatures on downloaded programs se
330. k Interface Card NIC e RAID Controller Power Supply Unit PSU e PCle Solid State Drives SSDs You must upload the required firmware to iDRAC After the upload is complete the current version of the firmware installed on the device and the version being applied is displayed If the firmware being uploaded is not valid an error message is displayed Updates that do not require a reboot are applied immediately Updates that require a system reboot are staged and committed to run on the next system reboot Only one system reboot is required to perform all updates After the firmware is updated the System Inventory page displays the updated firmware version and logs are recorded The supported firmware image file types are e exe Windows based Dell Update Package DUP e d7 Contains both iDRAC and Lifecycle Controller firmware For files with exe extension you must have System Control privilege The Remote Firmware Update licensed feature and Lifecycle Controller must be enabled For files with d7 extension you must have Configure privilege You can perform firmware updates using the following methods e Using a firmware image file on a local system or on a network share Connecting to the FTP TFTP or HTTP site or a network repository that contains a catalog of available updates You can create custom repositories using Repository Manager For more information see 63 Repository Manager User s Guide iDRAC
331. k Note 183 10 Managing Logs iDRAC provides Lifecycle log that contains events related to system storage devices network devices firmware updates configuration changes license messages and so on However the system events are also available as a separate log called System Event Log SEL The lifecycle log is accessible through iDRAC Web interface RACADM and WS MAN interface When the size of the lifecycle log reaches 800 KB the logs are compressed and archived You can only view the non archived log entries and apply filters and comments to non archived logs To view the archived logs you must export the entire lifecycle log to a location on your system Related Links Viewing System Event Log Viewing Lifecycle Log Exporting Lifecycle Controller Logs Adding Work Notes Configuring Remote System Logging Viewing System Event Log When a system event occurs on a managed system it is recorded in the System Event Log SEL The same SEL entry is also available in the LC log Viewing System Event Log Using Web Interface To view the SEL in iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server Logs The System Event Log page displays a system health indicator a time stamp and a description for each event logged For more information see the iDRAC Online Help Click Save As to save the SEL to a location of your choice K NOTE If you are using Internet Explorer and if there is a problem when saving download the
332. kes up to four minutes to log into iDRAC using Active Directory Smart Card login The normal Active Directory Smart Card login normally takes less than 10 seconds however it may take up to four minutes if you have specified the preferred DNS server and the alternate DNS server in the Network page and the preferred DNS server has failed DNS time outs are expected when a DNS server is down iDRAC logs you in using the alternate DNS server ActiveX plug in unable to detect the Smart Card reader Make sure that the smart card is supported on the Microsoft Windows operating system Windows supports a limited number of smart card Cryptographic Service Providers CSPs In general check if the smart card CSPs are present on a particular client insert the smart card in the reader at the Windows logon Ctrl Alt Del screen and check if Windows detects the smart card and displays the PIN dialog box Incorrect Smart Card PIN Check if the smart card is locked due to too many attempts with an incorrect PIN In such cases contact the smart card issuer in the organization to get a new smart card Virtual Console Virtual Console session is active even if you have logged out of iDRAC Web interface Is this the expected behavior Yes Close the Virtual Console Viewer window to log out of the corresponding session Can a new remote console video session be started when the local video on the server is turned off Yes Why does it take 15 seconds to
333. l Profile document Alerts Message IDs The following table provides the list of message IDs that are displayed for the alerts Table 22 Alert Message IDs Message ID Description AMP Amperage ASR Auto Sys Reset BAR Backup Restore BAT Battery Event BIOS BIOS Management BOOT BOOT Control CBL Cable CPU Processor CPUA Proc Absent CTL Storage Contr DH Cert Mgmt 180 Message ID DIS ENC FAN FSD HWC IPA ITR JCP LC LIC LNK LOG MEM NDR NIC OSD OSE PCI PDR PR PST PSU PSUA PWR RAC Description Auto Discovery Storage Enclosr Fan Event Debug Hardware Config DRAC IP Change Intrusion Job Control Lifecycle Contr Licensing Link Status Log event Memory NIC OS Driver NIC Config OS Deployment OS Event PCI Device Physical Disk Part Exchange BIOS POST Power Supply PSU Absent Power Usage RAC Event 181 Message ID RDU RED RFL RFLA RFM RRDU RSI SEC SEL SRD SSD STOR SUP SWC SWU SYS TMP TST UEFI USR VDR VF VFL VFLA VLT 182 Description Redundancy FW Download IDSDM Media IDSDM Absent FlexAddress SD IDSDM Redundancy Remote Service Security Event Sys Event Log Software RAID PCle SSD Storage FW Update Job Software Config Software Change System Info Temperature Test Alert UEFI Event User Tracking Virtual Disk vFlash SD card vFlash Event vFlash Absent Voltage Message ID Description VME Virtual Media VRM Virtual Console WRK Wor
334. l power consumption may be less for light workloads and momentarily may exceed the threshold until performance adjustments are completed For example for a given system configuration the Maximum Potential Power Consumption is 700W and the Minimum Potential Power Consumption is 500W You can specify and enable a Power Budget Threshold to reduce consumption from its current 191 650W to 525W From that point onwards the system s performance is dynamically adjusted to maintain power consumption so as to not exceed the user specified threshold of 525W If the power cap value is set to be lower than the minimum recommended threshold iDRAC may not be able maintain the requested power cap You can specify the value in Watts BTU hr or as a percentage 75 of the recommended maximum power limit When setting the power cap threshold in BTU hr the conversion to Watts is rounded to the nearest integer When reading the power cap threshold back the Watts to BTU hr conversion is again rounded in this manner As a result the value written could be nominally different than the value read for example a threshold set to 600 BTU hr will be read back as 601 BTU hr Configuring Power Cap Policy Using Web Interface To view and configure the power policies 1 IniDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server Power Thermal Power Configuration Power Configuration The Power Configuration page is displayed The Power Configuration page is displa
335. l settings for Extended Schema 1 In the Local Group Policy Editor window navigate to Local Computer Settings Windows Settings Security Settings Local Policies Security Options 2 Right click Network Security Restrict NTLM Outgoing NTLM traffic to remote server and select Properties Select Allow all click OK and close the Local Group Policy Editor window Go to Start and run cmd The command prompt window is displayed Run the command gpupdate force The group policies are updated Close the command prompt window 6 Go to Start and run regedit The Registry Editor window is displayed 7 Navigate to HKEY LOCAL MACHINE System CurrentControlSet Control LSA 8 Inthe right pane right click and select New DWORD 32 bit Value 9 Name the new key as SuppressExtendedProtection 10 Right click SuppressExtendedProtection and click Modify 11 In the Value data field type 1 and click OK 327 12 Close the Registry Editor window You can now log in to iDRAC using SSO If you have enabled SSO for iDRAC and you are using Internet Explorer to log in to iDRAC SSO fails and you are prompted to enter your user name and password How to resolve this Make sure that the iDRAC IP address is listed in the Tools Internet Options Security Trusted sites If it is not listed SSO fails and you are prompted to enter your user name and password Click Cancel and proceed Smart Card Login It ta
336. l time Related Links Understanding RAID Concepts Inventory and Monitoring Storage Devices Viewing Storage Device Topology Managing Controllers Managing Physical Disks Managing Enclosures or Backplanes Managing PCle SSDs Managing Virtual Disks Blinking or Unblinking Component LEDs Supported Controllers Supported Enclosures Summary of Supported Features for Storage Devices Understanding RAID Concepts Storage Management uses the Redundant Array of Independent Disks RAID technology to provide Storage Management capability Understanding Storage Management requires an understanding of RAID 204 concepts as well as some familiarity with how the RAID controllers and operating system view disk space on your system What Is RAID RAID is a technology for managing the storage of data on the physical disks that reside or are attached to the system A key aspect of RAID is the ability to span physical disks so that the combined storage capacity of multiple physical disks can be treated as a single extended disk space Another key aspect of RAID is the ability to maintain redundant data which can be used to restore data in the event of a disk failure RAID uses different techniques such as striping mirroring and parity to store and reconstruct data There are different RAID levels that use different methods for storing and reconstructing data The RAID levels have different characteristics in terms of rea
337. la Firefox Google Chrome and Safari Web browsers For information about the versions see the Readme available at dell com support manuals If you are connecting to iDRAC Web interface from a management station that connects to the Internet through a proxy server you must configure the Web browser to access the Internet from through this server This section provides information to configure Internet Explorer To configure the Internet Explorer Web browser 1 60 Set IE to Run As Administrator In the Web browser go to Tools Internet Options Security Local Network Click Custom Level select Medium Low and click Reset Click OK to confirm Click Custom Level to open the dialog Scroll down to the section labeled ActiveX controls and plug ins and set the following K NOTE The settings in the Medium Low state depend on the IE version e Automatic prompting for ActiveX controls Enable e Binary and script behaviors Enable Download signed ActiveX controls Prompt e Initialize and script ActiveX controls not marked as safe Prompt e Run ActiveX controls and plug ins Enable e Script ActiveX controls marked safe for scripting Enable Under Downloads e Automatic prompting for file downloads Enable File download Enable e Font download Enable Under Miscellaneous Allow META REFRESH Enable e Allow scripting of Internet Explorer Web browser control Enable Allow script initiated windows without s
338. layed if e The card is write protected The label name matches the label of an existing partition e Anon integer value is entered for the partition size the value exceeds the available space on the card or the partition size is greater than 4 GB e An initialize operation is being performed on the card Creating an Empty Partition Using RACADM To create a 20 MB empty partition 1 Opena telnet SSH or Serial console to the system and log in 2 Enterthe command racadm vflashpartition create i 1 o drivel t empty e HDD f fatl16 s 20 A 20 MB empty partition in FAT16 format is created By default an empty partition is created as read write 276 Creating a Partition Using an Image File You can create a new partition on the vFlash SD card using an image file available in the img or iso format The partitions are of emulation types Floppy img Hard Disk img or CD iso The created partition size is equal to the image file size Before creating a partition from an image file make sure that You have Access Virtual Media privilege The card is initialized The card is not write protected An initialize operation is not being performed on the card The image type and the emulation type match K NOTE The uploaded image and the emulation type must match There are issues when iDRAC emulates a device with incorrect image type For example if the partition is created using an ISO image and t
339. le Disk is replaced with Map Floppy Disk The Map DVD CD option can be used for ISO files and the Map Removable Disk option can be used for images Click the device type that you want to map NOTE The active session displays if a Virtual Media session is currently active from the current Web interface session from another Web interface session or from VMCLI In the Drive Image File field select the device from the drop down list The list contains all the available unmapped devices that you can map CD DVD Removable Disk Floppy Drive and image file types that you can map ISO or IMG The image files are located in the default image file directory typically the user s desktop If the device is not available in the drop down list click Browse to specify the device The correct file type for CD DVD is ISO and for removable disk and floppy disk it is IMG If the image is created in the default path Desktop when you select Map Removable Disk the created image is available for selection in the drop down menu If image is created in a different location when you select Map Removable Disk the created image is not available for selection in the drop down menu Click Browse to specify the image 4 Select Read only to map writable devices as read only For CD DVD devices this option is enabled by default and you cannot disable it 5 Click Map Device to map the device to the host server After the device file is mapped the name
340. le or disable IPMI commands over LAN channels to any external systems If it is not configuration is not done then external systems cannot communicate with the iDRAC server using IPMI commands Configuring IPMI Over LAN Using Web Interface To configure IPMI over LAN 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings Network The Network page is displayed 2 Under IPMI Settings specify the values for the attributes and click Apply For information about the options see the iDRAC Online Help The IPMI over LAN settings are configured Configuring IPMI Over LAN Using iDRAC Settings Utility To configure IPMI over LAN 1 In the iDRAC Settings Utility go to Network 129 The iDRAC Settings Network page is displayed 2 For IPMI Settings specify the values For information about the options see the jDRAC Settings Utility Online Help 3 Click Back click Finish and then click Yes The IPMI over LAN settings are configured Configuring IPMI Over LAN Using RACADM To configure IPMI over LAN using set or config command 1 Enable IPMI over LAN e Using config command racadm config g cfgIpmiLan o cfgIpmiLanEnable 1 Using set command racadm set iDRAC IPMILan Enable 1 NOTE This setting determines the IPMI commands that are executed using IPMI over LAN interface For more information see the IPMI 2 0 specifications at intel com 2 Update the IPMI channel privileges e Using config command
341. lected e Use SSL 2 0 cleared Use SSL 3 0 selected Use TLS 1 0 selected e Warn about invalid site certificates selected Warn if changing between secure and not secure mode selected e Warn if forms submittal is being redirected selected NOTE To modify the settings it is recommended that you learn and understand the consequences For example if you block pop ups parts of iDRAC Web interface may not function properly Click Apply and then click OK Click the Connections tab Under Local Area Network LAN settings click LAN Settings If you are using IE9 and IPv6 address to access iDRAC clear the Use automatic configuration script option If the Use a proxy server box is selected select the Bypass proxy server for local addresses box Click OK twice Close and restart your browser to make sure all changes take effect 61 K NOTE When you log in to iDRAC Web interface using Internet Explorer 9 x sometimes contents in few pages are not shown properly To resolve this press F12 In the Internet Explorer 9 Debug window select Document Mode as Internet Explorer 7 The browser refreshes and the iDRAC Login page is displayed Related Links Viewing Localized Versions of Web Interface Adding iDRAC to the List of Trusted Domains Disabling Whitelist Feature in Firefox Adding iDRAC to the List of Trusted Domains When you access iDRAC Web interface you are prompted to add iDRAC IP address to the list of tr
342. licable only for iDRAC on rack and tower servers Enabling RAC Serial Connection Using Web Interface To enable RAC serial connection 1 In the iDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings Network Serial The Serial page is displayed 2 Under RAC Serial select Enabled and specify the values for the attributes 3 Click Apply The RAC serial settings are configured Enabling RAC Serial Connection Using RACADM To enable RAC serial connection using RACADM use any of the following e Use the objects in the cfgSerial group with the config command e Use the object in the iDRAC Serial group with the set command Enabling IPMI Serial Connection Basic and Terminal Modes To enable IPMI serial routing of BIOS to iDRAC configure IPMI Serial in any of the following modes in iDRAC K NOTE This is applicable only for iDRAC on rack and tower servers 120 e IPMI basic mode Supports a binary interface for program access such as the IPMI shell ipmish that is included with the Baseboard Management Utility BMU For example to print the System Event Log using ipmish via IPMI Basic mode run the following command ipmish com 1 baud 57600 flow cts u root p calvin sel get e PMI terminal mode Supports ASCII commands that are sent from a serial terminal This mode supports limited number of commands including power control and raw IPMI commands that are typed as hexadecimal ASCII characters It allows you t
343. lick Install Install and Reboot or Install Next Reboot the message Updating Job Queue is displayed 6 Click Job Queue to display the Job Queue page where you can view and manage the staged firmware updates or click OK to refresh the current page and view the status of the firmware update Related Links Updating Device Firmware Viewing and Managing Staged Updates Downloading Device Firmware Scheduling Automatic Firmware Updates Updating Firmware Using FTP You can directly connect to the Dell FTP site or any other FTP site from iDRAC to perform the firmware updates You can use the Windows based update packages DUPs and a catalog file available on the FTP site instead of creating custom repositories Before performing an update using the repository make sure that Lifecycle Controller is enabled e You have Server Control privilege to update firmware for devices other than iDRAC To update device firmware using FTP 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings Update and Rollback The Firmware Update page is displayed 2 Onthe Update tab select FTP as the File Location 3 Inthe FTP Server Settings section enter the FTP details For information about the fields see the iDRAC Online Help 4 Click Check for Update 5 After the upload is complete the Update Details section displays a comparison report showing the current firmware versions and the firmware versions available in the repositor
344. lient View is opened and unmapped when Client View is closed Server Settings For Viewing Virtual Devices in Virtual Media You must configure the following settings in the management station to allow visibility of empty drives To do this in Windows Explorer from the Organize menu click Folder and search options On the View tab deselect Hide empty drives in the Computer folder option and click OK Accessing Virtual Media You can access Virtual Media with or without using the Virtual Console Before you access Virtual Media make sure to configure your Web browser s Virtual Media and RFS are mutually exclusive If the RFS connection is active and you attempt to launch the Virtual Media client the following error message is displayed Virtual Media is currently unavailable A Virtual Media or Remote File Share session is in use 265 If the RFS connection is not active and you attempt to launch the Virtual Media client the client launches successfully You can then use the Virtual Media client to map devices and files to the Virtual Media virtual drives Related Links Configuring Web Browsers to Use Virtual Console Configuring Virtual Media Launching Virtual Media Using Virtual Console Before you launch Virtual Media through the Virtual Console make sure that e Virtual Console is enabled System is configured to not hide empty drives In Windows Explorer navigate to Folder Options clear the Hide empty drives in
345. line Help The Hardware Inventory section displays the information for the following components available on the managed system e iDRAC 108 The Firmware Inventory section displays the firmware version for the following components RAID controller Batteries CPUs DIMMs HDDs Backplanes Network Interface Cards integrated and embedded Video card SD card Power Supply Units PSUs Fans Fibre Channel HBAs USB BIOS Lifecycle Controller iDRAC OS driver pack 32 bit diagnostics System CPLD PERC controllers Batteries Physical disks Power supply NIC Fibre Channel Backplane Enclosure PCle SSDs When you replace any hardware component or update the firmware versions make sure to enable and run the Collect System Inventory on Reboot CSIOR option to collect the system inventory on reboot After a few minutes log in to iDRAC and navigate to the System Inventory page to view the details It may take up to five minutes for the information to be available depending on the hardware installed on the server K NOTE CSIOR option is enabled by default Click Export to export the hardware inventory in an XML format and save it to a location of your choice Viewing Sensor Information The following sensors help to monitor the health of the managed system Batteries Provides information about the batteries on the system board CMOS and storage RAID On Motherboard ROMB 109 K NOTE The Storage RO
346. ll assigned global hot spares may be automatically unassigned when the last virtual disk associated with the controller is deleted When deleting the last virtual disk of a disk group all assigned dedicated hot spares automatically become global hot spares You must have the Login and Server Control privilege to perform delete virtual disks When this operation is allowed you can delete a boot virtual drive It is done from sideband and the independent of the operating system Hence a warning message appears before you delete the virtual drive If you delete a virtual disk and immediately create a new virtual disk with all the same characteristics as the one that was deleted the controller recognizes the data as if the first virtual disk were never deleted In this situation if you do not want the old data after recreating a new virtual disk re initialize the virtual disk Checking Virtual Disk Consistency This operation verifies the accuracy of the redundant parity information This task only applies to redundant virtual disks When necessary the check consistency task rebuilds the redundant data If the virtual drive has a degraded status running a check consistency may be able to return the virtual drive to ready status You can also cancel the check consistency operation The cancel check consistency is a real time operation You must have Login and Server Control privilege to check consistency of virtual disks 224 Initiali
347. llback lt FQDD gt For more information see iIDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Rollback Firmware Using Lifecycle Controller For information see Lifecycle Controller User s Guide available at dell com support manuals Rollback Firmware Using Lifecycle Controller Remote Services For information see Lifecycle Controller Remote Services Quick Start Guide available at dell com support manuals Recovering iDRAC iDRAC supports two operating system images to make sure a bootable iDRAC In the event of an unforeseen catastrophic error and you lose both boot paths e iDRAC bootloader detects that there is no bootable image e System Health and Identify LED is flashed at 1 2 second rate LED is located on the back of a rack and tower servers and on the front of a blade server e Bootloader is now polling the SD card slot e Format an SD card with FAT using a Windows operating system or EXTS using a Linux operating system Copy firmimg d7 to the SD card e Insert the SD card into the server e Bootloader detects the SD card turns the flashing LED to solid amber reads the firmimg d7 reprograms iDRAC and then reboots iDRAC Using TFTP Server You can use Trivial File Transfer Protocol TFTP server to upgrade or downgrade iDRAC firmware or install certificates It is used in SM CLP and RACADM command line interfaces to transfer files to and from iDRAC The TFTP ser
348. llowing operations for PCle SSDs Inventory and remotely monitor the health of PCle SSDs in the server e Prepare the PCle SSD to be removed Securely erase the data e Blink or unblink the device LED Related Links Inventory and Monitoring PCle SSDs Preparing to Remove PCle SSD Erasing PCle SSD Device Data Inventory and Monitoring PCle SSDs In staged or real time the following inventory and monitoring information is available for PCle SSDs e Hardware information PCle SSD Extender card PCle SSD Backplane e Software inventory includes only the firmware version for the PCle SSD Inventory and Monitoring PCle SSDs Using Web Interface To inventory and monitor PCle SSD devices in the iIDRAC Web interface go to Overview Storage Physical Disks The Properties page is displayed For PCle SSDs the Name column displays PCle SSD Expand to view the properties Inventory and Monitoring PCle SSDs Using RACADM Use the racadm storage get controllers PcieSSD controller FQDD command to inventory and monitor PCle SSDs To view all PCle SSD drives racadm storage get pdisks To view PCle extender cards racadm storage get controllers 256 To view PCle SSD backplane information racadm storage get enclosures K NOTE For all the mentioned commands PERC devices are also displayed For more information see the iDRAC RACADM Command Line Reference Guide available at dell com esmmanuals Preparing to
349. mage file using RACADM 1 Open a telnet SSH or Serial console to the system and log in Enter the command racadm vflashpartition creat i 1 o drivel HDD t imag 1 myserver sharedfolder foo iso u root p mypassword A new partition is created By default the created partition is read only This command is case sensitive for the image file name extension If the file name extension is in upper case for example FOO ISO instead of FOO iso then the command returns a syntax error 277 K NOTE This feature is not supported in local RACADM NOTE Creating vFlash partition from an image file located on the CFS or NFS IPv6 enabled network share is not supported Formatting a Partition You can format an existing partition on the vFlash SD card based on the type of file system The supported file system types are EXT2 EXT3 FAT16 and FAT32 You can only format partitions of type Hard Disk or Floppy and not CD You cannot format read only partitions Before creating an partition from an image file make sure that e You have Access Virtual Media privilege The card is initialized The card is not write protected e An initialize operation is not being performed on the card To format vFlash partition 1 IniDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server vFlash Format The Format Partition page is displayed 2 Enterthe required information and click Apply For information about the options see the iD
350. mail address that receives the platform event alerts e Using set command racadm set iDRAC EmailAlert Address 1 email address where 1 is the email destination index and email address is the destination email address that receives the platform event alerts To configure a custom message Using config command racadm config g cfgEmailAlert o cfgEmailAlertCustomMsg i index custom message where index is the email destination index and custom message is the custom message e Using set command racadm set iDRAC EmailAlert CustomMsg index custom message where index is the email destination index and custom message is the custom message To test the configured email alert if required racadm testemail i index where index is the email destination index to test For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Configuring SMTP Email Server Address Settings You must configure the SMTP server address for email alerts to be sent to specified destinations Configuring SMTP Email Server Address Settings Using iDRAC Web Interface To configure the SMTP server address 1 In iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server Alerts SNMP and E mail Settings Enter the valid IP address or fully qualified domain name FQDN of the SMTP server to be used in the configuration Select the Enable Authentication option and th
351. make sure that the iDRAC network settings and a supported browser is configured and the required licenses are updated For more information about the licensable feature in iDRAC see Managing Licenses You can configure iDRAC using iDRAC Web Interface RACADM Remote Services see Lifecycle Controller Remote Services User s Guide IPMITool see Baseboard Management Controller Management Utilities User s Guide To configure iDRAC 1 NOO S8 A Ww 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Log in to iDRAC Modify the network settings if required NOTE If you have configured iDRAC network settings using iDRAC Settings utility during iDRAC IP address setup then ignore this step Configure interfaces to access iDRAC Configure front panel display Configure System Location if required Configure time zone and Network Time Protocol NTP if required Establish any of the following alternate communication methods to iDRAC e PMI or RAC serial e PMI serial over LAN e PMI over LAN e SSH or Telnet client Obtain the required certificates Add and configure iDRAC users with privileges Configure and enable e mail alerts SNMP traps or IPMI alerts Set the power cap policy if required Enable the Last Crash Screen Configure virtual console and virtual media if required Configure vFlash SD card if required Set the first boot device if required Set the OS to iDRAC Pass through if required Related Links
352. mance These techniques include e Mirroring Duplicating data from one physical disk to another physical disk Mirroring provides data redundancy by maintaining two copies of the same data on different physical disks If one of the disks in the mirror fails the system can continue to operate using the unaffected disk Both sides of the mirror contain the same data always Either side of the mirror can act as the operational side A mirrored RAID disk group is comparable in performance to a RAID 5 disk group in read operations but faster in write operations e Striping Disk striping writes data across all physical disks in a virtual disk Each stripe consists of consecutive virtual disk data addresses that are mapped in fixed size units to each physical disk in the virtual disk using a sequential pattern For example if the virtual disk includes five physical disks the stripe writes data to physical disks one through five without repeating any of the physical disks The amount of space consumed by a stripe is the same on each physical disk The portion of a stripe that resides on a physical disk is a stripe element Striping by itself does not provide data redundancy Striping in combination with parity does provide data redundancy Stripe size The total disk space consumed by a stripe not including a parity disk For example consider a stripe that contains 64KB of disk space and has 16KB of data residing on each disk in the stripe In t
353. mance characteristics associated with the more common RAID levels This table provides general guidelines for choosing a RAID level Evaluate your specific environment requirements before choosing a RAID level Table 25 RAID Level Performance Comparison RAID Level Data Read Write Rebuild Minimum Suggested Availability Performanc Performanc Performanc Disks Uses e Required e e data RAID 1 Excellent Very Good Good Good 2N N 1 Small databases database 213 RAID Level Data Read Write Rebuild Minimum Suggested Availability Performanc Performanc Performanc Disks Uses e e Required e logs and critical information Sequential Fair unless N 1 N at Databases reads good using least two and other Transactiona writeback disks read Lreads Very cache intensive good transactional uses RAID 10 Excellent Very Good Fair Data intensive environment s large records RAID 50 Good Very Good Fair Fair N 2 N at Medium least 4 sized transactional or data intensive uses Excellent Sequential Fair unless Poor N 2 N at Critical reads good using least two information Transactiona writeback disks Databases Lreads Very cache and other good read intensive transactional uses RAID 60 Excellent Very Good Fair Poor X x N 2 N Critical at least 2 information Medium sized transactional or data intensive uses N Number of physical disks X Number of RAID s
354. may be displayed Click Continue to this website and then click Install to install ActiveX controls on the Security Warning window The Virtual Console session is aunched Related Links Launching Virtual Console Using URL Configuring Web Browser to Use Java Plug in Configuring IE to Use ActiveX Plug in Launching Virtual Console Using Web Interface Disabling Warning Messages While Launching Virtual Console Or Virtual Media Using Java or ActiveX Plug in Synchronizing Mouse Pointers Launching Virtual Console Using Web Interface You can launch the virtual console in the following ways e Goto Overview Server Virtual Console The Virtual Console page is displayed Click Launch Virtual Console The Virtual Console Viewer is launched Goto Overview Server Properties The System Summary page is displayed Under Virtual Console Preview section click Launch The Virtual Console Viewer is launched The Virtual Console Viewer displays the remote system s desktop Using this viewer you can control the remote system s mouse and keyboard functions from your management station Multiple message boxes may appear after you launch the application To prevent unauthorized access to the application navigate through these message boxes within three minutes Otherwise you are prompted to relaunch the application If one or more Security Alert windows appear while launching the viewer click Yes to continue Two mouse pointers
355. mbedded Operating System On SD Card To install an embedded hypervisor on an SD card Insert the two SD cards in the Internal Dual SD Module IDSDM slots on the system Enable SD module and redundancy if required in BIOS Verify if the SD card is available on one of the drives when you F11 during boot PWN Pb Deploy the embedded operating system and follow the operating system installation instructions Related Links About IDSDM Enabling SD Module and Redundancy in BIOS Enabling SD Module and Redundancy in BIOS To enable SD module and redundancy in BIOS Press lt F2 gt during boot Go to System Setup System BIOS Settings Integrated Devices Set the Internal USB Port to On If it is set to Off the IDSDM is not available as a boot device If redundancy is not required single SD card set Internal SD Card Port to On and Internal SD Card Redundancy to Disabled BN 5 If redundancy is required two SD cards set Internal SD Card Port to On and Internal SD Card Redundancy to Mirror 6 Click Back and click Finish 7 Click Yes to save the settings and press Esc to exit System Setup About IDSDM Internal Dual SD Module IDSDM is available only on applicable platforms IDSDM provides redundancy on the hypervisor SD card by using another SD card that mirrors the first SD card s content Either of the two SD cards can be the master For example if two new SD cards are installed in the IDSDM SD1 is activ
356. me Not in this release Why does it take up to four minutes to log in to iDRAC using Active Directory Single Sign On or Smart Card Login The Active Directory Single Sign On or Smart Card log in normally takes less than 10 seconds but it may take up to four minutes to log in if you have specified the preferred DNS server and the alternate DNS server and the preferred DNS server has failed DNS time outs are expected when a DNS server is down iDRAC logs you in using the alternate DNS server The Active Directory is configured for a domain present in Windows Server 2008 Active Directory A child or sub domain is present for the domain the user and group is present in the same child domain and the user is a member of that group When trying to log in to iDRAC using the user present in the child domain Active Directory Single Sign On login fails This may be because of the an incorrect group type There are two kinds of Group types in the Active Directory server Security Security groups allow you to manage user and computer access to shared resources and to filter group policy settings Distribution Distribution groups are intended to be used only as email distribution lists Always make sure that the group type is Security You cannot use distribution groups to assign permission on any object however use them to filter group policy settings 326 Single Sign On SSO login fails on Windows Server 2008 R2 x64 What are t
357. meng status If the iDRAC Service Module is installed and running the status displayed is running NOTE Use the systemctl status dcismeng service command instead of the init d command to check if the iDRAC Service Module is installed on RedHat Enterprise Linux 7 operating system How to check the version number of the iDRAC Service Module installed in the system To check the version of the iDRAC Service Module in the system do any of the following 555 e Click Start Control Panel Programs and Features The version of the installed iDRAC Service Module is listed in the Version tab Goto My Computer Uninstall or change a program What is the minimum permission level required to install the iDRAC Service Module To install the iDRAC Service Module you must have administrator level privileges While installing the iDRAC Service Module it displays an error message This is not a supported server Consult the User Guide for additional information about the supported servers How to resolve this Before installing the iDRAC Service Module make sure that the server is a 12th generation PowerEdge sever or later Also make sure that you have a 64 bit system The following message is displayed in the OS log even when the OS to iDRAC Pass through over USBNIC is configured properly Why The iDRAC Service Module is unable to communicate with iDRAC using the OS to iDRAC Pass through channel iDRAC Service Module uses the O
358. mma lt less than and gt greater than Deploying Operating System Using Virtual Media Before you deploy the operating system using Virtual Media make sure that e Virtual Media is in Attached state for the virtual drives to appear in the boot sequence e If Virtual Media is in Auto Attached mode the Virtual Media application must be launched before booting the system e Network share contains drivers and operating system bootable image file in an industry standard format such as img or iso To deploy an operating system using Virtual Media 1 Doone ofthe following Insert the operating system installation CD or DVD into the management station CD or DVD drive e Attach the operating system image 2 Select the drive on the management station with the required image to map it 3 Use one of the following methods to boot to the required device e Set the boot order to boot once from Virtual Floppy or Virtual CD DVD ISO using the iDRAC Web interface e Set the boot order through System Setup System BIOS Settings by pressing F2 during boot 4 Reboot the managed system and follow the on screen instructions to complete the deployment Related Links 509 Configuring Virtual Media Setting First Boot Device Configuring iDRAC Installing Operating System From Multiple Disks 1 Unmap the existing CD DVD 2 Insert the next CD DVD into the remote optical drive 3 Remap the CD DVD drive Deploying E
359. mp vice FirrawWale iiir ot etae dr rd dese ce dine tes 73 Rollback Firmware Using iDRAC Web Interface ccccccccccsecssecsseesstessecssecseecseecsessseseseesstenseenses 74 Rollback Firmware Using CMC Web Interface nennen 74 Rollback Firmware Using RACADM ccecceecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeneesneesneesneesieeeneenneeentes 75 Rollback Firmware Using Lifecycle Controller 75 Rollback Firmware Using Lifecycle Controller Remote Services 75 Recovering AdDRAG i oen bh ph dad ear pet deu i tee e Ae re Ge e pi eee 75 Using EELBIServeF c meme opti dfe fe toe eben bro noe Aarti Fou t agire 75 Backing Up Server Profle teinin aien toT tt Poe dtes 76 Backing Up Server Profile Using iDRAC Web Interface 76 Backing Up Server Profile Using RACADM sssssssssssseseseeesenee ennemi 77 Scheduling Automatic Backup Server Profile 77 lraporting Server Profile 5 c ende Ec HO edu dive De es 78 Importing Server Profile Using iDRAC Web Interface eme 79 Importing Server Profile Using RACADM sssssssssssseemeeeee eene nnne nnerr rennen r nennt niens 79 Restore Operation S queree icis enm uA ed d dit 79 Monitoring iDRAC Using Other Systems Management Tools sssssss ee 80 4 Configuring TOR AC c ce rra anc beeen cence ec en a Deua gaiene xt n oim SR da ye Ek ERR MEE 81 Viewing iDRAC Information jcc ce d rete Phe he tei e ep e Peptide ette eco 82 Viewing iDRAC Information Using Web Interfa
360. name of the file system on the emulated USB device You can change the volume name of the emulated USB device from the operating system However it does not change the partition label name stored in iDRAC Deleting Existing Partitions Before deleting existing partition s make sure that The vFlash functionality is enabled e he card is not write protected The partition is not attached e An initialize operation is not being performed on the card Deleting Existing Partitions Using Web Interface To delete an existing partition 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server vFlash Manage The Manage Partitions page is displayed 2 Inthe Delete column click the delete icon for the partition that you want to delete A message is displayed indicating that this action permanently deletes the partition 3 Click OK The partition is deleted Deleting Existing Partitions Using RACADM To delete partitions 1 Opena telnet SSH or Serial console to the system and log in 2 Enter the following commands To delete a partition racadm vflashpartition delete i 1 e To delete all partitions re initialize the vFlash SD card Downloading Partition Contents You can download the contents of a vFlash partition in the img or iso format to the e Managed system where iDRAC is operated from Network location mapped to a management station 281 Before downloading the partition contents make sure t
361. name to network negotiate auth delegation uris using comma separated list 167 Configuring iDRAC SSO Login for Active Directory Users Before configuring iDRAC for Active Directory SSO login make sure that you have completed all the prerequisites You can configure iDRAC for Active Directory SSO when you setup an user account based on Active Directory Related Links Prerequisites for Active Directory Single Sign On or Smart Card Login Configuring Active Directory With Standard Schema Using iDRAC Web Interface Configuring Active Directory With Standard Schema Using RACADM Configuring Active Directory With Extended Schema Using iDRAC Web Interface Configuring Active Directory With Extended Schema Using RACADM Configuring iDRAC SSO Login for Active Directory Users Using Web Interface To configure iDRAC for Active Directory SSO login K NOTE For information about the options see the iDRAC Online Help 1 Verify whether the iDRAC DNS name matches the iDRAC Fully Qualified Domain Name To do this in iDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings Network Network and see the DNS Domain Name property 2 While configuring Active Directory to setup a user account based on standard schema or extended schema perform the following two additional steps to configure SSO e Upload the keytab file on the Active Directory Configuration and Management Step 1 of 4 page Select Enable Single Sign On option on
362. ncluding data loss 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server Attached Media 2 Specify the required settings For more information see the iDRAC Online Help 3 Click Apply to save the settings 262 Configuring Virtual Media Using RACADM To configure the virtual media e Use the objects in the iDRAC VirtualMedia group with the set command e Use the objects in the cfgRacVirtual group with the config command For more information see the RACADM Command Line Reference Guide for iDRAC available at dell com support manuals Configuring Virtual Media Using iDRAC Settings Utility You can attach detach or auto attach virtual media using the iDRAC Settings utility To do this 1 Inthe iDRAC Settings utility go to Media and USB Port Settings TheiDRAC Settings Media and USB Port Settings page is displayed 2 Inthe Virtual Media section select Detach Attach or Auto attach based on the requirement For more information about the options see iDRAC Settings Utility Online Help 3 Click Back click Finish and then click Yes The Virtual Media settings are configured Attached Media State and System Response The following table describes the system response based on the Attached Media setting Table 28 Attached Media State and System Response Attached Media State System Response Detach Cannot map an image to the system Attach Media is mapped even when Client View is closed Auto attach Media is mapped when C
363. nd iDRAC for Virtual Media and Virtual Console will not be secured e If you are using any Windows server operating systems stop the Windows service named Windows Event Collector To do this go to Start Administrative Tools Services Right click Windows Event Collector and click Stop While viewing the contents of a floppy drive or USB key a connection failure message is displayed if the same drive is attached through the virtual media Simultaneous access to virtual floppy drives are not allowed Close the application used to view the drive contents before attempting to virtualize the drive What file system types are supported on the Virtual Floppy Drive The virtual floppy drive supports FAT16 or FAT22 file systems Why is an error message displayed when trying to connect a DVD USB through virtual media even though the virtual media is currently not in use The error message is displayed if Remote File Share RFS feature is also in use At a time you can use RFS or Virtual Media and not both vFlash SD Card When is the vFlash SD card locked 334 The vFlash SD card is locked when an operation is in progress For example during an initialize operation SNMP Authentication Why is the message Remote Access SNMP Authentication Failure displayed As part of discovery IT Assistant attempts to verify the get and set community names of the device In IT Assistant you have the get community name public and the set
364. ndard SSL security protocol to transfer encrypted data over a network Built upon asymmetric encryption technology SSL is widely accepted for providing authenticated and encrypted communication between clients and servers to prevent eavesdropping across a network An SSL enabled system can perform the following tasks e Authenticate itself to an SSL enabled client e Allow the two systems to establish an encrypted connection The encryption process provides a high level of data protection iDRAC employs the 128 bit SSL encryption standard the most secure form of encryption generally available for Internet browsers in North America iDRAC Web server has a Dell self signed unique SSL digital certificate by default You can replace the default SSL certificate with a certificate signed by a well known Certificate Authority CA A Certificate 98 Authority is a business entity that is recognized in the Information Technology industry for meeting high standards of reliable screening identification and other important security criteria Examples of CAs include Thawte and VeriSign To initiate the process of obtaining a CA signed certificate use either iDRAC Web interface or RACADM interface to generate a Certificate Signing Request CSR with your company s information Then submit the generated CSR to a CA such as VeriSign or Thawte The CA can be a root CA or an intermediate CA After you receive the CA signed SSL certificate upload this to iDRAC
365. nfiguring Generic LDAP Users Configuring Local Users You can configure up to 16 local users in iDRAC with specific access permissions Before you create an iDRAC user verify if any current users exist You can set user names passwords and roles with the privileges for these users The user names and passwords can be changed using any of the iDRAC secured interfaces that is Web interface RACADM or WS MAN You can also enable or disable SNMPv3 authentication for each user K NOTE SNMPv3 feature is licensed and is available with iDRAC Enterprise license Configuring Local Users Using iDRAC Web Interface To add and configure local iDRAC users K NOTE You must have Configure Users permission to create an iDRAC user 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings User Authentication Local Users The Users page is displayed 2 Inthe User ID column click a user ID number NOTE User 1 is reserved for the IPMI anonymous user and you cannot change this configuration The User Main Menu page is displayed 3 Select Configure User and click Next The User Configuration page is displayed 138 4 Enable the user ID and specify the user name password and access privileges for the user You can also enable SNMPv3 authentication for the user For more information about the options see the iDRAC Online Help 5 Click Apply The user is created with the required privileges Configuring Local
366. ng Device Firmware Using HTTP You can directly connect to the HTTP site from iDRAC to perform the firmware updates You can use the Windows based update packages DUPs and a catalog file available on the HTTP site instead of creating custom repositories Before performing an update using the repository make sure that e Lifecycle Controller is enabled 68 You have Server Control privilege to update firmware for devices other than iDRAC To update device firmware using HTTP 1 In the iDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings Update and Rollback The Firmware Update page is displayed On the Update tab select HTTP as the File Location In the HTTP Server Settings section enter the HTTP details For information about the fields see the iDRAC Online Help Click Check for Update After the upload is complete the Update Details section displays a comparison report showing the current firmware versions and the firmware versions available in the repository NOTE Any update in the repository that is not applicable to the system or the installed hardware or is not supported is not included in the comparison report Select the required updates and do one of the following e For firmware images that do not require a host system reboot click Install For example d7 firmware file e For firmware images that require a host system reboot click Install and Reboot or Install Next Reboot e To cancel the firmware updat
367. ng Option 43 on Windows To configure option 45 on Windows 1 On the DHCP server go to Start Administration Tools DHCP to open the DHCP server administration tool 2 Find the server and expand all items under it 3 Right click on Scope Options and select Configure Options The Scope Options dialog box is displayed 4 Scroll down and select 043 Vendor Specific Info 5 In the Data Entry field click anywhere in the area under ASCII and enter the IP address of the server that has the share location which contains the XML configuration file The value appears as you type it under the ASCII but it also appears in binary to the left 6 Click OK to save the configuration Configuring Option 60 on Windows To configure option 60 on Windows 1 On the DHCP server go to Start Administration Tools DHCP to open the DHCP server administration tool 2 Find the server and expand the items under it wW Right click on IPv4 and choose Define Vendor Classes 4 Click Add and enter the following Display name iDRAC read only Description Vendor Class e Under ASCII click and enter iDRAC Click OK On the DHCP window right click on IPv4 and choose Set Predefined Options From the Option class drop down menu select iDRAC created in step 4 and click Add ONAN In the Option Type dialogue box enter the following information Name iDRAC Data Type String Code 1 Description D
368. ng RACADM Use the following RACADM commands to manage virtual disks To delete virtual disk racadm storage deletevd VD FQDD To initialize virtual disk racadm storage init VD FQDD speed fast full To check consistency of virtual disks racadm storage ccheck vdisk fqdd To encrypt virtual disks racadm storage encryptvd VD FQDD gt To assign or unassign dedicated hot spares racadm storage hotspare Physical Disk FQDD gt assign yes type dhs vdkey FQDD of VD To cancel the check consistency racadm storage cancelcheck vdisks fqdd Managing Controllers You can perform the following for Controllers Configure controller properties Import or auto import foreign configuration Clear foreign configuration Reset controller configuration 227 Create change or delete security keys Related Links Configuring Controller Properties Importing or Auto Importing Foreign Configuration Clearing Foreign Configuration Resetting Controller Configuration Supported Controllers Summary of Supported Features for Storage Devices Convert To RAID Capable Disk Convert To Non RAID Disk Configuring Controller Properties You can configure the following properties for the controller Ea Patrol read mode auto or manual Start or stop patrol read if patrol read mode is manual Patrol read unconfigured areas Check consistency mode Copyback mode Load balance mode Check consisten
369. ng iDRAC you must configure iDRAC for remote accessibility set up the management station and managed system and configure the supported Web browsers K NOTE In case of blade servers install CMC and I O modules in the chassis and physically install the system in the chassis before performing the configurations Both iDRAC Express and iDRAC Enterprise ship from the factory with a default static IP address However Dell also offers two options Auto discovery that allows you to access the iDRAC and remotely configure your server and DHCP Auto Discovery Use this option if you have a provisioning server installed in your data center environment A provisioning server manages and automates the deployment or upgrade of an operating system and applications to a Dell PowerEdge server By enabling Auto Discovery the servers upon first boot searches for a provisioning server to take control and begin the automated deployment or update process e DHCP Use this option if you have a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP server installed in the data center environment The DHCP server automatically assigns the IP address gateway and subnet mask for iDRAC You can enable Auto discovery or DHCP when you place an order for the server There is no charge to enable either of these features Only one setting is possible Related Links Setting Up iDRAC IP Address Setting Up Managed System Updating Device Firmware Rolling Back De
370. ng read only properties are displayed cfgVFlashSDSize cfgVFlashSDLicensed cfgVFlashSDAvailableSize cfgVFlashSDHealth cfgVFlashSDEnable cfgVFlashSDWriteProtect cfgVFlashSDInitialized e Use the following objects with the get command iDRAC vflashsd AvailableSize iDRAC vflashsd Health iDRAC vflashsd Licensed iDRAC vflashsd Size iDRAC vflashsd WriteProtect For more information about these objects see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals or dell com esmamanuals Viewing vFlash SD Card Properties Using iDRAC Settings Utility To view the vFlash SD card properties in the iDRAC Settings Utility go to Media and USB Port Settings The iDRAC Settings Media and USB Port Settings page displays the properties For information about the displayed properties see the iDRAC Settings Utility Online Help Enabling or Disabling vFlash Functionality You must enable the vFlash functionality to perform partition management Enabling or Disbaling vFlash Functionality Using Web Interface To enable or disable the vFlash functionality 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server vFlash The SD Card Properties page is displayed 2 Select or clear the vFLASH Enabled option to enable or disable the vFlash functionality If any vFlash partition is attached you cannot disable vFlash and an error message is displayed K NOTE If
371. ngle expander This configuration is used for high performance mode with no failover or High Availability HA functionality The expander splits the internal drive array between the two storage controllers In this mode virtual disk creation only displays the drives connected to a particular controller There are no licensing requirements for this feature This feature is supported only on a few systems Backplane supports two modes Unified mode The primary PERC controller has access to all the drives connected to the backplane even if a second PERC controller is installed Split mode One controller has access to the first 12 drives and the second controller has access to the last 12 drives This splitting is not configurable The drives connected to the first controller are numbered 0 11 while the drives connected to the second controller are numbered 12 23 By default it is in unified mode iDRAC allows the split mode setting if the expander has the capability to support the configuration You may want to enable this mode prior to installing the second controller iDRAC performs a check for expander capability prior to allowing this mode to be configured and does not check whether the second PERC controller is present To modify the setting you must have Server Control privilege If any other RAID operations are in pending state or any RAID job is scheduled you cannot change the backplane mode Similarly if this setting
372. nk or unblink component LEDs Apply the device settings immediately at next system reboot at a scheduled time or as a pending operation to be applied as a batch as part of the single job e Use iDRAC Service Module to Populate WMI information Integrate with Technical Support Report e Access iDRAC interface over direct USB connection e Configure iDRAC using configuration XML file on USB device e View inventory and monitor information and configure basic iDRAC settings using iDRAC Quick Sync feature and a mobile device e Configure video capture settings Generate technical support report in the following ways 20 Automatic Using iDRAC Service Module that automatically invokes the OS Collector tool Manual Using OS Collector tool e Erase system and user data e Six users can launch the Virtual Console at any point of time How To Use This User s Guide The contents of this User s Guide enable you to perform the tasks by using e iDRAC Web interface Only the task related information is provided here For information about the fields and options see the iDRAC Online Help that you can access from the Web interface e RACADM The RACADM command or the object that you must use is provided here For more information see the RACADM Command Line Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals e iDRAC Settings Utility Only the task related information is provided here For information ab
373. ntroller lt index gt PatrolReadMode Automatic Manual Disabled e If Patrol read mode is set to manual use the following commands to start and stop Patrol read Mode racadm storage patrolread Controller FQDD gt state start stop e To specify the Check Consistency Mode use Storage Controller CheckConsistencyMode object e To enable or disable the Copyback Mode use Storage Controller CopybackMode object e To enable or disable the Load Balance Mode use Storage Controller PossibleloadBalancedMode object e To specify the percentage of the system s resources dedicated to perform a check consistency on a redundant virtual disk use Storage Controller CheckConsistencyRate object e To specify the percentage of the controller s resources dedicated to rebuild a failed disk use Storage Controller RebuildRate object e To specify the percentage of the controller s resources dedicated to perform the background initialization BGI of a virtual disk after it is created useStorage Controller BackgroundlnitializationRate object e To specify the percentage of the controller s resources dedicated to reconstruct a disk group after adding a physical disk or changing the RAID level of a virtual disk residing on the disk group use Storage Controller ReconstructRate object e To enable or disable the enhanced auto import of foreign configuration for the controller use Storage Controller EnhancedAutolmportForeignConfig object 230 e
374. nu select options to configure a server by importing server configuration profile stored on a USB drive e Disabled Enabled while server has default credential settings only e Enabled For information about the fields see the iDRAC Settings Utility Online Help 4 Click Back click Finish and then click Yes to apply the settings Importing Server Configuration Profile From USB Device Make sure to create a directory in root of the USB device called System Configuration XML which contains both the config xml and control xml files Server Configuration Profile is in the System Configuration XML sub directory under the USB device root directory This file includes all the attribute value pairs of the server This includes attributes of iDRAC PERC RAID and BIOS You can edit this file to configure any attribute on the server The file name can be servicetag config xml modelnumber config xml or config xml e Control XML file Includes parameters to control the import operation and does not have attributes of iDRAC or any other component in the system The control file contain three parameters ShutdownType Graceful Forced No Reboot TimeToWait in secs 300 minimum and 3600 maximum EndHostPowerState on off Example of control xml file lt InstructionTable gt lt InstructionRow gt lt InstructionType gt Configuration XML import Host control Instruction lt InstructionType gt lt Instruc
375. o use the cd verb to navigate the MAP In all examples the initial default target is assumed to be Type the following commands at the SMCLP command prompt To navigate to the system target and reboot Cd system1 reset The current default target is To navigate to the SEL target and display the log records cd systeml cd logs1 1logl show To display current target typecd To move up one level type cd To exit exit 291 19 Using iDRAC Service Module The iDRAC Service Module is a software application that is recommended to be installed on the server it is not installed by default It complements iDRAC with monitoring information from the operating system It does not have an interface but complements iDRAC by providing additional data to work with iDRAC interfaces such as the Web interface RACADM and WSMAN You can configure the features monitored by the iDRAC Service Module to control the CPU and memory consumed on the server s Operating system K NOTE You can use the iDRAC Service Module only if you have installed iDRAC Express or iDRAC Enterprise license Before using iDRAC Service Module make sure that e You have Login Configure and Server Control privileges in iDRAC to enable or disable the iDRAC Service Module features e OS to iDRAC pass through feature is enabled through the internal USB bus in iDRAC K NOTE When iDRAC Service Module runs for the first time by default it
376. o view the operating system boot sequences up to BIOS when you login to iDRAC through SSH or Telnet Related Links Configuring BIOS For Serial Connection Additional Settings For IPMI Serial Terminal Mode Enabling Serial Connection Using Web Interface Make sure to disable the RAC serial interface to enable IPMI Serial To configure IPMI Serial settings 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings Network Serial 2 Under IPMI Serial specify the values for the attributes For information about the options see the iDRAC Online Help 3 Click Apply Enabling Serial Connection IPMI Mode Using RACADM To configure the IPMI mode disable the RAC serial interface and then enable the IPMI mode using any of the following e Usingconfig command racadm config g cfgSerial o cfgSerialConsoleEnable 0 racadm config g cfgIpmiSerial o cfgIpmiSerialConnectionMode lt 0 or 1 where O indicates Terminal mode and 1 indicates Basic mode Using set command racadm set iDRAC Serial Enable 0 racadm set iDRAC IPMISerial ConnectionMode 0 or 1 where 0 indicates Terminal mode and 1 indicates Basic mode Enabling Serial Connection IPMI Serial Settings Using RACADM To configure IPMI Serial settings you use the set or config command 1 Change the IPMI serial connection mode to the appropriate setting using the command Using config command racadm config g cfgSerial o cfgSerialConsoleEn
377. obile device This allows you to view inventory and monitoring information and configure basic iDRAC settings such as root credential setup and configuration of the first boot device using the mobile device You can configure iDRAC Quick Sync access for your mobile device example OpenManage Mobile in iDRAC You must install the OpenManage Mobile application on the mobile device to manage the data link and setup configurations K NOTE This feature is currently supported on mobile devices with Android operating system In the current release this feature is available only with Dell PowerEdge R730 R730xd and R630 rack servers For these servers you can optionally purchase a bezel Therefore it is a hardware up sell and the feature capabilities are not dependent on iDRAC software licensing The iDRAC Quick Sync includes the following e Activation button You must press this button to activate the Quick Sync interface In a closely stacked rack infrastructure this helps to identify and enable the server that is the target for communication The Quick Sync feature is inactive after being idle for a configurable amount of time default is 50 seconds or when pressed to de activate Activity LED If Quick Sync is disabled the LED blinks a few times and then turns off Also if the configurable inactivity timer is triggered the LED turns off and deactivates the interface After configuring iDRAC Quick Sync settings in iDRAC hold
378. ocal RACADM racadm sshpkauth i 2 to 16 gt k 1 to 4 gt f filename e From remote RACADM using Telnet or SSH racadm sshpkauth i lt 2 to 16 gt k lt 1 to 4 gt t lt key text gt For example to upload a valid key to iDRAC User ID 2 in the first key space using a file run the following command racadm sshpkauth i 2 k 1 f pkkey key K NOTE The f option is not supported on telnet ssh serial RACADM Viewing SSH Keys You can view the keys that are uploaded to iDRAC Viewing SSH Keys Using Web Interface To view the SSH keys 1 In Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings Network User Authentication Local Users The Users page is displayed 2 Inthe User ID column click a user ID number The Users Main Menu page is displayed 3 Under SSH Key Configurations select View Remove SSH Key s and click Next The View Remove SSH Key s page is displayed with the key details Viewing SSH Keys Using RACADM To view the SSH keys run the following command Specific key racadm sshpkauth i 2 to 16 v k 1 to 4 e Allkeys racadm sshpkauth i 2 to 16 v k all Deleting SSH Keys Before deleting the public keys make sure that you view the keys if they are set up so that a key is not accidentally deleted 136 Deleting SSH Keys Using Web Interface To delete the SSH key s 1 In Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings Network User Authentication Local Use
379. oduct version Using search engines Type the name and version of the document in the search box Logging into iDRAC You can log in to iDRAC as an iDRAC user as a Microsoft Active Directory user or as a Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP user The default user name and password is root and calvin respectively You can also log in using Single Sign On or Smart Card K NOTE You must have Login to iDRAC privilege to log in to iDRAC Related Links Logging into iDRAC as Local User Active Directory User or LDAP User Logging into iDRAC Using Smart Card Logging into iDRAC Using Single Sign on Changing Default Login Password Logging into iDRAC as Local User Active Directory User or LDAP User Before you log in to iDRAC using the Web interface make sure that you have configured a supported Web browser and the user account is created with the required privileges NOTE The user name is not case sensitive for an Active Directory user The password is case sensitive for all users K NOTE In addition to Active Directory openLDAP openDS Novell eDir and Fedora based directory services are supported To log in to iDRAC as local user Active Directory user or LDAP user 1 Open a supported Web browser 2 Inthe Address field type https iDRAC IP address and press Enter NOTE If the default HTTPS port number port 443 was changed enter https iDRAC IP address port number where 1
380. ommands or get and set commands with the RACADM objects e Using getconfig command racadm getconfig g cfgLanNetworking e Using get command racadm get iDRAC Nic To use DHCP to obtain an IP address use the following command to write the object cfgNicUseDhcp or DHCPEnable and enable this feature Using config command racadm config g cfgLanNetworking o cfgNicUseDHCP 1 e Using set command racadm set iDRAC IPv4 DHCPEnable 1 The following is an example of how the command may be used to configure the required LAN network properties e Using config command racadm config g cfgLanNetworking o cfgNicEnable 1 racadm config g cfgLanNetworking o cfgNicIpAddress 192 168 0 120 racadm config g cfgLanNetworking o cfgNicNetmask 255 255 255 0 racadm config g cfgLanNetworking o cfgNicGateway 192 168 0 120 racadm config g cfgLanNetworking o cfgNicUseDHCP 0 racadm config g cfgLanNetworking o cfgDNSServersFromDHCP 0 racadm config g cfgLanNetworking o cfgDNSServerl 192 168 0 5 racadm config g cfgLanNetworking o cfgDNSServer2 192 168 0 6 racadm config g cfgLanNetworking o cfgDNSRegisterRac 1 racadm config g cfgLanNetworking o cfgDNSRacName RAC EK00002 racadm config g cfgLanNetworking o cfgDNSDomainNameFromDHCP 0 racadm config g cfgLanNetworking o cfgDNSDomainName MYDOMAIN e Using set command racadm set iDRAC Nic Enable 1 racadm set iDRAC IPv4 Address 192 168 0 120 83 DRAC IPv4 N
381. ommands with the new user name and password Using config command racadm config g cfgUserAdmin o cfgUserAdminPrivilege i index user privilege bitmask value e Using set command racadm set iDRAC Users index Privilege user privilege bitmask value NOTE For a list of valid bit mask values for specific user privileges see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals The default privilege value is 0 which indicates the user has no privileges enabled Configuring Active Directory Users If your company uses the Microsoft Active Directory software you can configure the software to provide access to iDRAC allowing you to add and control iDRAC user privileges to your existing users in your directory service This is a licensed feature NOTE Using Active Directory to recognize iDRAC users is supported on the Microsoft Windows 2000 Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008 operating systems You can configure user authentication through Active Directory to log in to the iDRAC You can also provide role based authority which enables an administrator to configure specific privileges for each user The iDRAC role and privilege names have changed from earlier generation of servers The role names are Table 12 iDRAC Roles Current Prior Generation Privileges Generation Administrator Administrator Login Configure Configure Users Logs System Control Access Virt
382. omputer in the Active Directory root domain e Generate a keytab file using the ktpass tool e To enable single sign on for Extended schema make sure that the Trust this user for delegation to any service Kerberos only option is selected on the Delegation tab for the keytab user This tab is available only after creating the keytab file using ktpass utility e Configure the browser to enable SSO login Create the Active Directory objects and provide the required privileges For SSO configure the reverse lookup zone on the DNS servers for the subnet where iDRAC resides K NOTE If the host name does not match the reverse DNS lookup Kerberos authentication fails Related Links Configuring Browser to Enable Active Directory SSO Registering iDRAC as a Computer in Active Directory Root Domain Generating Kerberos Keytab File Creating Active Directory Objects and Providing Privileges 165 Registering iDRAC as a Computer in Active Directory Root Domain To register iDRAC in Active Directory root domain 1 Click Overview iDRAC Settings Network Network The Network page is displayed 2 Provide a valid Preferred Alternate DNS Server IP address This value is a valid DNS server IP address that is part of the root domain 3 Select Register iDRAC on DNS 4 Provide a valid DNS Domain Name 5 Verify that network DNS configuration matches with the Active Directory DNS information For more information about the op
383. on a virtual disk later on You can assign only 4K drives as hot spare to 4K virtual disks If you have assigned a virtual disk as a dedicated hot spare in Add to Pending Operation mode the pending operation is created but a job is not created Then if you try to unassign the dedicated hot spare the assign dedicated hot spare pending operation is cleared If you have unassigned a virtual disk as a dedicated hot spare in Add to Pending Operation mode the pending operation is created but a job is not created Then if you try to assign the dedicated hot spare the unassign dedicated hot spare pending operation is cleared Managing Virtual Disks Using Web Interface 1 In the iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Storage Virtual Disks Manage The Manage Virtual Disks page is displayed 2 From the Controller drop down menu select the controller for which you want to manage the virtual disks 3 For one or more Virtual Disks from each Action drop down menu select an action You can specify more than one action for a virtual drive When you select an action an additional Action drop down menu is displayed Select another action from this drop down menu The action that is already selected does not appear in the additional Action drop down menus Also the Remove link is displayed next to the selected action Click this link to remove the selected action Delete e Edit Policy Read Cache Change the read cache policy to one
384. on any browser 4 Import the root certificates on the managed system to avoid the pop ups that prompt you to verify the certificates 5 Install the compat libstdc 33 3 2 3 61 related package K NOTE On Windows the compat libstdc 33 3 2 3 61 related package may be included in the NET framework package or the operating system package 6 Ifyou are using MAC operating system select the Enable access for assistive devices option in the Universal Access window For more information see the MAC operating system documentation Related Links Configuring Web Browser to Use Java Plug in Configuring IE to Use ActiveX Plug in Importing CA Certificates to Management Station Configuring Web Browser to Use Java Plug in Install a Java Runtime Environment JRE if you are using Firefox or IE and want to use the Java Viewer K NOTE Install a 32 bit or 64 bit JRE version on a 64 bit operating system or a 32 bit JRE version on a 32 bit operating system To configure IE to use Java plug in e Disable automatic prompting for file downloads in Internet Explorer e Disable Enhanced Security Mode in Internet Explorer 250 Related Links Configuring Virtual Console Configuring IE to Use ActiveX Plug in You must configure the IE browser settings before you launch and run ActiveX based Virtual Console and Virtual Media applications The ActiveX applications are delivered as signed CAB files from the iDRAC server If the plug
385. ong to this Product LDAPTYPE DN This attribute is the backward 1 5 6 1 4 1 1466 115 121 1 12 link to the dellProductMembers linked attribute Link ID 12071 Installing Dell Extension to the Active Directory Users and Computers Snap In When you extend the schema in Active Directory you must also extend the Active Directory Users and Computers Snap in so the administrator can manage iDRAC devices users and user groups iDRAC associations and iDRAC privileges When you install your systems management software using the Dell Systems Management Tools and Documentation DVD you can extend the Snap in by selecting the Active Directory Users and Computers Snap in option during the installation procedure See the Dell OpenManage Software Quick Installation Guide for additional instructions about installing systems management software For 64 bit Windows Operating Systems the Snap in installer is located under 156 lt DVDdrive gt SYSMGMT ManagementStation support OMActiveDirectory_SnapIn64 For more information about the Active Directory Users and Computers Snap in see Microsoft documentation Adding iDRAC Users and Privileges to Active Directory Using the Dell extended Active Directory Users and Computers Snap in you can add iDRAC users and privileges by creating device association and privilege objects To add each object perform the following e Create an iDRAC device Object Create a Privilege Object e Create an
386. ons see the iDRAC Online Help 3 Click Apply The settings are saved All logs written to the lifecycle log are also simultaneously written to configured remote server s 187 Configuring Remote System Logging Using RACADM To configure the remote syslog server settings use one of the following e Objects in the cfgRemoteHosts group with the config command e Objects in the iDRAC SysLog group with the set command For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals 188 11 Monitoring and Managing Power You can use iDRAC to monitor and manage the power requirements of the managed system This helps to protect the system from power outages by appropriately distributing and regulating the power consumption on the system The key features are Power Monitoring View the power status history of power measurements the current averages peaks and so on for the managed system Power Capping View and set the power cap for the managed system including displaying the minimum and maximum potential power consumption This is a licensed feature Power Control Enables you to remotely perform power control operations such as power on power off system reset power cycle and graceful shutdown on the managed system Power Supply Options Configure the power supply options such as redundancy policy hot spare and power factor correction
387. oot Certification Authorities 3 Right click Certificates select All Tasks and click Import 4 Click Next and browse to the SSL certificate file 5 Install iDRAC SSL Certificate in each domain controller s Trusted Root Certification Authority If you have installed your own certificate make sure that the CA signing your certificate is in the Trusted Root Certification Authority list If the Authority is not in the list you must install it on all your domain controllers 6 Click Next and select whether you want Windows to automatically select the certificate store based on the type of certificate or browse to a store of your choice 7 Click Finish and click OK The iDRAC firmware SSL certificate is imported to all domain controller trusted certificate lists Supported Active Directory Authentication Mechanisms You can use Active Directory to define iDRAC user access using two methods e Standard schema solution which uses Microsoft s default Active Directory group objects only Extended schema solution which has customized Active Directory objects All the access control objects are maintained in Active Directory It provides maximum flexibility to configure user access on different iDRACs with varying privilege levels Related Links Standard Schema Active Directory Overview Extended Schema Active Directory Overview Standard Schema Active Directory Overview As shown in the following figure using standard schema for A
388. orce Shutdown Power Cycle System cold boot NOTE For PERC 8 or earlier controllers Graceful Shutdown is the default option For PERC 9 controllers No Reboot Manually Reboot System is the default option e Add to Pending Operations Select this option to create a pending operation to apply the settings You can view all pending operations for a controller in the Overview Storage gt Pending Operations page K NOTE e The Add to Pending Operations option in not applicable for the Pending Operations page and for PCle SSDs in the Physical Disks Setup page e Only the Apply Now option is available on the Enclosure Setup page 3 Click Apply Based on the operation mode selected the settings are applied Choosing Operation Mode Using RACADM Use the jobqueue subcommand to select the operation mode For more information see the iIDRAC RACADM Command Line Reference Guide available at dell com esmmanuals Viewing and Applying Pending Operations You can view and commit all pending operations for the storage controller All the settings are either applied at once during the next reboot or at a scheduled time based on the selected options You can delete all the pending operations for a controller You cannot delete individual pending operations Pending Operations are created on the selected components controllers enclosures physical disks and virtual disks Configuration jobs are created only on controller In cas
389. ork Cards in Single Host System Reboot If you have multiple network cards in a server that is part of a Storage Area Network SAN environment and you want to apply different virtual addresses initiator and target configuration settings to those cards use the I O Identity Optimization feature to reduce the time in configuring the settings To do this Make sure that BIOS iDRAC and the network cards are updated to the latest firmware version Enable IO Identity Optimization Export the XML configuration file from iDRAC Edit the I O Identity optimization settings in the XML file Import the XML configuration file to iDRAC sURWMP Related Links Updating Device Firmware Enabling or Disabling I O Identity Optimization 344
390. out the fields and options see the iDRAC Settings Utility Online Help that you can access when you click Help in the iDRAC Settings GUI press F2 during boot and then click iDRAC Settings on the System Setup Main Menu page Supported Web Browsers iDRAC is supported on the following browsers Internet Explorer e Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome e Safari For the list of versions see the iDRAC8 Release Notes available at dell com support manuals Managing Licenses iDRAC features are available based on the purchased license Basic Management iDRAC Express or iDRAC Enterprise Only licensed features are available in the interfaces that allow you to configure or use iDRAC For example iDRAC Web interface RACADM WS MAN OpenManage Server Administrator and so on Some features such as dedicated NIC or vFlash requires iDRAC ports card This is optional on 200 500 series servers iDRAC license management and firmware update functionality is available through iDRAC Web interface and RACADM Types of Licenses The types of licenses offered are e 30 day evaluation and extension The license expires after 50 days and can be extended for 30 days Evaluation licenses are duration based and the timer runs when power is applied to the system e Perpetual The license is bound to the service tag and is permanent Acquiring Licenses Use any of the following methods to acquire the licenses 21 E mail License is
391. owing message is displayed TE is recommended to reboot the system when a thermal profile change has been made This is to ensure all power and thermal settings are activated Click Reboot Later or Reboot Now K NOTE You must reboot the system for the settings to take effect Modifying Thermal Settings Using RACADM To modify the thermal settings use the objects in the system thermalsettings group with the set sub comma Object nd as provided in the following table Description Usage Example AirExhaustT Allows to set the maximum Set to any of the To check the existing setting on the emp 56 air exhaust temperature limit following values system based on the system racadm get system thermalsettings Air O Indicates xhaustTemp 40 C e 1 Indicates Fl The output is 45 C AirExhaustTemp 70 2 Indicates 50 C This means that the system is set to c opnibates EM air exhaust temperature to 55 C e 4 Indicates To set the exhaust temperature 60 C limit to 60 C e 255 Indicates 70 C default racadm set system thermalsettings Air xhaustTemp 4 E Object FanSpeedHig hOffsetVal FanSpeedLow OffsetVal Description Getting this variable reads Values from 0 100 the fan speed offset value in PWM for High Fan Speed Offset setting This value depends on the system Use FanSpeedOffset object to set this value using index value 1 Getting this vari
392. owing message is displayed What does this indicate ERROR Unable to connect to RAC at specified IP address The message indicates that you must wait until the iDRAC completes the reset before issuing another command When using RACADM commands and subcommands some errors are not clear You may see one or more of the following errors when using the RACADM commands and subcommands Local RACADM error messages Problems such as syntax typographical errors and incorrect names e Remote RACADM error messages Problems such as incorrect IP Address incorrect user name or incorrect password During a ping test to iDRAC if the network mode is switched between Dedicated and Shared modes there is no ping response 337 Clear the ARP table on your system Remote RACADM fails to connect to iDRAC from SUSE Linux Enterprise Server SLES 11 SP1 Make sure that the official openssl and libopenssl versions are installed Run the following command to install the RPM packages rpm ivh force filename gt where ilename is the openssl or libopenssl rpm package file For example rpm ivh force openssl 0 9 8h 30 22 21 1 x86 64 rpm rpm ivh force libopenssl0 9 8 0 9 8h 30 22 21 1 x86 64 rpm Why are the remote RACADM and Web based services unavailable after a property change It may take a while for the remote RACADM services and the Web based interface to become available after the iDRAC Web server resets The
393. oxyuser gt pp proxypassword po proxy port pt lt proxytype gt time hh mm dom 1 28 L wom 1 4 L dow lt sun Sat rp 1 366 a applyserverReboot 1 enabled 0 disabled For example To automatically update firmware using a CIFS share racadm AutoUpdateScheduler create u admin p pwd 1 1 2 3 4 CIFS share f cat xml time 14 30 wom 1 dow sun rp 5 a 1 To automatically update firmware using FTP racadm AutoUpdateScheduler create u admin p pwd l ftp mytest com pu puser pp puser po 8080 pt http f cat xml time 14 30 wom 1 dow sun Ep 5 AL e To view the current firmware update schedule racadm AutoUpdateScheduler view To disable automatic firmware update racadm set lifecycleController lcattributes AutoUpdate Enable 0 e To clear the schedule details racadm AutoUpdateScheduler clear Updating Firmware Using CMC Web Interface You can update iDRAC firmware for blade servers using the CMC Web interface To update iDRAC firmware using the CMC Web interface 1 Loginto CMC Web interface Go to Server Overview server name The Server Status page is displayed 3 Click Launch iDRAC Web interface and perform iDRAC Firmware Update Related Links Updating Device Firmware Downloading Device Firmware Updating Firmware Using iDRAC Web Interface Updating Firmware Using DUP Before you update firmware using Dell Up
394. p SMWG SMCLP specifications The SM CLP is a subcomponent of the Distributed Management Task Force DMTF SMASH initiative to streamline server management across multiple platforms The SM CLP specification along with the Managed Element Addressing Specification and numerous profiles to SM CLP mapping specifications describes the standard verbs and targets for various management task executions The SMCLP is hosted from the iDRAC controller firmware and supports Telnet SSH and serial based interfaces The iDRAC SMCLP interface is based on the SMCLP Specification Version 1 0 provided by the DMTF organization K NOTE Information about the profiles extensions and MOFs are available at delltechcenter com and all DMTF information is available at dmtf org standards profiles SM CLP commands implement a subset of the local RACADM commands The commands are useful for scripting since you can execute these commands from a management station command line You can retrieve the output of commands in well defined formats including XML facilitating scripting and integration with existing reporting and management tools System Management Capabilities Using SMCLP iDRAC SMCLP enables you to e Manage Server Power Turn on shut down or reboot the system e Manage System Event Log SEL Display or clear the SEL records e Manage iDRAC user account e View system properties Running SMCLP Commands You can run the SMCLP commands using SS
395. page to perform more storage configuration operations Click Pending Operations to view the pending operations for the device e If the pending operation is not created successfully and if there are existing pending operations then an error message is displayed Click OK to remain on the page to perform more storage configuration operations Click Pending Operations to view the pending operations for the device K NOTE e Atany time if you do not see the option to create a job on the storage configuration pages go to Storage Overview Pending Operations page to view the existing pending operations and to create the job on the required controller e Only cases 1 and 2 are applicable for PCle SSD You cannot view the pending operations for PCle SSDs and hence Add to Pending Operations option is not available Use racadm command to clear the pending operations for PCle SSDs Blinking or Unblinking Component LEDs You can locate a physical disk virtual disk drive and PCle SSDs within an enclosure by blinking one of the Light Emitting Diodes LEDs on the disk You must have Login privilege to blink or unblink an LED The controller must be real time configuration capable The real time support of this feature is available only in PERC 9 1 firmware and later K NOTE Blink or unblink is not supported for servers without backplane Blinking or Unblinking Component LEDs Using Web Interface To blink or unblink a component
396. parity RAID 6 is more expensive in terms of disk space RAID Level 50 Striping Over RAID 5 Sets RAID 50 is striping over more than one span of physical disks For example a RAID 5 disk group that is implemented with three physical disks and then continues on with a disk group of three more physical disks would be a RAID 50 It is possible to implement RAID 50 even when the hardware does not directly support it In this case you can implement more than one RAID 5 virtual disks and then convert the RAID 5 disks to dynamic disks You can then create a dynamic volume that is spanned across all RAID 5 virtual disks 210 RAID 50 characteristics e Groups n s disks as one large virtual disk with a capacity of s n 1 disks where s is the number of spans and n is the number of disks within each span e Redundant information parity is alternately stored on all disks of each RAID 5 span Better read performance but slower write performance Requires as much parity information as standard RAID 5 e Data is striped across all spans RAID 50 is more expensive in terms of disk space RAID Level 60 Striping Over RAID 6 Sets RAID 60 is striping over more than one span of physical disks that are configured as a RAID 6 For example a RAID 6 disk group that is implemented with four physical disks and then continues on with a disk group of four more physical disks would be a RAID 60 211 Data Flow Starts Here gt f Y Y
397. partition s are not listed in the First Boot Device drop down menu make sure that the BIOS is updated to the latest version Booting to a Partition Using RACADM To set a vFlash partition as the first boot device use cfgServerInfo For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals K NOTE When you run this command the vFlash partition label is automatically set to boot once cfgserverBootOnce is set to 1 Boot once boots the device to the partition only once and does not keep it persistently first in the boot order 282 18 Using SMCLP The Server Management Command Line Protocol SMCLP specification enables CLI based systems management It defines a protocol for management commands transmitted over standard character oriented streams This protocol accesses a Common Information Model Object Manager CIMOM using a human oriented command set The SMCLP is a sub component of the Distributed Management Task Force DMTF SMASH initiative to streamline systems management across multiple platforms The SMCLP specification along with the Managed Element Addressing Specification and numerous profiles to SMCLP mapping specifications describes the standard verbs and targets for various management task executions K NOTE It is assumed that you are familiar with the Systems Management Architecture for Server Hardware SMASH Initiative and the Server Management Working Grou
398. pending operation to be applied as a batch as part of a single job Choosing Operation Mode Using Web Interface To select the operation mode to apply the settings 1 You can select the operation mode on when you are on any of the following pages Overview Storage Physical Disks Setup e Overview Storage Virtual Disks Create Overview Storage Virtual Disks Manage e Overview Storage Controllers Setup e Overview Storage Controllers Troubleshooting Overview Storage Enclosures Setup 243 Overview Storage Pending Operations 2 Select one of the following from the Apply Operation Mode drop down menu Apply Now Select this option to apply the settings immediately This option is available for PERC 9 controllers only If there are jobs to be completed then this option is grayed out This job take at least 2 minutes to complete e At Next Reboot Select this option to apply the settings during the next system reboot This is the default option for PERC 8 controllers e At Scheduled Time Select this option to apply the settings at a scheduled day and time Start Time and End Time Click the calendar icons and select the days From the drop down menus select the time The settings are applied between the start time and end time From the drop down menu select the type of reboot No Reboot Manually Reboot System Graceful Shutdown F
399. pends on the controller model speed of hard drives and the firmware version The full initialize task initializes one physical disk at a time 225 K NOTE Full initialize is supported only in real time Only few controllers support full initialization Encrypting Virtual Disks When encryption is disabled on a controller that is the security key is deleted manually enable encryption for virtual disks created using SED drives If the virtual disk is created after encryption is enabled on a controller the virtual disk is automatically encrypted It is automatically configured as an encrypted virtual disk unless the enabled encryption option is disabled during the virtual disk creation K NOTE This task can only be staged and real time is not supported You must have Login and Server Control privilege to manage the encryption keys Assigning or Unassigning Dedicated Hot Spares A dedicated hot spare is an unused backup disk that is assigned to a virtual disk When a physical disk in the virtual disk fails the hot spare is activated to replace the failed physical disk without interrupting the system or requiring your intervention You must have Login and Server Control privilege to run this operation Only T10 PI DIF capable physical disks can be assigned as a hot spare to T10 PI DIF enabled virtual disks Any non T10 PI DIF drives that are assigned as dedicated hot spare will not be a hot spare if T10 PI DIF is enabled
400. port manuals Enabling or Disabling OS to iDRAC Pass through Using iDRAC Settings Utility To enable or disable OS to iDRAC Pass through using iDRAC Settings Utility 1 In the iDRAC Settings utility go to Communications Permissions The iDRAC Settings Communications Permissions page is displayed 2 Select any of the following options to enable OS to iDRAC pass through e LOM The OS to iDRAC pass through link between the iDRAC and the host operating system is established through the LOM or NDC e USB NIC The OS to iDRAC pass through link between the iDRAC and the host operating system is established through the internal USB bus To disable this feature select Disabled NOTE The LOM option can be selected only of the card supports OS to iDRAC pass through capability Else this option is grayed out 3 f you select LOM as the pass through configuration and if the server is connected using dedicated mode enter the IPv4 address of the operating system K NOTE If the server is connected in shared LOM mode then the OS IP Address field is disabled 4 Ifyou select USB NIC as the pass through configuration enter the IP address of the USB NIC The default value is 169 254 0 1 However if this IP address conflicts with an IP address of other interfaces of the host system or the local network you must change it Do not enter 169 254 0 3 and 169 254 0 4 IPs These IPs are reserved for the USB NIC port on the front panel when a A A ca
401. priate privilege levels and make sure there is no Firewall or security settings that is preventing to get the registry or software data Generating Technical Support Report Manually Using iDRAC Web Interface To generate the technical support report manually 1 7 8 9 10 In the iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server Troubleshooting Tech Support Report The Tech Support Report page is displayed Select options for which you want to collect the data e Hardware to export the report to a location on the local system e OS and Application Data to export the report to a network share and specify the network settings K NOTE While specifying the network share settings it is recommended to avoid special characters for user name and password or percent encode the special characters e Click Advanced Export Options to select the following additional options RAID Controller Log Enable Report Filtering under OS and Application Data Based on the options selected the time taken to collect the data is displayed next to these options If OS Collector tool was not run on the system then the OS and Application Data option is grayed out and it is not selectable The message OS and Application Data Timestamp Never is displayed If OS Collector was run on the system in the past then the timestamp displays when the operating system and application data was last collected Last Collected timestamp Click At
402. providing secure access to remote servers administrators can perform critical management functions while maintaining server and network security e Enhanced Embedded Management through Lifecycle Controller Lifecycle Controller provides deployment and simplified serviceability through Lifecycle Controller GUI for local deployment and 16 Remote Services WS Management interfaces for remote deployment integrated with Dell OpenManage Essentials and partner consoles For more information on Lifecycle Controller GUI see Lifecycle Controller User s Guide and for remote services see Lifecycle Controller Remote Services User s Guide available at dell com support manuals Key Features The key features in iDRAC include NOTE Some of the features are available only with iDRAC Enterprise license For information on the features available for a license see Managing Licenses Inventory and Monitoring View managed server health Inventory and monitor network adapters and storage subsystem PERC and direct attached storage without any operating system agents e View and export system inventory View sensor information such as temperature voltage and intrusion Monitor CPU state processor automatic throttling and predictive failure View memory information e Monitor and control power usage e Support for SNMPv3 gets e For blade servers launch Chassis Management Controller CMC Web interface view CMC information
403. ption capable controller The security key is managed using the Local Key Management LKM feature LKM is used to generate the key ID and the password or key required to secure the virtual disk If you are using LKM you must create the encryption key by providing the Security Key Identifier and the Passphrase This task is not supported on PERC hardware controllers running in HBA mode If you create the security key in Add to Pending Operation mode and a job is not created and then if you delete the security key the create security key pending operation is cleared Configuring Controller Properties Using Web Interface 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Storage Controllers Setup The Setup Controllers page is displayed 2 In the Configure Controller Properties section from the Controller drop down menu select the controller that you want to configure 3 Specify the required information for the various properties The Current Value column displays the existing values for each property You can modify this value by selecting the option from the Action drop down menu for each property For information about the fields see the iDRAC Online Help 4 From the Apply Operation Mode drop down menu select when you want to apply the settings 5 Click Apply Based on the selected operation mode the settings are applied Configuring Controller Properties Using RACADM To set Patrol Read Mode racadm set storage co
404. r as part of the left most component of the Common Name when generating a Certificate Signing Request CSR For example qa com or company qa com This is called a wildcard certificate If a wildcard CSR is generated outside of iDRAC you can have a signed single wildcard SSL certificate that you can upload for multiple iDRACs and all the iDRACs are trusted by the supported browsers While connecting to iDRAC Web interface using a supported browser that supports a wildcard certificate the iDRAC is trusted by the browser While launching viewers the iDRACSs are trusted by the viewer clients Related Links Generating a New Certificate Signing Request Uploading Server Certificate Viewing Server Certificate Uploading Custom Signing Certificate Downloading Custom SSL Certificate Signing Certificate Deleting Custom SSL Certificate Signing Certificate Generating a New Certificate Signing Request A CSR is a digital request to a Certificate Authority CA for a SSL server certificate SSL server certificates allow clients of the server to trust the identity of the server and to negotiate an encrypted session with the server After the CA receives a CSR they review and verify the information the CSR contains If the applicant meets the CA s security standards the CA issues a digitally signed SSL server certificate that uniquely identifies the applicant s server when it establishes SSL connections with browsers running on mana
405. r RAID 60 characteristics e Groups n s disks as one large virtual disk with a capacity of s n 2 disks where s is the number of spans and n is the number of disks within each span e Redundant information parity is alternately stored on all disks of each RAID 6 span e Better read performance but slower write performance e Increased redundancy provides greater data protection than a RAID 50 Requires proportionally as much parity information as RAID 6 Two disks per span are required for parity RAID 60 is more expensive in terms of disk space RAID Level 10 Striped Mirrors The RAB considers RAID level 10 to be an implementation of RAID level 1 RAID 10 combines mirrored physical disks RAID 1 with data striping RAID 0 With RAID 10 data is striped across multiple physical disks The striped disk group is then mirrored onto another set of physical disks RAID 10 can be considered a mirror of stripes 212 RAID 10 characteristics Groups n disks as one large virtual disk with a capacity of n 2 disks where n is an even integer e Mirror images of the data are striped across sets of physical disks This level provides redundancy through mirroring e When a disk fails the virtual disk still works The data is read from the surviving mirrored disk Improved read performance and write performance e Redundancy for protection of data Comparing RAID Level Performance The following table compares the perfor
406. r IPv6 IP From OpenManage Server Administrator In the Server Administrator Web interface go to Modular Enclosure System Server Module Main System Chassis Main System Remote Access iDRAC network connection is not working For blade servers e Make sure that the LAN cable is connected to CMC e Make sure that NIC settings IPv4 or IPv6 settings and either Static or DHCP is enabled for your network For rack and tower servers e n shared mode make sure the LAN cable is connected to the NIC port where the wrench symbol is present n Dedicated mode make sure the LAN cable is connected to the iDRAC LAN port 339 e Make sure that NIC settings IPv4 and IPv6 settings and either Static or DHCP is enabled for your network Inserted the blade server into the chassis and pressed the power switch but it did not power on e iDRAC requires up to two minutes to initialize before the server can power on Check CMC power budget The chassis power budget may have exceeded How to retieve an iDRAC administrative user name and password You must restore iDRAC to its default settings For more information see Resetting iDRAC to Factory Default Settings How to change the name of the slot for the system in a chassis 1 Log in to CMC Web interface and go to Chassis Servers Setup 2 Enter the new name for the slot in the row for your server and click Apply iDRAC on blade server is not responding du
407. r WS Management Script Center delltechcenter com page Scripting the Dell Lifecycle Controller e MOFs and Profiles delltechcenter com page DCIM Library Interface or Protocol Description DTMF Web site dmtf org standards profiles IDRAC Port Information The following ports are required to remotely access iDRAC through firewalls These are the default ports iDRAC listens to for connections Optionally you can modify most of the ports To do this see Configuring Services Table 3 Ports iDRAC Listens for Connections Port Number 22 23 80 443 623 161 5900 5901 Configurable port Function SSH Telnet HTTP HTTPS RMCP RMCP SNMP Virtual Console keyboard and mouse redirection Virtual Media Virtual Folders and Remote File Share VNC When VNC feature is enabled the port 5901 opens The following table lists the ports that iDRAC uses as a client Table 4 Ports iDRAC Uses as Client Port Number 25 53 68 69 162 Function SMTP DNS DHCP assigned IP address TFTP SNMP trap 31 Port Number Function 445 Common Internet File System CIFS 636 LDAP Over SSL LDAPS 2049 Network File System NFS 123 Network Time Protocol NTP 3269 LDAPS for global catalog GC Configurable port Other Documents You May Need In addition to this guide the following documents available on the Dell Support website at dell com support manuals provides add
408. rage Devices e System events e Network Devices e Configuration Audit e Updates e Work notes When you log in or log out of iDRAC using any of the following interfaces the log in log out or log in failure events are recorded in the Lifecycle logs e Telnet e SSH e Web interface e RACADM e SM CLP e PMI Over LAN Serial e Virtual Console e Virtual Media You can filter logs based on the category and severity level view export and add a work note to a log event Related Links 185 Filtering Lifecycle Logs Exporting Lifecycle Controller Logs Using Web Interface Adding Comments to Lifecycle Logs Viewing Lifecycle Log Using Web Interface To view the Lifecycle Logs click Overview Server Logs Lifecycle Log The Lifecycle Log page is displayed For more information about the options see the iDRAC Online Help Filtering Lifecycle Logs You can filter logs based on category severity keyword or date range To filter the lifecycle logs 1 Inthe Lifecycle Log page under the Log Filter section do any or all of the following Select the Log Type from the drop down list e Select the severity level from the Severity drop down list e Enter a keyword Specify the date range 2 Click Apply The filtered log entries are displayed in Log Results Adding Comments to Lifecycle Logs To add comments to the lifecycle logs 1 Inthe Lifecycle Log page click the icon for the required
409. ration without requiring user interactions The auto import can be enabled or disabled If enabled the PERC controller can auto import any foreign configuration detected without manual intervention If disabled the PERC does not auto import any foreign configuration You must have Login and Server Control privilege to import foreign configurations 231 This task is not supported on PERC hardware controllers running in HBA mode NOTE It is not recommended to remove an external enclosure cable while the operating system is running on the system Removing the cable could result in a foreign configuration when the connection is re established You can manage foreign configurations in the following cases All the physical disks in a configuration are removed and re inserted e Some of the physical disks in a configuration are removed and re inserted All the physical disks in a virtual disk are removed but at different times and then re inserted he physical disks in a non redundant virtual disk are removed The following constraints apply to the physical disks that are considered for import The drive state of a physical disk can change from the time the foreign configuration is scanned to when the actual import occurs The foreign import occurs only on drives that are in the Unconfigured Good state Drives in the failed or offline state cannot be imported e The firmware does not allow you to import more than eight foreign
410. rator Installation Guide at dell com support manuals 2 Inthe Windows startup and recovery window make sure that the automatic reboot option is not selected 92 For more information see Windows documentation 3 Use Server Administrator to enable the Auto Recovery timer set the Auto Recovery action to Reset Power Off or Power Cycle and set the timer in seconds a value between 60 480 For more information see the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Installation Guide at dell com support manuals 4 Enable the Auto Shutdown and Recovery ASR option using one of the following Server Administrator See Dell OpenManage Server Administrator User s Guide at dell com support manuals e Local RACADM Use the command racadm config g cfgRacTuning o cfgRacTuneAsrEnable 1 5 Enable Automated System Recovery Agent To do this go to Overview iDRAC Settings Network Services select Enabled and click Apply Enabling or Disabling OS to iDRAC Pass through In servers that have Network Daughter Card NDC or embedded LAN On Motherboard LOM devices you can enable the OS to iDRAC Pass through feature that provides a high speed bi directional in band communication between iDRAC and the host operating system through a shared LOM rack or tower servers a dedicated NIC rack tower or blade servers or through the USB NIC This feature is available for iDRAC Enterprise license When enabled through dedicat
411. rd K NOTE If the SD card is write protected then the Initialize option is disabled Initializing vFlash SD Card Using Web Interface To initialize the vFlash SD card 1 In the iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server vFlash The SD Card Properties page is displayed 2 Enable vFLASH and click Initialize All existing contents are removed and the card is reformatted with the new vFlash system information If any vFlash partition is attached the initialize operation fails and an error message is displayed Initializing vFlash SD Card Using RACADM To initialize the vFlash SD card using RACADM use one of the following 274 e Using vFlashSD command racadm vflashsd initialize e Using set command racadm set iDRAC vflashsd Initialized 1 All existing partitions are deleted and the card is reformatted For more information about these commands see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals and dell com esmmanuals Initializing vFlash SD Card Using iDRAC Settings Utility To initialize the vFlash SD card using iDRAC Settings utility 1 Inthe iDRAC Settings utility go to Media and USB Port Settings The iDRAC Settings Media and USB Port Settings page is displayed 2 Click Initialize vFlash Click Yes The initialization operation starts 4 Click Back and navigate to the same iDRAC Settings Media and USB Port Settings page to view the successful message
412. re details To check the system for fresh air compliance 1 In the iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server Power Thermal Temperatures The Temperatures page is displayed 2 See the Fresh Air section that indicates whether the server is fresh air compliant or not Viewing Historical Temperature Data You can monitor the percentage of time the system has operated at ambient temperature that is greater than the normally supported fresh air temperature threshold The system board temperature sensor reading is collected over a period of time to monitor the temperature The data collection starts when the system is first powered on after it is shipped from the factory The data is collected and displayed for the duration when the system is powered on You can track and store the monitored temperature for the last seven years K NOTE You can track the temperature history even for systems that are not fresh air compliant However the threshold limits and fresh air related warnings generated are based on fresh air supported limits The limits are 42 C for warning and 479C for critical These values correspond to 402C and 45 C fresh air limits with 22C margin for accuracy Two fixed temperature bands are tracked that are associated to fresh air limits e Warning band Consists of the duration a system has operated above the temperature sensor warning threshold 422C The system can operate in the warning band for 10 of the
413. rectory Schema Extending your Active Directory schema adds a Dell organizational unit schema classes and attributes and example privileges and association objects to the Active Directory schema Before you extend the schema make sure that you have Schema Admin privileges on the Schema Master Flexible Single Master Operation FSMO Role Owner of the domain forest NOTE Make sure to use the schema extension for this product is different from the previous generations of RAC products The earlier schema does not work with this product K NOTE Extending the new schema has no impact on previous versions of the product You can extend your schema using one of the following methods e Dell Schema Extender utility e LDIF script file If you use the LDIF script file the Dell organizational unit is not added to the schema The LDIF files and Dell Schema Extender are located on your Dell Systems Management Tools and Documentation DVD in the following respective directories e DVDdrive SYSMGMT ManagementStation support OMActiveDirectory_Tools Remote_Management_Advanced LDIF_Files e lt DVDdrive gt SYSMGMT ManagementStation support OMActiveDirectory_Tools Remote_Management_Advanced Schema Extender To use the LDIF files see the instructions in the readme included in the LDIF_Files directory You can copy and run the Schema Extender or LDIF files from any location Using Dell Schema Extender A CAUTION The Dell Schema Extender uses th
414. rectory services To make iDRAC LDAP implementation generic the commonality between different directory services is utilized to group users and then map the user group relationship The directory service specific action is the schema For example they may have different attribute names for the group user and the link between the user and the group These actions can be configured in iDRAC NOTE The Smart Card based Two Factor Authentication TFA and the Single Sign On SSO logins are not supported for generic LDAP Directory Service Related Links Configuring Generic LDAP Directory Service Using iDRAC Web Based Interface Configuring Generic LDAP Directory Service Using RACADM Configuring Generic LDAP Directory Service Using iDRAC Web Based Interface To configure the generic LDAP directory service using Web interface K NOTE For information about the various fields see the iDRAC Online Help 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings User Authentication Directory Services Generic LDAP Directory Service The Generic LDAP Configuration and Management page displays the current generic LDAP settings 2 Click Configure Generic LDAP 3 Optionally enable certificate validation and upload the digital certificate used during initiation of SSL connections when communicating with a generic LDAP server NOTE In this release non SSL port based LDAP bind is not supported Only LDAP over SSL is supported
415. red You may want to generate a cfg from a racadm getconfig f filename cfg command and then perform a racadm config f filename cfg command to a different iDRAC without adding escape characters Example This is a comment cfgUserAdmin cfgUserAdminPageModemInitString Modem init not a comment All group entries must be surrounded by and characters The starting character denoting a group name must start in column one This group name must be specified before any of the objects in that group Objects that do not include an associated group name generate an error The configuration data is organized into groups as defined in the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals The following example displays a group name object and the object s property value cfgLanNetworking group name cfgNicIpAddress 143 154 133 121 object name All parameters are specified as object value pairs with no white space between the object or value White spaces that are included after the value are ignored A white space inside a value string remains unmodified Any character to the right of the is taken as is for example a second or a T T and so forth These characters are valid modem chat script characters See the example in the previous bullet The racadm getconfig f lt filename gt cfg command places a comment in front of index objects
416. rent power When power factor correction is enabled the server consumes a small amount of power when the host is OFF By default power factor correction is enabled when the server is shipped from the factory Configuring Power Supply Options Using Web Interface To configure the power supply options 1 IniDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server Power Thermal Power Configuration Power Configuration The Power Configuration page is displayed 2 Under Power Supply Options select the required options For more information see iDRAC Online Help 3 Click Apply The power supply options are configured Configuring Power Supply Options Using RACADM To configure the power supply options use the following objects with the set subcommand e System Power RedundancyPolicy e System Power Hotspare Enable e System Power Hotspare PrimaryPSU 193 e System Power PFC Enable For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Configuring Power Supply Options Using iDRAC Settings Utility To configure the power supply options 1 IniDRAC Settings utility go to Power Configuration NOTE The Power Configuration link is available only if the server power supply unit supports power monitoring The iDRAC Settings Power Configuration page is displayed 2 Under Power Supply Options e Enable or disable power supply redundancy Enable or disable hot spare
417. ring boot Remove and reinsert the server Check CMC Web interface to see if iDRAC is displayed as an upgradable component If it does follow the instructions in Updating Firmware Using CMC Web Interface If the problem persists contact technical support When attempting to boot the managed server the power indicator is green but there is no POST or no video This happens due to any of the following conditions Memory is not installed or is inaccessible e CPU is not installed or is inaccessible e Video riser card is missing or not connected properly Also see error messages in iDRAC log using iDRAC Web interface or from the server LCD 340 25 Use Case Scenarios This section helps you in navigating to specific sections in the guide to perform typical use case scenarios Troubleshooting An Inaccessible Managed System After receiving alerts from OpenManage Essentials Dell Management Console or a local trap collector five servers in a data center are not accessible with issues such as hanging operating system or server Need to identify the cause to troubleshoot and bring up the server using iDRAC Before troubleshooting the inaccessible system make sure that the following prerequisites are met e Enable last crash screen e Alerts are enabled on iDRAC To identify the cause check the following in the iDRAC Web interface and re establish the connection to the system K NOTE If you cannot access the iDRAC W
418. rivilegeMember List of dellPrivilege Objects that belong to this Attribute dellProductMembers List of dellRacDevice and DelliDRACDevice Objects that belong to this role This attribute is the forward link to the dellAssociationMembers backward link Link ID 12070 dellisLoginUser TRUE if the user has Login rights on the device dellisCardConfigAdmin TRUE if the user has Card Configuration rights on the device delllsUserConfigAdmin TRUE if the user has User Configuration rights on the device dellsLogClearAdmin TRUE if the user has Log Clearing rights on the device dellisServerResetUser TRUE if the user has Server Reset rights on the device dellisConsoleRedirectUser TRUE if the user has Virtual Console rights on the device dellisVirtualMediaUser Assigned OID Syntax Object Identifier 1 2 840 115556 1 8000 1280 1 1 2 1 FALSE Single Valued Distinguished Name LDAPTYPE_DN 1 5 6 1 4 1 1466 115 121 1 12 1 2 840 115556 1 8000 1280 1 1 2 2 FALSE Distinguished Name LDAPTYPE DN 1 5 6 1 4 1 1466 115 121 1 12 1 2 840 115556 1 8000 1280 1 1 2 5 TRUE Boolean LDAPTYPE BOOLEAN 1 5 6 1 4 1 1466 115 121 1 7 1 2 840 115556 1 8000 1280 1 1 2 4 TRUE Boolean LDAPTYPE BOOLEAN 1 5 6 1 4 1 1466 115 121 1 7 1 2 840 115556 1 8000 1280 1 1 2 5 TRUE Boolean LDAPTYPE BOOLEAN 1 5 6 1 4 1 1466 115 121 1 7 1 2 840 115556 1 8000 1280 1 1 2 6 TRUE Boolean LDAPTYPE BOOLEAN 1 5 6
419. rmation about the options see iDRAC Settings Utility Online Help 3 Click Back click Finish and then click Yes The alert settings are configured Filtering Alerts You can filter alerts based on category and severity Related Links Enabling or Disabling Alerts Configuring Email Alert SNMP Trap or IPMI Trap Settings Filtering Alerts Using iDRAC Web Interface To filter the alerts based on category and severity K NOTE Even if you are a user with read only privileges you can filter the alerts 1 IniDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server Alerts The Alerts page is displayed 2 Under Alerts Filter section select one or more of the following categories e System Health Storage e Configuration Audit e Updates e Work Notes 3 Select one or more of the following severity levels e Informational e Warning 175 e Critical 4 Click Apply The Alert Results section displays the results based on the selected category and severity Filtering Alerts Using RACADM To filter the alerts use the eventfilters command For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Setting Event Alerts You can set event alerts such as e mail alerts IPMI alerts SNMP traps remote system logs operating system logs and WS events to be sent to configured destinations Related Links Enabling or Disabling Alerts Configuring Email Alert S
420. rough the iDRAC Web Interface e Goto Overview Server Virtual Console and click Launch Virtual Console e Goto Overview Server Properties and click Launch under Virtual Console Preview The Virtual Console Viewer is displayed 3 From the File menu click Virtual Media Launch Virtual Media 4 Click Add Image and select the image that is located on the USB flash drive The image is added to the list of available drives 5 Select the drive to map it The image on the USB flash drive is mapped to the managed system Installing Bare Metal OS Using Attached Virtual Media and Remote File Share To do this see Deploying Operating System Using Remote File Share 545 Managing Rack Density Suppose two servers are installed in a rack To add two additional servers need to determine how much capacity is left in the rack To assess the capacity of a rack to add additional servers 1 View the current power consumption data and historical power consumption data for the servers 2 Basedon the data power infrastructure and cooling system limitations enable the power cap policy and set the power cap values NOTE It is recommended that you set a cap close to the peak and then use that capped level to determine how much capacity is remaining in the rack for adding more servers Installing New Electronic License See License Operations for more information Applying I O Identity Configuration Settings for Multiple Netw
421. rs The Users page is displayed 2 Inthe User ID column click a user ID number The Users Main Menu page is displayed 3 Under SSH Key Configurations select View Remove SSH Key s and click Next The View Remove SSH Key s page displays the key details 4 Select Remove for the key s you want to delete and click Apply The selected key s is deleted Deleting SSH Keys Using RACADM To delete the SSH key s run the following commands Specific key racadm sshpkauth i 2 to 16 d k 1 to 4 e Allkeys racadm sshpkauth i 2 to 16 gt d k all 157 7 Configuring User Accounts and Privileges You can setup user accounts with specific privileges role based authority to manage your system using iDRAC and maintain system security By default iDRAC is configured with a local administrator account This default user name is root and the password is calvin As an administrator you can setup user accounts to allow other users to access iDRAC You can setup local users or use directory services such as Microsoft Active Directory or LDAP to setup user accounts Using a directory service provides a central location for managing authorized user accounts iDRAC supports role based access to users with a set of associated privileges The roles are administrator operator read only or none The role defines the maximum privileges available Related Links Configuring Local Users Configuring Active Directory Users Co
422. rsa pub Do not change the permissions of the key file The conversion must be done using default permissions K NOTE iDRAC does not support ssh agent forward of keys Uploading SSH Keys You can upload up to four public keys per user to use over an SSH interface Before adding the public keys make sure that you view the keys if they are set up so that a key is not accidentally overwritten When adding new public keys make sure that the existing keys are not at the index where the new key is added iDRAC does not perform checks to make sure previous key s are deleted before a new key s are added When a new key is added it is usable if the SSH interface is enabled Uploading SSH Keys Using Web Interface To upload the SSH keys 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings Network User Authentication Local Users The Users page is displayed 2 Inthe User ID column click a user ID number The Users Main Menu page is displayed 155 3 Under SSH Key Configurations select Upload SSH Key s and click Next The Upload SSH Key s page is displayed 4 Upload the SSH keys in one of the following ways Upload the key file e Copy the contents of the key file into the text box For more information see iDRAC Online Help 5 Click Apply Uploading SSH Keys Using RACADM To upload the SSH keys run the following command K NOTE You cannot upload and copy a key at the same time e For l
423. rtificates Configuring iDRAC Smart Card Login for Active Directory Users Configuring iDRAC Smart Card Login for Local Users 170 Enabling or Disabling Smart Card Login Using Web Interface To enable or disable the Smart Card logon feature 1 In the iDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings User Authentication Smart Card The Smart Card page is displayed 2 From the Configure Smart Card Logon drop down menu select Enabled to enable smart card logon or select Enabled With Remote RACADM Else select Disabled For more information about the options see the iDRAC Online Help 3 Click Apply to apply the settings You are prompted for a Smart Card login during any subsequent logon attempts using the iDRAC Web interface Enabling or Disabling Smart Card Login Using RACADM To enable smart card login use one of the following e Use the objects in the cfgSmartCard group with the config command Use the objects in the iDRAC SmartCard group with the set command For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guideavailable at dell com support manuals Enabling or Disabling Smart Card Login Using iDRAC Settings Utility To enable or disable the Smart Card logon feature 1 In the iDRAC Settings utility go to Smart Card The iDRAC Settings Smart Card page is displayed 2 Select Enabled to enable smart card logon Else select Disabled For more information about the opt
424. rvice issues Go to dell com support Select your support category Verify your country or region in the Choose a Country Region drop down list at the top of page PWN PF Select the appropriate service or support link based on your need Accessing documents from Dell support site You can access the required documents in one of the following ways Using the following links Forall Systems Management documents dell com softwaresecuritymanuals For Remote Enterprise Systems Management documents dell com esmmanuals For Enterprise Systems Management documents dell com openmanagemanuals 55 54 For Client Systems Management documents dell com clientsystemsmanagement ForServiceability Tools documents dell com serviceabilitytools For OpenManage Connections Enterprise Systems Management documents dell com OMConnectionsEnterpriseSystemsManagement For OpenManage Connections Client Systems Management documents dell com connectionsclientsystemsmanagement From the Dell Support site a Go to dell com support manuals b Under General support section click Software amp Security c Inthe Software amp Security group box click the required link from the following Serviceability Tools Enterprise Systems Management Client Systems Management Remote Enterprise Systems Management Connections Client Systems Management d To view a document click the required pr
425. rvicetag gt config xml e modelnum config xml config xml 4 Aserver configuration profile import job starts f the profile is not discovered then the operation stops f iDRAC Managed USB XML Configuration was set to Enabled with default credentials and the BIOS setup password is not null or if one of the iDRAC user accounts have been modified an error message is displayed and the operation stops 5 LCD panel and LED if present displays the status that an import job has started 6 If there is a configuration that needs to be staged and the Shut Down Type is specified as No Reboot is specified in the control file then you must reboot the server for the settings to be configured Else server is rebooted and the configuration is applied Only when the server was already powered down then the staged configuration is applied even if the No Reboot option is specified 7 After the import job is complete the LCD LED indicates that the job is complete If a reboot is required LCD displays the job status as Paused waiting on reboot 8 If the USB device is left inserted on the server the result of the import operation is recorded in the results xml file in the USB device LCD Messages If the LCD panel is available it displays the following messages in a sequence Importing When the server configuration profile is being copied from the USB device Applying When the job is in progress Completed When the job ha
426. ry information see the Regulatory Compliance home page at dell com regulatory compliance Warranty information may be included within this document or as a separate document e The Rack Installation Instructions included with your rack solution describe how to install your system into a rack The Getting Started Guide provides an overview of system features setting up your system and technical specifications The Owner s Manual provides information about system features and describes how to troubleshoot the system and install or replace system components Related Links Contacting Dell Accessing documents from Dell support site Social Media Reference To know more about the product best practices and information about Dell solutions and services you can access the social media platforms such as Dell TechCenter You can access blogs forums whitepapers how to videos and so on from the iDRAC wiki page at www delltechcenter com idrac For iDRAC and other related firmware documents see www dell com esmmanuals Contacting Dell K NOTE If you do not have an active Internet connection you can find contact information on your purchase invoice packing slip bill or Dell product catalog Dell provides several online and telephone based support and service options Availability varies by country and product and some services may not be available in your area To contact Dell for sales technical support or customer se
427. ry is cleared and the internal counter is reset K NOTE When login attempts are prevented from the client IP address few SSH clients may display the message ssh exchange identification Connection closed by remote host K NOTE If you are using Dell Deployment Toolkit DTK see the Dell Deployment Toolkit User s Guide for the privileges Configure IP Filtering Using iDRAC Web Interface You must have Configure privilege to perform these steps To configure IP filtering 1 IniDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings Network Network The Network page is displayed 2 Click Advanced Settings The Network Security page is displayed 3 Specify the IP filtering settings For more information about the options see iDRAC Online Help 4 Click Apply to save the settings Configuring IP Filtering Using RACADM You must have Configure privilege to perform these steps To configure IP filtering use the following RACADM objects e With config command 84 cfgRacTunelpRangeEnable cfgRacTunelpRangeAddr cfgRacTunelpRangeMask e With set command use the objects in the iDRAC IPBlocking group RangeEnable RangeAddr RangeMask The cfgRacTunelpRangeMask or the RangeMask property is applied to both the incoming IP address and to the cfgRacTunelpRangeAddr or RangeAddr property If the results are identical the incoming login request is allowed to access iDRAC Logging in from IP addresses outs
428. s caeco etre HERR REO ERUDRBEVURET IAE ASA TAXE tis aes Configuring Generic LDAP Users DERE ETE TERREA EET eee Configuring Generic LDAP Directory Service Using iDRAC Web Based Interface 162 Configuring Generic LDAP Directory Service Using RACADM ssssss m 163 Testing LDAP Directory Service Settings 5 er cett td cete nt e P E 163 8 Configuring iDRAC for Single Sign On or Smart Card Login 165 Prerequisites for Active Directory Single Sign On or Smart Card Login ssssssssss 165 Registering iDRAC as a Computer in Active Directory Root Domain essee 166 Gerierating Kerberos Keytab Flle x ice et p eee d eben db re be P eds Creating Active Directory Objects and Providing Privileges Configuring Browser to Enable Active Directory SSO sssssssssseeme 167 Configuring iDRAC SSO Login for Active Directory Users 168 Configuring iDRAC SSO Login for Active Directory Users Using Web Interface 168 Configuring iDRAC SSO Login for Active Directory Users Using RACADM seese 168 Configuring iDRAC Smart Card Login for Local Users sssssssse eee Uploading Smart Card User Certificate emere ener Uploading Trusted CA Certificate For Smart Card Configuring iDRAC Smart Card Login for Active Directory Users Enabling or Disabling Smart Card Login ssssssssssssssssssseseeeeneene ener rennen En
429. s A value of 0 indicates no event recurrence K NOTE You must have Configure iDRAC privilege to set the alert recurrence value Setting Alert Recurrence Events Using iDRAC Web Interface To set the alert recurrence value 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server Alerts Alert Recurrence The Alert Recurrence page is displayed 2 In the Recurrence column enter the alert frequency value for the required category alert and severity type s For more information see the iDRAC Online help 3 Click Apply The alert recurrence settings are saved Setting Alert Recurrence Events Using RACADM To set the alert recurrence event using RACADM use the eventfilters subcommand For more information see the DRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide Setting Event Actions You can set event actions such as perform a reboot power cycle power off or perform no action on the system Related Links Filtering Alerts Enabling or Disabling Alerts Setting Event Actions Using Web Interface To set an event action 1 IniDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server Alerts The Alerts page is displayed Under Alerts Results from the Actions drop down menu for each event select an action Reboot Power Cycle Power Off e No Action 3 Click Apply The setting is saved Setting Event Actions Using RACADM To configure an event action use one of the following 175 e
430. s This may be due to the Predictable Pointer Acceleration feature of the GNOME desktop For correct mouse synchronization in the iDRAC Virtual Console this feature must be disabled To disable Predictable Pointer Acceleration in the mouse section of the etc X11 xorg conf file add Option AccelerationScheme lightweight 257 If synchronization problems continue do the following additional change in the user home gconf desktop gnome peripherals mouse gconf xml file Change the values for motion threshold and motion acceleration to 1 If you turn off mouse acceleration in GNOME desktop in the Virtual Console viewer go to Tools Session Options Mouse Under Mouse Acceleration tab select None For exclusive access to the managed server console you must disable the local console and reconfigure the Max Sessions to 1 on the Virtual Console page Passing All Keystrokes Through Virtual Console You can enable the Pass all keystrokes to server option and send all keystrokes and key combinations from the management station to the managed system through the Virtual Console Viewer If it is disabled it directs all the key combinations to the management station where the Virtual Console session is running To pass all keystrokes to the server in the Virtual Console Viewer go to Tools Session Options General tab and select the Pass all keystrokes to server option to pass the management station s keystrokes to the mana
431. s and SNMP traps v1 v2c and v3 for events and improved email alert notification Capture last system crash image View boot and crash capture videos Out of band monitor and alert the performance index of CPU memory and I O modules Configure warning threshold for inlet temperature and power consumption Use iDRAC Service Module to View Operating System OS information Replicate Lifecycle Controller logs to operating system logs Automatic system recovery options Populate Windows Management Instrumentation WMI information Integrate with Technical Support Report This is applicable only if iDRAC Service Module Version 2 0 or later is installed For more information see Generating Tech Support Report Integrate with NVMe Management for Prepare to Remove operation on a NVMe class PCle SSD For more information see Preparing to Remove PCle SSD Generate technical support report in the following ways Automatic Using iDRAC Service Module that automatically invokes the OS Collector tool Manual Using OS Collector tool Secure Connectivity Securing access to critical network resources is a priority iDRAC implements a range of security features that includes Custom signing certificate for Secure Socket Layer SSL certificate Signed firmware updates User authentication through Microsoft Active Directory generic Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP Directory Service
432. s the out of band network interface to run RACADM commands on the managed system and uses the HTTPs channel The r option runs the RACADM command over a network e Firmware RACADM is accessible by logging in to iDRAC using SSH or telnet You can run the firmware RACADM commands without specifying the iDRAC IP user name or password e You do not have to specify the iDRAC IP user name or password to run the firmware RACADM commands After you enter the RACADM prompt you can directly run the commands without the racadm prefix Use the LCD on the server front panel to View alerts iDRAC IP or MAC address user programmable strings Set DHCP e Configure iDRAC static IP settings For blade servers the LCD is on the chassis front panel and is shared between all the blades To reset iDRAC without rebooting the server press and hold the System Identification button for 16 seconds In addition to monitoring and managing the chassis use the CMC Web interface to e View the status of a managed system e Update iDRAC firmware e Configure iDRAC network settings Login to iDRAC Web interface e Start stop or reset the managed system Update BIOS PERC and supported network adapters Use Lifecycle Controller to perform iDRAC configurations To access Lifecycle Controller press F10 during boot and go to System Setup Advanced Hardware Configuration iDRAC Settings For more information see Lifecycle Controller U
433. s a DHCP server option to specify the XML file name XML file location and the user credentials to access the file location When the iDRAC or CMC obtains an IP address from the DHCP server the XML file is used to configure the devices Auto config is invoked only after the iDRAC gets its IP address from the DHCP server If it does not get a response or an IP address from the DHCP server then auto config is not invoked K NOTE e You can enable Auto Config only if DHCPv4 and the Enable IPv4 options are enabled e Auto Config and auto discovery features are mutually exclusive You must disable auto discovery for the Auto Config feature to work If all the Dell PowerEdge servers in the DHCP server pool are of the same Model type and number then a single xml file config xml is required This is the default XML file name 47 You can configure individual servers using different configuration files mapped using individual host names In an environment that has different servers with specific requirements you can use different XML filenames to distinguish each server For example if there are two servers a PowerEdge R720 and a PowerEdge R520 you must use two XML files R720 config xml and R520 config xml The server config agent uses the rules in the following sequence to determine which XML file s on the File Share to apply for each iDRAC PowerEdge server 1 The filename specified in DHCP option 60 2 ServiceTag config xml
434. s all zeros 45 VLAN Settings You can configure iDRAC into the VLAN infrastructure To configure VLAN Settings 1 Under Enable VLAN ID select Enabled 2 Inthe VLAN ID box enter a valid number from 1 to 4094 3 In the Priority box enter a number from 0 to 7 to set the priority of the VLAN ID K NOTE After enabling VLAN the idrac IP is not accessible for sometime Setting Up iDRAC IP Using CMC Web Interface To set up the iDRAC IP address using CMC Web interface NOTE You must have Chassis Configuration Administrator privilege to set up iDRAC network settings from CMC 1 Loginto CMC Web interface Go to Server Overview Setup iDRAC The Deploy iDRAC page is displayed 3 Under iDRAC Network Settings select Enable LAN and other network parameters as per requirements For more information see CMC online help 4 For additional network settings specific to each blade server go to Server Overview server name The Server Status page is displayed 5 Click Launch iDRAC and go to Overview iDRAC Settings Network 6 In the Network page specify the following settings e Network Settings e Common Settings e PVA Settings e PV6 Settings e PMI Settings e VLAN Settings K NOTE For more information see iDRAC Online Help 7 Tosave the network information click Apply For more information see the Chassis Management Controller User s Guide available at dell com support manuals Enabling
435. s as required The users and iDRAC user groups can be members of any domain in the enterprise However each association object can be linked or may link users groups of users or iDRAC device objects to only one privilege object This example allows an administrator to control each user s privileges on specific iDRAC devices iDRAC device object is the link to iDRAC firmware for querying Active Directory for authentication and authorization When iDRAC is added to the network the administrator must configure iDRAC and its device object with its Active Directory name so that users can perform authentication and authorization with Active Directory Additionally the administrator must add iDRAC to at least one association object for users to authenticate The following figure shows that the association object provides the connection that is needed for the authentication and authorization l iDRAC7 Association Object iDRAC7 Device Object s User s Group s Privilege Object Figure 2 Typical Setup for Active Directory Objects You can create as many or as few association objects as required However you must create at least one Association Object and you must have one iDRAC Device Object for each iDRAC device on the network that you want to integrate with Active Directory for Authentication and Authorization with iDRAC The Association Object allows for as many or as few users and or groups as well as iDRAC D
436. s can retrieve data quickly from the cache then from the disk However data loss may occur in the event of a system failure which prevents that data from being written on a disk Other applications may also experience problems when actions assume that the data is available on the disk e Force Write Back The write cache is enabled regardless of whether the controller has a battery If the controller does not have a battery and force write back caching is used data loss may occur in the event of a power failure The Disk Cache policy apply to readings on a specific virtual disk These settings do not affect the read ahead policy K NOTE e Controller non volatile cache and battery backup of controller cache affects the read policy or the write policy that a controller can support All PERCs do not have battery and cache e Read ahead and write back requires cache Therefore if the controller does not have cache it does not allow you to set the policy value Similarly if the PERC has cache but not battery and the policy is set that requires accessing cache then data loss may occur if base of power off So few PERCs may not allow that policy Therefore depending upon the PERC the policy value is set Deleting Virtual Disks Deleting a virtual disk destroys all information including file systems and volumes residing on the virtual disk and removes the virtual disk from the controller s configuration When deleting virtual disks a
437. s completed successfully Completed with errors When the job has completed with errors Failed When the job has failed Oy Bs cO Por For more details see the results file on the USB device LED Blinking Behavior If the USB LED is present it indicates the following Solid green When the server configuration profile is being copied from the USB device e Blinking green When the job is in progress Solid green When the job has completed successfully Logs and Results File The following information is logged for the import operation e Automatic import from USB is logged in the Lifecycle Controller log file e If the USB device is left inserted the job results are recorded in the Results file located in the USB key A Result file named Results xml is updated or created in the subdirectory with the following information 500 Service tag Data is recorded after the import operation has either returned a job ID or returned an error Job ID Data is recorded after the import operation has returned a job ID Start Date and Time of Job Data is recorded after the import operation has returned a job ID Status Data is recorded when the import operation returns an error or when the job results are available 301 21 Using iDRAC Quick Sync A few 131 generation Dell PowerEdge servers have the Quick Sync bezel that supports the Quick Sync feature This feature enables at the server management with a m
438. s not supported in non RAID mode an error message is displayed You cannot monitor the enclosure temperature probes fans and power supplies when the controller is in non RAID mode Running RAID Configuration Jobs On Multiple Storage Controllers While performing operations on more than two storage controllers from any supported iDRAC interface make sure to e Run the jobs on each controller individually Wait for each job to complete before starting the configuration and job creation on the next controller Schedule multiple jobs to run at a later time using the scheduling options Managing PCle SSDs Peripheral Component Interconnect Express PCle solid state device SSD is a high performance storage device designed for solutions requiring low latency high Input Output Operations per Second IOPS and enterprise class storage reliability and serviceability The PCle SSD is designed based on Single 235 Level Cell SLC and Multi Level Cell MLC NAND flash technology with a high speed PCIe 2 0 or PCle 3 0 compliant interface Using iDRAC interfaces you can view and configure NVMe PCle SSDs The key features of PCle SSD are e Hot plug capability e High performance device The PCle SSD subsystem consists of the Backplane PCle Extender card which is attached to the backplane of the system and provides PCle connectivity for up to four or eight PCle SSDs at the front of the chassis and the PCle SSDs You can perform the fo
439. s stored in CMC non volatile memory and is sent to iDRAC during an iDRAC boot or when CMC FlexAddress is enabled If CMC enables chassis assigned MAC addresses iDRAC displays the MAC address on any of the following pages e Overview Server Properties Details iDRAC Information Overview Server Properties WWN MAC Overview iDRAC Settings Properties iDRAC Information Current Network Settings e Overview iDRAC Settings Network Network Network Settings A CAUTION With FlexAddress enabled if you switch from a server assigned MAC address to a chassis assigned MAC address and vice versa iDRAC IP address also changes Viewing or Terminating iDRAC Sessions You can view the number of users currently logged in to iDRAC and terminate the user sessions Terminating iDRAC Sessions Using Web Interface The users who do not have administrative privileges must have Configure iDRAC privilege to terminate iDRAC sessions using iDRAC Web interface To view and terminate the iDRAC sessions 1 In the iDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings Sessions 116 The Sessions page displays the session ID username IP address and session type For more information about these properties see the iDRAC Online Help 2 Toterminate the session under the Terminate column click the Trashcan icon for a session Terminating iDRAC Sessions Using RACADM You must have administrator privile
440. s to be passed to the DHCP clients Each parameter is known as a DHCP option Each option is identified with an option tag which is a 1 byte value Option tags 0 and 255 are reserved for padding and end of options respectively All other values are available for defining options The DHCP Option 43 is used to send information from the DHCP server to the DHCP client The option is defined as a text string This text string is set to contain the values of the XML filename share location and the credentials to access the location For example option myname code 43 text option myname 1 10 35 175 88 xmlfiles f dhcpProv xml u root p calvin where lis the location of the Remote File Share and f is the file name in the string along with the credentials to the Remote File Share In this example root and calvin are the username and password to the RFS The DHCP Option 60 identifies and associates a DHCP client with a particular vendor Any DHCP server configured to take action based on a client s vendor ID should have Option 60 and Option 43 configured 48 With Dell PowerEdge servers the iDRAC identifies itself with vendor ID iDRAC Therefore you must add a new Vendor Class and create a scope option under it for code 60 and then enable the new scope option for the DHCP server Related Links Configuring Option 45 on Windows Configuring Option 60 on Windows Configuring Option 43 and Option 60 on Linux Configuri
441. ser s Guide available at dell com support manuals Use Telnet to access iDRAC where you can run RACADM and SMCLP commands For details about RACADM see iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface 29 Interface or Protocol SSH IPMITool VMCLI SMCLP WS MAN 30 Description Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals For details about SMCLP see Using SMCLP NOTE Telnet is not a secure protocol and is disabled by default Telnet transmits all data including passwords in plain text When transmitting sensitive information use the SSH interface Use SSH to run RACADM and SMCLP commands It provides the same capabilities as the Telnet console using an encrypted transport layer for higher security The SSH service is enabled by default on iDRAC The SSH service can be disabled in iDRAC iDRAC only supports SSH version 2 with DSA and the RSA host key algorithm A unique 1024 bit DSA and 1024 bit RSA host key is generated when you power up iDRAC for the first time Use the IPMITool to access the remote system s basic management features through iDRAC The interface includes local IPMI IPMI over LAN IPMI over Serial and Serial over LAN For more information on IPMITool see the Dell OpenManage Baseboard Management Controller Utilities User s Guide at dell com support manuals K NOTE IPMI version 1 5 is not supported Use the Virtual Media Command Line Interface VMCLI to access a remote media through the managem
442. set iDRAC IPv4 DNSFromDHCP DNS1 primary DNS IP address gt racadm set iDRAC IPv4 DNSFromDHCP DNS2 secondary DNS IP address gt 4 Ifyou want to configure a list of user domains so that you only need to enter the user name when logging in to the Web interface enter the following command e Using config command racadm config g cfgUserDomain o cfgUserDomainName fully qualified domain name or IP Address of the domain controller i index e Using set command racadm set iDRAC UserDomain index Name fully qualified domain name or IP Address of the domain controller You can configure up to 40 user domains with index numbers between 1 and 40 Extended Schema Active Directory Overview Using the extended schema solution requires the Active Directory schema extension Active Directory Schema Extensions The Active Directory data is a distributed database of attributes and classes The Active Directory schema includes the rules that determine the type of data that can be added or included in the database The user Class is one example of a class that is stored in the database Some example user class attributes can include the user s first name last name phone number and so on You can extend the Active Directory database by adding your own unique attributes and classes for specific requirements Dell has extended the schema to include the necessary changes to support remote management authentication and authorization using Activ
443. set iDRAC Racadm Enable 1 To disable the remote capability type one of the following command Using config command racadm config g cfgRacTuning o cfgRacTuneRemoteRacadmEnable 0 e Using set command racadm set iDRAC Racadm Enable 0 K NOTE It is recommended to run these commands on the local system Disabling Local RACADM The local RACADM is enabled by default To disable see Disabling Access to Modify iDRAC Configuration Settings on Host System Enabling IPMI on Managed System On a managed system use the Dell Open Manage Server Administrator to enable or disable IPMI For more information see the Dell Open Manage Server Administrator s User Guide at dell com support manuals Configuring Linux for Serial Console During Boot The following steps are specific to the Linux GRand Unified Bootloader GRUB Similar changes are required if a different boot loader is used NOTE When you configure the client VT100 emulation window set the window or application that is displaying the redirected Virtual Console to 25 rows x 80 columns to make sure the correct text displays Else some text screens may be garbled Edit the etc grub conf file as follows 1 Locate the General Setting sections in the file and add the following serial unit 1 speed 57600 terminal timeout 10 serial 2 Append two options to the kernel line Kerns srr biii eetan console ttyS1 115200n8r console ttyl 3 Disable GRUB s graphical in
444. sful operation the backup file is created in the specified location Backing Up Server Profile Using RACADM To backup the server profile using RACADM use systemconfig backup subcommand For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Scheduling Automatic Backup Server Profile You can enable and schedule periodic backups of the firmware and server configuration based on a certain day week or month Before scheduling automatic backup server profile operation make sure that e Lifecycle Controller and Collect System Inventory On Reboot CSIOR option is enabled e Network Time Protocol NTP is enabled so that time drift does not affect the actual times of scheduled jobs running and when the next scheduled job is created To perform backup on a vFlash SD card A Dell supported vFlash SD card is inserted enabled and initialized vFlash SD card has enough space to store the backup file K NOTE IPv6 address is not supported for scheduling automatic backup server profile Scheduling Automatic Backup Server Profile Using Web Interface To schedule automatic backup server profile 1 In the iDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings Server Profile The Backup and Export Server Profile page is displayed 2 Click the Automatic Backup tab Select the Enable Automatic Backup option et 4 Select one of the following to save t
445. sing iDRAC Web Interface sessssssssseeeenenenenenne enne enne 321 Resetting iDRAC Using RACADM cccccececececseeeeceneceseceaeceaeceneseeecaeecaeesaeesaeeeaeesseseaeenaeseaneeeeaaes 321 Erasing System and User Data et aie etatis e RET AR Gia ee ea 321 Resetting iDRAC to Factory Default Settings nennen nnne 322 Resetting iDRAC to Factory Default Settings Using iDRAC Web Interface 322 Resetting iDRAC to Factory Default Settings Using iDRAC Settings Utility 322 24 Frequently Asked Questions ccccccseeeseeceneeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeteaees 323 Systemi Evert LO ee e are ee Jedi cade ees ir e eae oe 323 NetworlcSecurity ose eee et een rade ha hee tat oh eh tt 323 ACTIVE DIE CTORY cedet itu etate o m e ER ITEMS 324 Single sigh OMe oi d ERR RERO NRI ERE E UG eee 327 SmartCard Login s eret rtr taie n eq te e HS E Pete Phi bet obo 328 Virtual Console ecce teet ra eta e ect le debe eed uetus toe dg cte sats ee me dee ee 328 Mirt al Medida enu ae ox EAEE eMe M emot das undo der EN REA EAT 332 VE lash SD Card usare E E t ee ee ot ves pw Be sg bte lares 554 SNMP Authentication cete eet tecto Pe he p e e ee e d e eet cett 55 Stotage DeVices c GAs od ee o bt e o e e e Tes 555 iDRAC Service Module tie eto d leget Herne died nee edet ges 335 RACADM suot o tM o aca nf extet ceram eim eu E kae e States Cantante 537 MISCELIAMEOUS ver tesa et fork colette hane RAE e
446. slash or a backslash V It is the default starting point when you log in to iDRAC Navigate down from the root using the cd verb NOTE The slash and backslash V are interchangeable in SM CLP address paths However a backslash at the end of a command line continues the command on the next line and is ignored when the command is parsed For example to navigate to the third record in the System Event Log SEL enter the following command cd adminl systeml logs1 logl record3 Enter the cd verb with no target to find your current location in the address space The and abbreviations work as they do in Windows and Linux refers to the parent level and refers to the current level Using Show Verb To learn more about a target use the show verb This verb displays the target s properties sub targets associations and a list of the SM CLP verbs that are allowed at that location Using the display Option The show display option allows you to limit the output of the command to one or more of properties targets associations and verbs For example to display just the properties and targets at the current location use the following command show display properties targets To list only certain properties qualify them as in the following command show d properties userid name adminl systeml spl accountl If you only want to show one property you can omit the parentheses 287 Using the level Option
447. sole simultaneously e You can launch virtual console in a supported Web browser using Java or ActiveX plug in You must use the Java viewer if the management station runs on an operating system other than Windows When you open a Virtual Console session the managed server does not indicate that the console has been redirected e You can open multiple Virtual Console sessions from a single management station to one or more managed systems simultaneously e You cannot open two virtual console sessions from the management station to the managed server using the same plug in e If asecond user requests a Virtual Console session the first user is notified and is given the option to refuse access allow read only access or allow full shared access The second user is notified that another user has control The first user must respond within thirty seconds or else access is granted to the second user based on the default setting When two sessions are concurrently active the first User sees a message in the upper right corner of the screen that the second user has an active session If neither the first or second user has administrator privileges terminating the first user s session automatically terminates the second user s session Related Links Configuring Web Browsers to Use Virtual Console Configuring Virtual Console Launching Virtual Console Supported Screen Resolutions and Refresh Rates The following table lists the supporte
448. ssssssssssssssseeeeeeeeeeee nennen ener nnne nnne Creating an iDRAC Configuration File emen nemen Parsing RULE Saiar eins enini Ee ER Ree enone Gena FEE ETHER CR een EE pa ERE RE Modifying the iDRAC IP Address eme emen nemen ee neret nnns Disabling Access to Modify iDRAC Configuration Settings on Host System 5 Viewing iDRAC and Managed System Information 108 Viewing Managed System Health and Properties 108 Viewing System Inventory s citi te ab eat see ena asta ov dite 108 Viewing Sensor Informatiofz uoa e ERR GEI na ee ee ne a 109 Monitoring Performance Index of CPU Memory and I O Modules 111 Monitoring Performance Index for of CPU Memory and I O Modules Using Web ICEL CO reste ter 112 Monitoring Performance Index for of CPU Memory and I O Modules Using RACADM 113 Checking the System for Fresh Air Compliance ssssssssssee emnes Viewing klistorical Temperature Data xr i ERE URP REB Ir Viewing Historical Temperature Data Using iDRAC Web Interface Viewing Historical Temperature Data Using RACADM isssssss emen Configuring Warning Threshold for Inlet Temperature Viewing Network Interfaces Available On Host OS ssssssssssseee eem eene nnns Viewing Network Interfaces Available on Host OS Using Web Interface 115 Viewing Network Interfaces Available on Host OS Using RACADM sssssseme
449. st crash screen Related Links Enabling Last Crash Screen Viewing Front Panel Status The Front Panel on the managed system summarizes the status of the following components in the system e Batteries e Fans Intrusion Power Supplies Removable Flash Media e Temperatures e Voltages You can view the status of the front panel of the managed system e For rack and tower servers LCD front panel and system ID LED status or LED front panel and system ID LED status e For blade servers Only system ID LEDs Viewing System Front Panel LCD Status To view the LCD front panel status for applicable rack and tower servers in iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Hardware Front Panel The Front Panel page displays The Live Front Panel Feed section displays the live feed of the messages currently being displayed on the LCD front panel When the system is operating normally indicated by Solid Blue color in the LCD front panel then both Hide Error and UnHide Error is grayed out You can hide or unhide the errors only for rack and tower servers 515 To view LCD front panel status using RACADM use the objects in the System LCD group For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Related Links Configuring LCD Setting Viewing System Front Panel LED Status To view the current system ID LED status in iDRAC Web interface go to Overv
450. stem Profile Settings page By default this is set to Default Thermal Profile Settings You can also select a custom algorithm which is independent of the BIOS profile The options available are 54 Maximum Performance Performance Optimized Reduced probability of memory or CPU throttling Increased probability of turbo mode activation Generally higher fan speeds at idle and stress loads Minimum Power Performance per Watt Optimized Optimized for lowest system power consumption based on optimum fan power state Generally lower fan speeds at idle and stress loads K NOTE Selecting Maximum Performance or Minimum Power overrides thermal settings associated to System Profile setting under System BIOS System BIOS Settings System Profile Settings page Maximum Exhaust Temperature Limit From the drop down menu select the maximum exhaust air temperature The values are displayed based on the system The default value is Default 70 C 158 F This option allows the system fans speeds to change such that the exhaust temperature does not exceed the selected exhaust temperature limit This cannot always be guaranteed under all system operating conditions due to dependency on system load and system cooling capability Fan Speed Offset Selecting this option allows additional cooling to the server In case hardware is added example new PCle cards it may require additional cooling A fan spee
451. successfully e To reboot the server reset systeml 288 The following message is displayed systeml has been reset successfully SEL Management The following examples show how to use the SMCLP to perform SEL related operations on the managed system Type the following commands at the SMCLP command prompt To view the SEL show systeml logsl logl The following output is displayed systeml logs1 logl Targets Recordl Record2 Record3 Record4 Record5 Properties InstanceID IPMI BMC1 SEL Log MaxNumberOfRecords 512 CurrentNumberOfRecords 5 Name IPMI SEL EnabledState 2 OperationalState 2 HealthState 2 Caption IPMI SEL Description IPMI SE ElementName IPMI SEL Commands cd 289 show help exit version e To view the SEL record show systeml logsl logl he following output is displayed systeml logsl logl record4 Properties LogCreationClassName CIM RecordLog CreationClassName CIM LogRecord LogName IPMI SEL RecordID 1 ssageTimeStamp 20050620100512 000000 000 Description FAN 7 RPM fan sensor detected a failure ElementName IPMI SEL Record Commands cd show help exit version e To clear the SEL delete system1 logs1 logl record he following output is displayed All records deleted successfully 290 MAP Target Navigation The following examples show how t
452. t a scheduled day and time This option is applicable for PERC 8 and later versions Start Time and End Time Click the calendar icons and select the days From the drop down menus select the time The action is applied between the start time and end time From the drop down menu select the type of reboot No Reboot Manually Reboot System Graceful Shutdown Force Shutdown Power Cycle System cold boot NOTE For PERC 8 or earlier controllers Graceful Shutdown is the default option For PERC 9 controllers No Reboot Manually Reboot System is the default option 5 Ifthe commit job is not created a message indicating that the job creation was not successful is displayed Also the message ID and the recommended response action is displayed 6 Ifthe commit job is created successfully a message indicating that the job ID is created for the selected controller is displayed Click Job Queue to view the progress of the job in the Job Queue page If the clear foreign configuration import foreign configuration security key operations or encrypt virtual disk operations are in pending state and if these are the only operations pending then you cannot create a job from thePending Operations page You must perform any other storage configuration operation or use RACADM or WSMAN to create the required configuration job on the required controller You cannot view or clear pending operations for PCle SSDs in the Pending
453. t automatically invokes the OS Collector tool Manual By manually executing the OS Collector executable from the server OS iDRAC exposes the OS Collector executable to the server OS as a USB device with label DRACRW K NOTE e OS Collector tool is not applicable for Dell Precision PR7910 systems The OS log collection feature is not supported on CentOS operating system Before generating the health report make sure Lifecycle Controller is enabled e Collect System Inventory On Reboot CSIOR is enabled e You have Login and Server Control privileges Related Links Generating Technical Support Report Automatically Generating Technical Support Report Manually Generating Technical Support Report Automatically If iDRAC Service Module is installed and running you can automatically generate the Tech Support Report The iDRAC Service Module invokes the appropriate OS collector file on the host operating system collects the data and transfers to iDRAC You can then save the report to the required location Generating Tech Support Report Automatically Using iDRAC Web Interface To generate the Tech Support Report automatically 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server Troubleshooting Tech Support Report The Tech Support Report page is displayed 2 Select options for which you want to collect the data e Hardware e OSand Application Data 318 K NOTE While specifying the network share s
454. t on iDRAC is enabled Remote RACADM is installed and enabled Mode of Supported Protocol Supported Commands Prerequisite Communication Firmware RACADM SSH Firmware RACADM Firmware RACADM is installed and enabled Telnet Local RACADM IPMI Local RACADM Local RACADM is installed Remote Services 1 WS MAN WinRM Windows WinRM is installed Windows or OpenWSMAN Linux OpenWSMAN is installed Linux 1 For more information see the Lifecycle Controller Remote Services User s Guide available at dell com support manuals Related Links Communicating With iDRAC Through Serial Connection Using DB9 Cable Switching Between RAC Serial and Serial Console While Using DB9 Cable Communicating With iDRAC Using IPMI SOL Communicating With iDRAC Using IPMI Over LAN Enabling or Disabling Remote RACADM Disabling Local RACADM Enabling IPMI on Managed System Configuring Linux for Serial Console During Boot Supported SSH Cryptography Schemes Communicating With iDRAC Through Serial Connection Using DB9 Cable You can use any of the following communication methods to perform systems management tasks through serial connection to rack and tower servers e RAC Serial e PMI Serial Direct Connect Basic mode and Direct Connect Terminal mode K NOTE In case of blade servers the serial connection is established through the chassis For more information see the Chassis Management Controller User s Guide available
455. t operation make sure that Lifecycle Controller is enabled If Lifecycle Controller is disabled and if you initiate the import operation the following message is displayed Lifecycle Controller is not enabled cannot create Configuration job When import is already in progress and if you initiate a import operation again the following error message is displayed Restore is already running 78 Import events are recorded in the Lifecycle Log Related Links Restore Operation Sequence Importing Server Profile Using iDRAC Web Interface To import the server profile using iDRAC Web interface 1 Go to Overview iDRAC Settings Server Profile Import The Import Server Profile page is displayed Select one of the following to specify the location of the backup file Network e vFlash Enter the backup file name and decryption passphrase optional If Network is selected as the file location enter the network settings NOTE While specifying the network share settings it is recommended to avoid special characters for user name and password or percent encode the special characters For information about the fields see the iDRAC Online Help Select one of the following for Virtual disks configuration and hard disk data e Preserve Preserves the RAID level virtual disk controller attributes and hard disk data in the system and restores the system to a previously known state using the backup image file
456. t the Lifecycle Controller logs using RACADM use the lclog export command For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals or dell com esmmanuals Adding Work Notes Each user who logs in to iDRAC can add work notes and this is stored in the lifecycle log as an event You must have iDRAC logs privilege to add work notes A maximum of 255 characters are supported for each new work note K NOTE You cannot delete a work note To add a work note 1 In the iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server Properties Summary The System Summary page is displayed 2 Under Work Notes enter the text in the blank text box K NOTE It is recommended not to use too many special characters 3 Click Add The work note is added to the log For more information see the iDRAC Online Help Configuring Remote System Logging You can send lifecycle logs to a remote system Before doing this make sure that There is network connectivity between iDRAC and the remote system The remote system and iDRAC is on the same network Configuring Remote System Logging Using Web Interface To configure the remote syslog server settings 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server Logs Settings The Remote Syslog Settings page is displayed 2 Enable remote syslog specify the server address and the port number For information about the opti
457. t time performance Before enabling I O identity optimization make sure that You have the Login Configure and System Control privileges BIOS iDRAC and network cards are updated to the latest firmware For information on the supported versions see Supported BIOS Version For I O Identity Optimization and Supported NIC Firmware Version for I O Identity Optimization After enabling I O Identity Optimization feature export the XML configuration file from iDRAC modify the required I O Identity attributes in the XML configuration file and import the file back to iDRAC For the list of I O Identity Optimization attributes that you can modify in the XML configuration file see the NIC Profile document available at delltechcenter com idrac K NOTE Do not modify non I O Identity Optimization attributes 198 Enabling or Disabling I O Identity Optimization Using Web Interface To enable or disable I O Identity Optimization 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Hardware Network Devices The Network Devices page is displayed 2 Click the I O Identity Optimization tab select the I O Identity Optimization option to enable this feature To disable clear this option 3 Click Apply to apply the setting Enabling or Disabling I O Identity Optimization Using RACADM To enable I O Identity Optimization use the command racadm set idrac ioidopt IOIDOptEnable Enabled After enabling this feature
458. tach OS Collector You are directed to access the host OS A message asking you to launch Virtual Console is displayed After you launch the Virtual Console click the pop up message to run and use the OS Collector tool to collect the data Navigate to the DRACRW virtual USB device that is presented to the system by the iDRAC Invoke the OS Collector file appropriate for the host operating system e For Windows run Windows OSCollector Startup bat e For Linux run Linux OSCollector Startup exe After the OS collector has completed transferring the data to iDRAC the USB device is removed automatically by iDRAC Return to the Tech Support Report page click the Refresh icon to reflect the new timestamp To export the data under Export Location select Local or Network If you have selected Network enter the network location details 320 11 Select the l agree to allow Technical Support to use this data option and click Export to export the data to the specified location Generating Technical Support Report Manually Using RACADM To generate the TSR using RACADM use the techsupreport subcommand For more information see the iDRAC RACADM Command Line Reference Guide available at dell com esmmanuals com Checking Server Status Screen for Error Messages When a flashing amber LED is blinking and a particular server has an error the main Server Status Screen on the LCD highlights the affected server in orange Use the LCD navigat
459. tation then lt Ctrl Alt SysRq b gt or lt Alt SysRq b gt resets the management station irrespective of the system s state If SysRq is disabled on the management station then the lt Ctrl Alt SysRq b gt or lt Alt SysRq b gt Keys resets the operating system on the managed system Other SysRq key combinations example Alt SysRq k lt Ctrl Alt SysRq m gt and so on are passed to the managed system irrespective of the SysRq keys enabled or not on the management station ActiveX Based Virtual Console Session Running on Windows Operating System The behavior of the pass all keystrokes to server feature in ActiveX based Virtual Console session running on Windows operating system is similar to the behavior explained for Java based Virtual Console session running on the Windows management station with the following exceptions When Pass All Keys is disabled pressing F1 launches the application Help on both management station and managed system and the following message is displayed Click Help on the Virtual Console page to view the online Help The media keys may not be blocked explicitly Alt Space Ctrl Alt gt Ctrl Alt gt are not sent to the managed system and is interpreted by the operating system on the management station 260 15 Managing Virtual Media Virtual media allows the managed server to access media devices on the management station or ISO CD DVD images on a network share as
460. te RACADM on Linux Before running remote RACADM commands validate the CA certificate that is used for secure communications 38 To validate the certificate for using remote RACADM 1 Convertthe certificate in DER format to PEM format using openssl command line tool openssl x509 inform pem in yourdownloadedderformatcert crt outform pem out outcertfileinpemformat pem text 2 Find the location of the default CA certificate bundle on the management station For example for RHEL5 64 bit it is etc pki tls cert pem 3 Append the PEM formatted CA certificate to the management station CA certificate For example use the cat command cat testcacert pem gt gt cert pem 4 Generate and upload the server certificate to iDRAC Accessing iDRAC Using Local RACADM For information to access iDRAC using local RACADM see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Accessing iDRAC Using Firmware RACADM You can use SSH or Telnet interfaces to access iDRAC and run firmware RACADM commands For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Accessing iDRAC Using SMCLP SMCLP is the default command line prompt when you log in to iDRAC using Telnet or SSH For more information see Using SMCLP Logging in to iDRAC Using Public Key Authentication You can log into the iDRAC over SSH without entering
461. te the target job after executing preparetoremove command run the following command racadm jobqueue create PCIe SSD FODD s TIME NOW realtime To query the job ID returned run the following command racadm jobqueue view i job ID For more information see the iDRAC RACADM Command Line Reference Guide available at dell com esmmanuals Erasing PCle SSD Device Data Secure Erase permanently erases all data present on the disk Performing a Cryptographic Erase on an PCle SSD overwrites all blocks and results in permanent loss of all data on the PCle SSD During Cryptographic Erase the host is unable to access the PCle SSD The changes are applied after system reboot If the system reboots or experiences a power loss during cryptographic erase the operation is canceled You must reboot the system and restart the process Before erasing PCle SSD device data make sure that Lifecycle Controller is enabled e You have Server Control and Login privileges K NOTE e After the drive is erased it displays in the operating system as online but it is not initialized You must re initialize and re format the drive before using it again e After you hot plug a PCle SSD it may take several seconds to be displayed on the Web interface Erasing PCle SSD Device Data Using Web Interface To erase the data on the PCle SSD device 1 In the iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Storage Physical Disks Setup The Setup
462. te with NVMe Management for Prepare to Remove operation on a NVMe class PCle SSD For more information see Preparing to Remove PCle SSD Operating System Information The OpenManage Server Administrator currently shares operating system information and host name with iDRAC The iDRAC Service Module provides similar information such as OS name OS version and Fully Qualified Domain Name FQDN with iDRAC By default this monitoring feature is enabled It is not disabled if OpenManage Server Administrator is installed on the host OS iDRAC Service Module 2 0 has amended the operating system information feature with the OS network interface Monitoring When iDRAC Service Module version 2 0 is used with iDRAC 2 00 00 00 it starts monitoring the operating system network interfaces You can view this information using iDRAC Web interface RACADM or WSMAN For more information see Viewing Network Interfaces Available On Host OS When iDRAC Service Module version 2 0 is used with iDRAC version lower than 2 00 00 00 the OS information feature does not provide OS network interface monitoring Replicate Lifecycle Logs to OS Log You can replicate the Lifecycle Controller Logs to the OS logs from the time when the feature is enabled in iDRAC This is similar to the System Event Log SEL replication performed by OpenManage Server Administrator All events that have the OS Log option selected as the target in the Alerts page or in the equiv
463. ted Links 253 Configuring Web Browsers to Use Virtual Console Launching Virtual Console Configuring Virtual Console Using Web Interface To configure Virtual Console using iDRAC Web interface 1 Goto Overview Server Virtual Console The Virtual Console page is displayed 2 Enable virtual console and specify the required values For information about the options see the iDRAC Online Help 3 Click Apply The virtual console is configured Configuring Virtual Console Using RACADM To configure the Virtual Console use one of the following e Use the objects in the iDRAC VirtualConsole group with the set command e Use the following objects with the config command cfgRACTuneConRedirEnable cfgRACTuneConRedirPort cfgRACTuneConRedirEncryptEnable cfgRacTunePluginType cfgRacTuneVirtualConsoleAuthorizeMultipleSessions For more information on these objects see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Previewing Virtual Console Before launching the Virtual Console you can preview the state of the Virtual Console on the System Properties System Summary page The Virtual Console Preview section displays an image showing the state of the Virtual Console The image is refreshed every 50 seconds This is a licensed feature K NOTE The Virtual Console image is available only if you have enabled Virtual Console Launching Virtual Console
464. ted for Trusted Sites zone Alternatively you can add the iDRAC address to sites in the Intranet zone By default protected mode is turned off for sites in Intranet Zone and Trusted Sites zone Click Sites In the Add this website to the zone field add the address of your iDRAC and click Add Click Close and then click OK Close and restart the browser for the settings to take effect Mou Clearing Browser Cache If you have issues when operating the Virtual Console out of range errors synchronization issues and so on clear the browser s cache to remove or delete any old versions of the viewer that may be stored on the system and try again K NOTE You must have administrator privilege to clear the browser s cache Clearing Earlier ActiveX Versions in IE7 To clear earlier versions of Active X viewer for IE7 do the following 1 Close the Video Viewer and Internet Explorer browser Open the Internet Explorer browser again and go to Internet Explorer Tools Manage Add ons and click Enable or Disable Add ons The Manage Add ons window is displayed 3 Select Add ons that have been used by Internet Explorer from the Show drop down menu 4 Delete the Video Viewer add on Clearing Earlier ActiveX Versions in IE8 To clear earlier versions of Active X viewer for IE8 do the following 1 Close the Video Viewer and Internet Explorer browser N Open the Internet Explorer browser again and go to Internet Explorer
465. terface and use the text based interface Else the GRUB screen is not displayed in RAC Virtual Console To disable the graphical interface comment out the line starting with splashimage The following example provides a sample etc grub conf file that shows the changes described in this procedure grub conf generated by anaconda Note that you do not have to rerun grub after making changes to this file NOTICE You do not have a boot partition This means that all kernel and initrd paths are relative to e g root hd0 0 kernel boot vmlinuz version ro root dev sdal initrd boot initrd version img boot dev sda 131 default 0 timeout 10 splashimage hd0 2 grub splash xpm gz serial unit 1 speed 57600 terminal timeout 10 serial title Red Hat Linux Advanced Server 2 4 9 e 3smp root hd0 0 kernel boot vmlinuz 2 4 9 e 3smp ro root dev sdal hda ide scsi console ttys0 console ttyS1 115200n8r initrd boot initrd 2 4 9 e 3smp img title Red Hat Linux Advanced Server up 2 4 9 e 3 root hd0 00 kernel boot vmlinuz 2 4 9 e 3 ro root dev sdal s initrd boot initrd 2 4 9 e 3 im 4 Toenable multiple GRUB options to start Virtual Console sessions through the RAC serial connection add the following line to all options console ttyS1 115200n8r console ttyl The example shows console ttyS1 57600 added to the first option Enabling Login to the Virtual Console After Boot In the file etc inittab
466. that the job ID is created for the selected controller is displayed Click Job Queue to view the progress of the job in the Job Queue page If pending operation is not created an error message is displayed If pending operation is successful and job creation is not successful then an error message is displayed Erasing PCle SSD Device Data Using RACADM To perform a secure erase on PCIeSSD device run the following command racadm storage secureerase PCIeSSD FQDD gt To create the target job after executing secureerase command run the following command racadm jobqueue create PCIe SSD FQDD gt s TIME NOW realtime To query the job ID returned run the following command racadm jobqueue view i job ID For more information see the iDRAC RACADM Command Line Reference Guide available at dell com esmmanuals Managing Enclosures or Backplanes You can perform the following for enclosures or backplanes e View properties e Configure universal mode or split mode View slot information universal or shared e Set SGPIO mode Related Links Summary of Supported Features for Storage Devices Supported Enclosures Configuring Backplane Mode 259 Viewing Universal Slots Setting SGPIO Mode Configuring Backplane Mode The 13th generation Dell PowerEdge servers supports a new internal storage topology where two storage controllers PERCs can be connected to a set of internal drives through a si
467. the disk group 208 RAID 5 characteristics Groups n disks as one large virtual disk with a capacity of n 1 disks e Redundant information parity is alternately stored on all disks e When a disk fails the virtual disk still works but it is operating in a degraded state The data is reconstructed from the surviving disks e Better read performance but slower write performance e Redundancy for protection of data RAID Level 6 Striping With Additional Distributed Parity RAID 6 provides data redundancy by using data striping in combination with parity information Similar to RAID 5 the parity is distributed within each stripe RAID 6 however uses an additional physical disk to maintain parity such that each stripe in the disk group maintains two disk blocks with parity information The additional parity provides data protection in the event of two disk failures In the following image the two sets of parity information are identified as P and Q 209 Strip Data Flow Starts Here RAID 6 characteristics e Groups n disks as one large virtual disk with a capacity of n 2 disks e Redundant information parity is alternately stored on all disks e The virtual disk remains functional with up to two disk failures The data is reconstructed from the surviving disks e Better read performance but slower write performance e Increased redundancy for protection of data Two disks per span are required for
468. the following In the VNC Viewer dialog box enter the iDRAC IP address and the VNC port number in the VNC Server field The formatis lt iDRAC IP address VNC port number For example if the iDRAC IP address is 192 168 0 120 and VNC port number is 5901 then enter 192 168 0 120 5901 Configuring Front Panel Display You can configure the front panel LCD and LED display for the managed system For rack and tower servers two types of front panels are available LCD front panel and System ID LED e LED front panel and System ID LED For blade servers only the System ID LED is available on the server front panel since the blade chassis has the LCD Related Links Configuring LCD Setting Configuring System ID LED Setting Configuring LCD Setting You can set and display a default string such as iDRAC name IP and so on or a user defined string on the LCD front panel of the managed system Configuring LCD Setting Using Web Interface To configure the server LCD front panel display 1 IniDRAC Web interface go to Overview Hardware Front Panel In LCD Settings section from the Set Home Message drop down menu select any of the following Service Tag default Asset Tag e DRAC MAC Address e DRAC IPv4 Address e DRAC IPv6 Address e System Power Ambient Temperature e System Model Host Name e User Defined None If you select User Defined enter the required message in the text box 89 If you select
469. the Active Directory Configuration and Management Step 2 of 4 page Configuring iDRAC SSO Login for Active Directory Users Using RACADM In addition to the steps performed while configuring Active Directory to enable SSO run any of the following command e Using config command racadm config g cfgActiveDirectory o cfgADSSOEnable 1 e Using set command racadm set iDRAC ActiveDirectory SSOEnable 1 Configuring iDRAC Smart Card Login for Local Users To configure iDRAC local user for smart card login 1 Upload the smart card user certificate and trusted CA certificate to iDRAC 2 Enable smart card login Related Links Obtaining Certificates Uploading Smart Card User Certificate 168 Enabling or Disabling Smart Card Login Uploading Smart Card User Certificate Before you upload the user certificate make sure that the user certificate from the smart card vendor is exported in Base64 format SHA 2 certificates are also supported Related Links Obtaining Certificates Uploading Smart Card User Certificate Using Web Interface To upload smart card user certificate 1 IniDRAC Web interface go to Overview iDRAC Settings Network User Authentication gt Local Users The Users page is displayed 2 Inthe User ID column click a user ID number The Users Main Menu page is displayed 3 Under Smart Card Configurations select Upload User Certificate and click Next The User Certificat
470. the Change Password field enter the new password 3 Click Back click Finish and then click Yes The details are saved Enabling or Disabling Default Password Warning Message You can enable or disable the display of the default password warning message To do this you must have Configure Users privilege Enabling or Disabling Default Password Warning Message Using Web Interface To enable or disable the display of the default password warning message after logging in to iDRAC 1 Goto Overview iDRAC Settings User Authentication Local Users The Users page is displayed 2 Inthe Default Password Warning section select Enable and then click Apply to enable the display of the Default Password Warning page when you log in to iDRAC Else select Disable Alternatively if this feature is enabled and you do not want to display the warning message for subsequent log ins on the Default Password Warning page select the Do not show this warning again option and then click Apply Enabling or Disabling Warning Message to Change Default Login Password Using RACADM To enable the display of the warning message to change the default login password using RACADM use idrac tuning DefaultCredentialWarning object For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals 41 Setting Up Managed System and Management Station To perform out of band systems management usi
471. the background initialization is stopped or paused At 100 the background initialization is the highest priority for the controller The background initialization time is minimized and is the setting with the most impact to system performance Check Consistency The Check Consistency task verifies the accuracy of the redundant parity information This task only applies to redundant virtual disks When necessary the Check Consistency task rebuilds the redundant data If the virtual disk is in a Failed Redundancy state running a check consistency may be able to return the virtual disk to a Ready state The check consistency rate configurable between 075 and 10075 represents the percentage of the system resources dedicated to running the check consistency task At 0 the check consistency has the lowest priority for the controller takes the most time to complete and is the setting with the least impact to system performance A check consistency rate of 075 does not mean that the check consistency is stopped or paused At 10075 the check consistency is the highest priority for the controller The check consistency time is minimized and is the setting with the most impact to system performance Create or Change Security Keys When configuring the controller properties you can create or change the security keys The controller uses the encryption key to lock or unlock access to SED You can create only one encryption key for 229 each encry
472. the enclosure provides the combined health status for all the drives in the enclosure The enclosure link on the Topology page display the entire enclosure information irrespective of which controller it is associated with As two storage controllers PERC and PCle extender can be connected to the same backplane only the backplane associated with the PERC controller is displayed in System Inventory page In the Storage Enclosures Properties page the Physical Disks Overview section displays the following e lfaslot is empty Slot Empty is displayed for the slot e If there are no PCle capable slots then the PCle Capable column is not displayed e If it is a universal backplane with PCle SSD in one of the slots then the Bus Protocol column displays PCle The Hotspare column is not applicable for PCle SSD K NOTE Hot swapping is supported for universal slots If you want to remove a PCle SSD drive and swap it with a SAS SATA drive make sure to first complete the PrepareToRemove task for the PCle SSD drive If you do not perform this task the host operating system may have issues such as a blue screen kernel panic and so on 242 Setting SGPIO Mode The storage controller can connect to the backplane in I2C mode default setting for Dell backplanes or Serial General Purpose Input Output SGPIO mode This connection is required for blinking LEDs on the drives Dell PERC controllers and backplane support both these modes
473. thority CA certificate needs to be uploaded To enforce the certificate validation during SSL handshake optional Using config command racadm config g cfgActiveDirectory o cfgADCertValidationEnable 1 e Using set command racadm set iDRAC ActiveDirectory CertValidationEnable 1 In this case you must upload the CA certificate using the following RACADM command racadm sslcertupload t 0x2 f ADS root CA certificate K NOTE If certificate validation is enabled specify the Domain Controller Server addresses and the Global Catalog FQDN Make sure that DNS is configured correctly under Overview iDRAC Settings Network Using the following RACADM command may be optional racadm sslcertdownload t 0x1 f RAC SSL certificate If DHCP is enabled on iDRAC and you want to use the DNS provided by the DHCP server enter the following RACADM commands Using config command racadm config g cfgLanNetworking o cfgDNSServersFromDHCP 1 e Using set command racadm set iDRAC IPv4 DNSFromDHCP 1 If DHCP is disabled on iDRAC or you want manually input the DNS IP address enter the following RACADM commands e Using config command racadm config g cfgLanNetworking o cfgDNSServersFromDHCP 0 racadm config g cfgLanNetworking o cfgDNSServerl primary DNS IP address racadm config g cfgLanNetworking o cfgDNSServer2 secondary DNS IP address e Using set command racadm set iDRAC IPv4 DNSFromDHCP 0 racadm
474. tiating rebuilds initializing disks and more To complete their tasks controllers require special software known as firmware and drivers In order to function properly the controller must have the minimum required version of the firmware and drivers installed Different controllers have different characteristics in the way they read and write data and execute tasks It is helpful to understand these features to most efficiently manage the storage e Physical disks or physical devices Reside within an enclosure or are attached to the controller On a RAID controller physical disks or devices are used to create virtual disks e Virtual disk It is storage created by a RAID controller from one or more physical disks Although a virtual disk may be created from several physical disks it is viewed by the operating system as a single disk Depending on the RAID level used the virtual disk may retain redundant data if there is a disk failure or have particular performance attributes Virtual disks can only be created on a RAID controller Enclosure It is attached to the system externally while the backplane and its physical disks are internal e Backplane It is similar to an enclosure In a Backplane the controller connector and physical disks are attached to the enclosure but it does not have the management features temperature probes 203 alarms and so on associated with external enclosures Physical disks can be contained
475. tilization index and system level CUPS index in a graphical view System Performance Historical Data section Provides the statistics for CPU memory IO utilization and the system level CUPS index If the host system is powered off then the graph displays the power off line below O percent 112 You can reset the peak utilization for a particular sensor Click Reset Historical Peak You must have Configure privilege to reset the peak value e Performance Metrics section View status and present reading View or specify the warning threshold utilization limit You must have server configure privilege to set the threshold values For information about the displayed properties see the iDRAC Online Help Monitoring Performance Index for of CPU Memory and I O Modules Using RACADM Use the SystemPerfStatistics sub command to monitor performance index for CPU memory and I O modules For more information see the jDRAC RACADM Command Line Reference Guide available at dell com esmmanuals Checking the System for Fresh Air Compliance Fresh air cooling directly uses outside air to cool systems in the data center Fresh air compliant systems can operate above its normal ambient operating range temperatures up to 113 F 45 C K NOTE Some servers or certain configurations of a server may not be fresh air compliant See the specific server manual for details related to fresh air compliance or contact Dell for mo
476. time for 12 months e Critical band Consists of the duration a system has operated above the temperature sensor critical threshold 472C The system can operate in the critical band for 1 of the time for 12 months which also increments time in the warning band 115 The collected data is represented in a graphical format to track the 10 and 1 levels The logged temperature data can be cleared only before shipping from the factory An event is generated if the system continues to operate above the normally supported temperature threshold for a specified operational time If the average temperature over the specified operational time is greater than or equal to the warning level gt 8 or the critical level gt 0 8 an event is logged in the Lifecycle Log and the corresponding SNMP trap is generated The events are Warning event when the temperature was greater than the warning threshold for duration of 876 or more in the last 12 months Critical event when the temperature was greater than the warning threshold for duration of 10 or more in the last 12 months e Warning event when the temperature was greater than the critical threshold for duration of 0 8 or more in the last 12 months Critical event when the temperature was greater than the critical threshold for duration of 176 or more in the last 12 months You can also configure iDRAC to generate additional events For more information see the Setting Alert
477. tion gt ShutdownType lt Instruction gt lt Value gt NoReboot lt Value gt lt ValuePossibilities gt Graceful Forced NoReboot lt ValuePossibilities gt lt InstructionRow gt lt InstructionRow gt lt InstructionType gt Configuration XML import Host control Instruction lt InstructionType gt lt Instruction gt TimeToWait lt Instruction gt lt Value gt 300 lt Value gt lt ValuePossibilities gt Minimum value is 300 Maximum value is 3600 seconds lt ValuePossibilities gt lt InstructionRow gt lt InstructionRow gt lt InstructionType gt Configuration XML import Host control Instruction lt InstructionType gt lt Instruction gt EndHostPowerState lt Instruction gt lt Value gt On lt Value gt ValuePossibilities On Off ValuePossibilities lt InstructionRow gt lt InstructionTable gt You must have Server Control privilege to perform this operation To import the server configuration profile from the USB device to iDRAC 1 Configure the USB management port Set USB Management Port Mode to Automatic or iDRAC 299 Set iDRAC Managed USB XML Configuration to Enabled with default credentials or Enabled 2 Insert the USB key that has the configuration xml and the control xml file to the iDRAC USB port 3 The server configuration profile is discovered on the USB device in the System Configuration XML sub directory under the USB device root directory It is discovered in the following sequence e lt se
478. tions see the iDRAC Online Help Generating Kerberos Keytab File To support the SSO and smart card login authentication iDRAC supports the configuration to enable itself as a kerberized service on a Windows Kerberos network The Kerberos configuration on iDRAC involves the same steps as configuring a non Windows Server Kerberos service as a security principal in Windows Server Active Directory The ktpass tool available from Microsoft as part of the server installation CD DVD is used to create the Service Principal Name SPN bindings to a user account and export the trust information into a MIT style Kerberos keytab file which enables a trust relation between an external user or system and the Key Distribution Centre KDC The keytab file contains a cryptographic key which is used to encrypt the information between the server and the KDC The ktpass tool allows UNIX based services that support Kerberos authentication to use the interoperability features provided by a Windows Server Kerberos KDC service For more information on the ktpass utility see the Microsoft website at technet microsoft com en us library cc779157 WS 10 aspx Before generating a keytab file you must create an Active Directory user account for use with the mapuser option of the ktpass command Also you must have the same name as iDRAC DNS name to which you upload the generated keytab file To generate a keytab file using the ktpass tool 1 Run the ktpass utilit
479. tions are enabled for SNMP email or WS eventing notifications Logs are also included in the remote syslogs 199 Default Values for Persistence Policy Persistence Policy AC Power Loss Cold Boot Warm Boot Virtual Address Auxiliary Not selected Selected Selected Powered Devices Virtual Address Non Not selected Not selected Selected Auxiliary Powered Devices Initiator Selected Selected Selected Storage Target Selected Selected Selected Related Links Enabling or Disabling I O Identity Optimization Configuring Persistence Policy Settings Using iDRAC Web Interface To configure the persistence policy 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Hardware Network Devices The Network Devices page is displayed 2 Click I O Identity Optimization tab 3 Inthe Persistence Policy section select one or more of the following for each persistence policy e A C Power Loss The virtual address or target settings persist when AC power loss conditions occur Cold Boot The virtual address or target settings persist when cold reset conditions occur Warm Boot The virtual address or target settings persist when warm reset condition occurs 4 Click Apply The persistence policies are configured Configuring Persistence Policy Settings Using RACADM To set persistence policy use the following racadm object with the set sub command e For virtual addresses use iDRAC IOIDOpt VirtualAddressPersistencePolicyAuxPwrd an
480. tions to configure a server by importing XML configuration files stored on a USB drive e Disabled e Enabled only when server has default credential settings Enabled For information about the fields see the iDRAC Online Help 4 Click Apply to apply the settings Configuring USB Management Port Using RACADM To configure the USB management port use the following RACADM sub commands and objects e To view the USB port status racadm get iDRAC USB ManagementPortStatus e To view the USB port configuration racadm get iDRAC USB ManagementPortMode To modify the USB port configuration racadm set iDRAC USB ManagementPortMode Automatic OS iDRAC e To view USB device inventory racadm hwinventory e To set up over current alert configuration racadm eventfilters For more information see the iDRAC RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com esmmanuals com Configuring USB Management Port Using iDRAC Settings Utility To configure the USB port 1 Inthe iDRAC Settings Utility go to Media and USB Port Settings 298 The iDRAC Settings Media and USB Port Settings page is displayed 2 From the USB Management Port Mode drop down menu do the following e Automatic USB Port is used by iDRAC or the server s operating system e Standard OS Use USB port is used by the server OS e iDRAC Direct only USB pot is used by iDRAC 3 From the iDRAC Direct USB Configuration XML drop down me
481. to iDRAC from the CMC Web interface a popup is opened to launch the Virtual Console The popup closes shortly after the Virtual Console opens When launching both the GUI and Virtual Console to the same iDRAC system on a management station a session time out for the iDRAC GUI occurs if the GUI is launched before the popup closes If the iDRAC GUI is launched from the CMC Web interface after the popup with the Virtual Console closed this issue does not appear Why does Linux SysRq key not work with Internet Explorer The Linux SysRq key behavior is different when using Virtual Console from Internet Explorer To send the SysRq key press the Print Screen key and release while holding the Ctrl and Alt keys To send the SysRq key to a remote Linux server though iDRAC while using Internet Explorer 1 Activate the magic key function on the remote Linux server You can use the following command to activate it on the Linux terminal echo 1 proc sys kernel sysrq 2 Activate the keyboard pass through mode of Active X Viewer 5351 3 Press Ctrl Alt Print Screen 4 Release only Print Screen 5 Press Print Screen Ctrl Alt K NOTE The SysRq feature is currently not supported with Internet Explorer and Java Why is the Link Interrupted message displayed at the bottom of the Virtual Console When using the shared network port during a server reboot iDRAC is disconnected while BIOS is resetting the network card This duration is lon
482. trator privileges as this could bypass some security checks 3 Associate the device object and privilege object using the association object 4 Add the preceding SSO user login user to the device object 5 Provide access privilege to Authenticated Users for accessing the created association object Related Links Adding iDRAC Users and Privileges to Active Directory Configuring Browser to Enable Active Directory SSO This section provides the browser settings for Internet Explorer and Firefox to enable Active Directory SSO K NOTE Google Chrome and Safari do not support Active Directory for SSO login Configuring Internet Explorer to Enable Active Directory SSO To configure the browser settings for Internet Explorer 1 In Internet Explorer navigate to Local Intranet and click Sites 2 Select the following options only Include all local intranet sites not listed on other zones Include all sites that bypass the proxy server 3 Click Advanced 4 Add all relative domain names that will be used for iDRAC instances that is part of the SSO configuration for example myhost example com 5 Click Close and click OK twice Configuring Firefox to Enable Active Directory SSO To configure the browser settings for Firefox In Firefox address bar enter about config In Filter enter network negotiate Add the iDRAC name to network negotiate auth trusted uris using comma separated list PWN Ee Add the iDRAC
483. tting First Boot Device Using Web Interface 92 Setting First Boot Device Using RACADM issssssssssssssseseeeeeeeneeeeeen nnne entren 92 Setting First Boot Device Using Virtual Console ssssssssssssssssesseeeeeneeen nnns 92 Enabling Last Crash Screen ener nennen nnt 92 Enabling or Disabling OS to iDRAC Pass through sssssssseeem meer 93 Supported Cards for OS to iDRAC Pass through ccccceceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeceeeeeesteeeeeeeaes 94 Supported Operating Systems for USB NIC eene emen 94 Enabling or Disabling OS to iDRAC Pass through Using Web Interface 96 Enabling or Disabling OS to iDRAC Pass through Using RACADM ssssse 97 Enabling or Disabling OS to iDRAC Pass through Using iDRAC Settings Utility 97 Obtaining Certificates eot Lecce adie ce tox dee cv a ier ace raa o rd b Fe E keen SSLServer Certificates n t e b eec epica Foudre Pre etr eR Dro Ee cd Lo zo eR S Generating a New Certificate Signing Request eee ener Uploading Server Certificate erret tem rt eem ce P ee e ce Prata t Ug Peg Ee VIEWING Server CertifiGate 4 ia etm tee enter rire eet dae ee tete eode et ted a Uploading Custom Signing Certificate enne nentn n Downloading Custom SSL Certificate Signing Certificate ssssssssssee Deleting Custom SSL Certificate Signing Certificate ssssssssssssssssseeeeees Configuring Multiple iDRACs Using RACADM
484. tures In iDRAGCOG 2 ide tee cnt eed EU RA EE tU EET ed qt Interfaces and Protocols to Access iDRAC IDRAG PortInforraatiODss ueber etel eee ed t nei aba ce eo edes Other Documents You May N6e68d cr nd n edet ped eda er dete Social Media Referen e isasi terere totae ce a n P PRU ERE Mee ei Odin Contacting Dell mra a ie e e PE ERU nea ea tu ara tareas Accessing documents from Dell support site eee eene 33 2 Logging into WD RAG oso 35 Logging into iDRAC as Local User Active Directory User or LDAP User 35 Logging into iDRAC Using SmartCards 2 a8 agin ea epe eb a hadi f te 36 Logging Into iDRAC as a Local User Using Smart Card sssssssssseem e 36 Logging Into iDRAC as an Active Directory User Using Smart Card 357 Logging into iDRAC Using Single Sign on sssssssseeeeeeeeneeeeeen eren 37 Logging into iDRAC SSO Using iDRAC Web Interface ceceeceeceeeteeeeeseeeeeeeeneesnteeeeeeeeteneees 37 Logging into iDRAC SSO Using CMC Web Interface een 38 Accessing iDRAC Using Remote RACADM ssssssssseeee een emen nnne nennen nns 38 Validating CA Certificate To Use Remote RACADM on Linux 58 Accessing iDRAC Using Local RACADM ssssssssseseee eee rennen eren err enrn enne eene 39 Accessing iDRAC Using Firmware RACADM sssssseseee eem ee eem eee nre nennen 39 Accessing DRAC Using SMCLP ccccecceceessesceseeeeeeeeeseceeeeseeeeecaeceeseeseesaecaesaeseseeec
485. ual Console Access Virtual Media System Operations Debug Operator Power User Login Configure System Control Access Virtual Console Access Virtual Media System Operations Debug Read Only Guest User Login None None None 141 Table 13 iDRAC User Privileges Current Generation Login Configure Configure Users Logs System Control Access Virtual Console Access Virtual Media System Operations Debug Related Links Prior Generation Login to iDRAC Configure iDRAC Configure Users Clear Logs Execute Server Control Commands Access Virtual Console Redirection for blade servers Access Virtual Console for rack and tower servers Access Virtual Media Test Alerts Execute Diagnostic Commands Description Enables the user to log in to iIDRAC Enables the user to configure iDRAC Enables the user to allow specific users to access the system Enables the user to clear the System Event Log SEL Allows power cycling the host system Enables the user to run Virtual Console Enables the user to run and use Virtual Media Allows user initiated and generated events and information is sent as an asynchronous notification and logged Enables the user to run diagnostic commands Prerequisites for Using Active Directory Authentication for iDRAC Supported Active Directory Authentication Mechanisms Prerequisites for Using Active Directory Authentication for iDRAC
486. unch Virtual Console 264 The following message is displayed Virtual Console has been disabled Do you want to continue using Virtual Media redirection Click OK The Virtual Media window is displayed From the Virtual Media menu click Map CD DVD or Map Removable Disk For more information see Mapping Virtual Drive K NOTE The virtual device drive letters on the managed system do not coincide with the physical drive letters on the management station K NOTE The Virtual Media may not function correctly on Windows operating system clients that are configured with Internet Explorer Enhanced Security To resolve this issue see the Microsoft operating system documentation or contact the system administrator Related Links Configuring Virtual Media Disabling Warning Messages While Launching Virtual Console Or Virtual Media Using Java or ActiveX Plug in Adding Virtual Media Images You can create a media image of the remote folder and mount it as a USB attached device to the server s operating system To add Virtual Media images 1 2 Click Virtual Media Create Image In the Source Folder field click Browse and browse to the folder or directory to be used as the source for the image file The image file is on the management station or the C drive of the managed system In the Image File Name field the default path to store the created image files typically the desktop directory appears To change
487. unt point is any directory you choose to use for the mount similar to any mount command For RHEL the CD device iso virtual device is dev scd0 and floppy device img virtual device is dev sdc For SLES the CD device is dev sr0 and the floppy device is dev sdc To make sure that the correct device is used for either SLES or RHEL when you connect the virtual device on the Linux OS you must immediately run the command tail var log messages grep SCSI This displays the text that identifies the device example SCSI device sdc This procedure also applies to Virtual Media when you are using Linux distributions in runlevel init 5 By default the virtual media is not auto mounted in init 5 Configuring Remote File Share Using RACADM To configure remote file share using RACADM use racadm remoteimage racadm remoteimage options Options are c connect image d disconnect image u username username to access the network share p password password to access the network share 1 image location image location on the network share use double quotes around the location See examples for image file path in Configuring Remote File Share Using Web Interface section s display current status K NOTE All characters including alphanumeric and special characters are allowed as part of user name password and image location except the following characters single quote double quote co
488. ure that The vFlash functionality is enabled e You have Access Virtual Media privileges K NOTE By default a read only partition is created Modifying a Partition Using Web Interface To modify a partition 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Server vFlash Manage The Manage Partitions page is displayed 2 Inthe Read Only column Select the checkbox for the partition s and click Apply to change to read only Clear the checkbox for the partition s and click Apply to change to read write The partitions are changed to read only or read write based on the selections NOTE If the partition is of type CD the state is read only You cannot change the state to read write If the partition is attached the check box is grayed out Modifying a Partition Using RACADM To view the available partitions and their properties on the card 1 Openatelnet SSH or Serial console to the system and log in 2 Useany one of the following e Using config command to change the read write state of the partition To change a read only partition to read write racadm config g cfgvflashpartition i 1 o cfgvflashPartitionAccessType 1 To change a read write partition to read only racadm config g cfgvflashpartition i 1 o cfgvflashPartitionAccessType 0 e Using set command to change the read write state of the partition To change a read only partition to read write racadm set iDRAC vflas
489. use the script from another directory copy all the files with it If the IPMItool utility is not installed copy the utility along with the other files To deploy the operating system on target remote systems 1 List the iDRAC IPv4 addresses of the target remote systems in the ip txt text file List one IPv4 address per line 2 Insert a bootable operating system CD or DVD into the management station drive 3 Open a command prompt with administrator privileges and run the vmdeploy script 305 vmdeploy bat r iDRAC IPAddress or file u lt iDRAC user gt p iDRAC user passwd gt f lt floppy image gt lt device name gt c lt device name gt lt image file gt i lt DeviceID gt K NOTE vmdeploy does not support IPv6 since IPv6 does not support the IPMI tool K NOTE The vmdeploy script processes the r option slightly differently than the vmcli r option If the argument to the r option is the name of an existing file the script reads iDRAC IPv4 or IPv6 addresses from the specified file and runs the utility once for each line If the argument to the r option is not a filename then it should a single iDRAC address In this case the r works as described for the VMCLI utility The following table describes the vmdeploy command parameters Table 32 vmdeploy Command Parameters Parameter lt iDRAC user gt lt iDRAC ip file gt lt iDRAC user password gt or lt iDRAC passwd gt
490. using RACADM For more information see the DRAC RACADM Command Line Reference Guide available at dell com esmmanuals 115 Viewing FlexAddress Mezzanine Card Fabric Connections In blade servers FlexAddress allows the use of persistent chassis assigned World Wide Names and MAC addresses WWN MAC for each managed server port connection You can view the following information for each installed embedded Ethernet and optional mezzanine card port e Fabrics to which the cards are connected Type of fabric e Server assigned chassis assigned or remotely assigned MAC addresses To view the Flex Address information in iDRAC configure and enable the Flex Address feature in Chassis Management Controller CMC For more information see the Dell Chassis Management Controller User Guide available at dell com support manuals Any existing Virtual Console or Virtual Media session terminates if the FlexAddress setting is enabled or disabled K NOTE To avoid errors that may lead to an inability to turn on the managed system you must have the correct type of mezzanine card installed for each port and fabric connection he FlexAddress feature replaces the server assigned MAC addresses with chassis assigned MAC addresses and is implemented for iDRAC along with blade LOMs mezzanine cards and I O modules The iDRAC FlexAddress feature supports preservation of slot specific MAC address for iDRACs in a chassis The chassis assigned MAC address i
491. usted domains if the IP address is missing from the list When completed click Refresh or relaunch the Web browser to establish a connection to iDRAC Web interface On some operating systems Internet Explorer IE 8 may not prompt you to add iDRAC IP address to the list of trusted domains if the IP address is missing from the list K NOTE When connecting to the iDRAC Web interface with a certificate the browser does not trust the browser s certificate error warning may display a second time after you acknowledge the first warning This is the expected behavior to for security To add iDRAC IP address to the list of trusted domains in IE8 do the following Select Tools Internet Options Security Trusted sites Sites Enter iDRAC IP address to the Add this website to the zone Click Add click OK and then click Close Click OK and then refresh your browser PWN bP Disabling Whitelist Feature in Firefox Firefox has a whitelist security feature that requires user permission to install plug ins for each distinct site that hosts a plug in If enabled the whitelist feature requires you to install a Virtual Console viewer for each iDRAC you visit even though the viewer versions are identical To disable the whitelist feature and avoid unnecessary plug in installations perform the following steps 1 Open a Firefox Web browser window 2 Inthe address field enter about config and press Enter 3 Inthe Prefer
492. ustom signing certificate using iDRAC Web interface 1 Goto Overview iDRAC Settings Network SSL The SSL page is displayed 2 Under Custom SSL Certificate Signing Certificate select Upload Custom SSL Certificate Signing Certificate and click Next 101 The Upload Custom SSL Certificate Signing Certificate page is displayed 3 Click Browse and select the custom SSL certificate signing certificate file Only Public Key Cryptography Standards 12 PKCS 12 compliant certificate is supported 4 Ifthe certificate is password protected in the PKCS 12 Password field enter the password 5 Click Apply The certificate is uploaded to iDRAC 6 Apop up message is displayed asking you to reset iDRAC immediately or at a later time Click Reset iDRAC or Reset iDRAC Later as required After iDRAC resets the new certificate is applied The iDRAC is not available for a few minutes during the reset NOTE You must reset iDRAC to apply the new certificate Until iDRAC is reset the existing certificate is active Uploading Custom SSL Certificate Signing Certificate Using RACADM To upload the custom SSL certificate signing certificate using RACADM use the sslcertupload subcommand and then use the racreset command to reset iDRAC For more information see the iDRAC8 2 00 00 00 RACADM Command Line Reference Guide available at www dell com esmmanuals Downloading Custom SSL Certificate Signing Certificate You can download the custom
493. ver must be accessible using an iDRAC IP address or DNS name K NOTE If you use iDRAC Web interface to transfer certificates and update firmware TFTP server is not required You can use the netstat acommand on Windows or Linux operating systems to see if a TFTP server is running The default port for TFTP is 69 If TFTP server is not running do one of the following Find another computer on the network running a TFTP service 75 Install a TFTP server on the operating system Backing Up Server Profile You can backup the system configuration including the installed firmware images on various components such as BIOS RAID NIC iDRAC Lifecycle Controller and Network Daughter Cards NDCs and the configuration settings of those components The backup operation also includes the hard disk configuration data motherboard and replaced parts The backup creates a single file that you can save to a vFlash SD card or network share CIFS or NFS You can also enable and schedule periodic backups of the firmware and server configuration based on a certain day week or month Backup feature is licensed and is available with iDRAC Enterprise license K NOTE In 15th generation servers this feature is automatically enabled Before performing a backup operation make sure that e Collect System Inventory On Reboot CSIOR option is enabled If CSIOR is disabled and if you initiate a backup operation the following message is displa
494. versa when the system is turned on and if the USB NIC is enabled the USB NIC device is not active automatically To make it active check if any ifcfg ethX bak file is available in the etc sysconfig network script directory for the USB NIC interface If it is available rename it to ifcfg ethX and then use the ifup ethX command Related Links Installing VIB File Installing VIB File For vSphere operating systems before enabling the USB NIC you must install the VIB file To install the VIB file 1 Using Win SCP copy the VIB file to tmp folder of the ESX i host operating system Go to the ESXi prompt and run the following command esxcli software vib install v tmp iDRAC USB NIC 1 0 0 799733X03 vib no sig check The output is Message The update completed successfully but the system needs to be rebooted for the changes to b ffective Reboot Required tru VIBs Installed Dell bootbank iDRAC USB NIC 1 0 0 799733X03 VIBs Removed VIBs Skipped 3 Rebootthe server 4 Atthe ESXi prompt run the command esxcfg vmknic l The output displays the usbO entry Enabling or Disabling OS to iDRAC Pass through Using Web Interface To enable OS to iDRAC Pass through using Web interface 1 Goto Overview iDRAC Settings Network OS to iDRAC Pass through The OS to iDRAC Pass through page is displayed 2 Select any of the following options to enable OS to iDRAC pass through e LOM The OS to
495. vice Firmware Setting Up Management Station Configuring Supported Web Browsers Setting Up iDRAC IP Address You must configure the initial network settings based on your network infrastructure to enable the communication to and from iDRAC You can set up the IP address using one of the following interfaces e iDRAC Settings utility Lifecycle Controller see Lifecycle Controller User s Guide Dell Deployment Toolkit see Dell Deployment Toolkit User s Guide e Chassis or Server LCD panel see the system s Hardware Owner s Manual 42 K NOTE In case of blade servers you can configure the network setting using the Chassis LCD C panel only during initial configuration of CMC After the chassis is deployed you cannot reconfigure iDRAC using the Chassis LCD panel MC Web interface see Dell Chassis Management Controller Firmware User s Guide In case of rack and tower servers you can set up the IP address or use the default iDRAC IP address 192 168 0 120 to configure initial network settings including setting up DHCP or the static IP for iDRAC In case of blade servers the iDRAC network interface is disabled by default After you configure iDRAC IP address Make sure to change the default user name and password after setting up the iDRAC IP address Access it through any of the following interfaces iDRAC Web interface using a supported browser Internet Explorer Firefox Chrome or Safari Secure
496. xport the last run remote diagnostics results use the following command racadm diagnostics export f file name 1 NFS CIFS share u username p password For more information about the options see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Viewing Post Codes Post codes are progress indicators from the system BIOS indicating various stages of the boot sequence from power on reset and allows you to diagnose any faults related to system boot up The Post Codes page displays the last system post code prior to booting the operating system To view the Post Codes go to Overview Server Troubleshooting Post Code The Post Code page displays the system health indicator a hexadecimal code and a description of the code Viewing Boot and Crash Capture Videos You can view the video recordings of e Last three boot cycles A boot cycle video logs the sequence of events for a boot cycle The boot cycle videos are arranged in the order of latest to oldest e Last crash video A crash video logs the sequence of events leading to the failure This is a licensed feature iDRAC records fifty frames during boot time Playback of the boot screens occur at a rate of 1 frame per second If iDRAC is reset the boot capture video is not available as it is stored in RAM and is deleted K NOTE You must have Access Virtual Console or administrator privileges to
497. y NOTE Any update in the repository that is not applicable to the system or the installed hardware or is not supported is not included in the comparison report 6 Select the required updates and do one of the following e For firmware images that do not require a host system reboot click Install For example d7 firmware file e For firmware images that require a host system reboot click Install and Reboot or Install Next Reboot e To cancel the firmware update click Cancel When you click Install Install and Reboot or Install Next Reboot the message Updating Job Queue is displayed 7 Click Job Queue to display the Job Queue page where you can view and manage the staged firmware updates or click OK to refresh the current page and view the status of the firmware update Related Links Updating Device Firmware Viewing and Managing Staged Updates Downloading Device Firmware Scheduling Automatic Firmware Updates 67 Updating Device Firmware Using TFTP You can directly connect to the TFTP site from iDRAC to perform the firmware updates You can use the Windows based update packages DUPs and a catalog file available on the TFTP site instead of creating custom repositories Before performing an update make sure that Lifecycle Controller is enabled e You have Server Control privilege to update firmware for devices other than iDRAC To update device firmware using TFTP 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to
498. y on the domain controller Active Directory server where you want to map iDRAC to a user account in Active Directory 2 Usethe following ktpass command to create the Kerberos keytab file C gt ktpass exe princ HTTP idrac7name domainname com8 DOMAINNAME COM mapuser DOMAINNAMENusername mapOp set crypto AES256 SHA1 ptype KRB5 NT PRINCIPAL pass password out c krbkeytab The encryption type is AES256 SHA1 The principal type is KRB5 NT PRINCIPAL The properties of the user account to which the Service Principal Name is mapped to must have Use AES 256 encryption types for this account property enabled NOTE Use lowercase letters for the iDRACname and Service Principal Name Use uppercase letters for the domain name as shown in the example 3 Run the following command C gt setspn a HTTP iDRACname domainname com username 166 A keytab file is generated NOTE If you find any issues with iDRAC user for which the keytab file is created create a new user and a new keytab file If the same keytab file which was initially created is again executed it does not configure correctly Creating Active Directory Objects and Providing Privileges Perform the following steps for Active Directory Extended schema based SSO login 1 Create the device object privilege object and association object in the Active Directory server 2 Setaccess privileges to the created privilege object It is recommended not to provide adminis
499. yed 2 Click Configure Active Directory The Active Directory Configuration and Management Step 1 of 4 page is displayed 3 Optionally enable certificate validation and upload the CA signed digital certificate used during initiation of SSL connections when communicating with the Active Directory AD server 4 Click Next The Active Directory Configuration and Management Step 2 of 4 page is displayed 5 Specify the location information about Active Directory AD servers and user accounts Also specify the time iDRAC must wait for responses from AD during login process K NOTE e f certificate validation is enabled specify the Domain Controller Server addresses and the FQDN Make sure that DNS is configured correctly under Overview iDRAC Settings Network e If the user and iDRAC objects are in different domains then do not select the User Domain from Login option Instead select Specify a Domain option and enter the domain name where the iDRAC object is available 6 Click Next The Active Directory Configuration and Management Step 3 of 4 page is displayed 7 Select Extended Schema and click Next The Active Directory Configuration and Management Step 4 of 4 page is displayed 8 Enter the name and location of the iDRAC device object in Active Directory AD and click Finish The Active Directory settings for extended schema mode is configured Configuring Active Directory With Extended Schema Using RACADM To
500. yed System Inventory with iDRAC may be stale start CSIOR for updated inventory To perform backup on a vFlash SD card A Dell supported vFlash SD card is inserted enabled and initialized Flash SD card has enough space to store the backup file The backup file contains encrypted user sensitive data configuration information and firmware images that you can use for import server profile operation Backup events are recorded in the Lifecycle Log Related Links Scheduling Automatic Backup Server Profile Importing Server Profile Backing Up Server Profile Using iDRAC Web Interface To back up the server profile using iDRAC Web interface 1 Goto Overview iDRAC Settings Server Profile The Backup and Export Server Profile page is displayed 2 Select one of the following to save the backup file image Network to save the backup file image on a CIFS or NFS share e vFlash to save the backup file image on the vFlash card 3 Enter the backup file name and encryption passphrase optional 4 If Network is selected as the file location enter the network settings NOTE While specifying the network share settings it is recommended to avoid special characters for user name and password or percent encode the special characters For information about the fields see the iDRAC Online Help 76 5 Click Backup Now The backup operation is initiated and you can view the status on the Job Queue page After a succes
501. yed The current power policy limit is displayed under the Currently Active Power Cap Policy section 2 Select Enable under iDRAC Power Cap Policy 3 Under User Defined Limits section enter the maximum power limit in Watts and BTU hr or the maximum of recommended system limit 4 Click Apply to apply the values Configuring Power Cap Policy Using RACADM To view and configure the current power cap values e Use the following objects with the config subcommand cfgServerPowerCapWatts cfgServerPowerCapBTUhr l cfgServerPowerCapPercent cfgServerPowerCapEnable Using the following objects with the set subcommand System Power Cap Enable System Power Cap Watts System Power Cap Btuhr System Power Cap Percent For more information see the iDRAC8 RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide available at dell com support manuals Configuring Power Cap Policy Using iDRAC Settings Utility To view and configure power policies 1 IniDRAC Settings utility go to Power Configuration 192 NOTE The Power Configuration link is available only if the server power supply unit supports power monitoring The iDRAC Settings Power Configuration page is displayed 2 Select Enabled to enable the Power Cap Policy Else select Disabled 3 Use the recommended settings or under User Defined Power Cap Policy enter the required limits For more information about the options see the iDRAC Settings Utility
502. ysical disks that can be included in the virtual disk These limitations depend on the controller When creating a virtual disk controllers support a certain number of stripes and spans methods for combining the storage on physical disks Because the number of total stripes and spans is limited the number of physical disks that can be used is also limited The limitations on stripes and spans affect the RAID levels as follows Maximum number of spans affects RAID 10 RAID 50 and RAID 60 Maximum number of stripes affects RAID O RAID 5 RAID 50 RAID 6 and RAID 60 Number of physical disks in a mirror is always 2 This affects RAID 1 and RAID 10 Cannot create virtual disks on PCle SSDs Creating Virtual Disks Using Web interface To create virtual disk 1 Inthe iDRAC Web interface go to Overview Storage Virtual Disks Create The Create Virtual Disk page is displayed 2 In the Settings section do the following a Enter the name for the virtual disk 222 b From the Controller drop down menu select the controller for which you want to create the virtual disk c From the Layout drop down menu select the RAID level for the Virtual Disk Only those RAID levels supported by the controller appear in the drop down menu and it is based on the RAID levels are available based on the total number of physical disks available d Select the Media Type Stripe Size Read Policy Write Policy Disk Cache Policy T10 PI
503. zing Virtual Disks Initializing virtual disks erases the all the data on the disk but does not change the virtual disk configuration You must initialize a virtual disk that is configured before it is used K NOTE Do not initialize virtual disks when attempting to recreate an existing configuration You can perform a fast initialization a full Initialization or cancel the initialization operation K NOTE The cancel initialization is a real time operation You can cancel the initialization using only the iDRAC Web interface and not RACADM Fast Initialization The fast initialize operation initializes all physical disks included in the virtual disk It updates the metadata on the physical disks so that all disk space is available for future write operations The initialize task can be completed quickly because the existing information on the physical disks is not erased although future write operations overwrite any information that remains on the physical disks Fast initialization only deletes the boot sector and stripe information Perform a fast initialize only if you are constrained for time or the hard drives are new or unused Fast Initialization takes less time to complete usually 30 60 seconds A CAUTION Performing a fast initialize causes existing data to be inaccessible The fast initialize task does not write zeroes to the disk blocks on the physical disks It is because the Fast Initialize task does not perform a write

Here - Dell

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents